Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Manual
Version 3.4.x
NOTE: If your facility works with a third-party service provider, please contact them directly for
your service-related issues.
ii T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
© 2001-2022 Accuray Incorporated. All rights reserved.
This document, software (© 2001-2022) and products to which this document refers, and
any other related materials are the copyrighted and proprietary information of Accuray
Incorporated, with the exception of open source software described below, and may not be
used or distributed without written authorization of Accuray Incorporated. No part of this
document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated into another language without
written permission from Accuray Incorporated. TomoTherapy Incorporated is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Accuray Incorporated. Any references herein to Accuray Incorporated
necessarily also include reference to TomoTherapy Incorporated by definition.
Accuray Incorporated reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in
content from time to time without obligation on the part of Accuray Incorporated to provide
notification of such revision or change.
Accuray Incorporated provides this guide without warranty of any kind, either implied or
expressed, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
fitness for a particular purpose. Accuray Incorporated and its directors, officers, represen-
tatives, subsidiaries, employees, agents, heirs and assigns assume no responsibility or
liability, either express or implied, for injury, death, or losses to consumers, users or service
personnel resulting from improper handling of the Accuray products by unauthorized,
untrained or otherwise unqualified personnel. Accuray Incorporated expressly denies any
responsibility or liability for abuse, neglect, misuse or tampering with Accuray System
components by persons not authorized, trained or otherwise associated with Accuray Incor-
porated.
Trademark Information
The stylized Accuray logo, CyberKnife, CyberKnife VSI, CyberKnife M6, CyberKnife S7,
TomoTherapy, H Series, Tomo, TomoC, TomoH, TomoHD, TomoHDA, TomoEDGE,
TomoHelical, TomoDirect, Hi·Art, PreciseART, PreciseRTX, Radixact, Accuray Precision
and iDMS, Iris, Xchange, RoboCouch, InCise, MultiPlan, Xsight, Synchrony, Synchrony
Fiducial Tracking, Synchrony Skull Tracking, Synchrony Spine Tracking Supine,
Synchrony Spine Tracking Prone, Synchrony Spine Tracking with Prone with Respiratory
Modeling, Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling, Synchrony Fiducial
Tracking with Respiratory Modeling, Synchrony Fiducial Tracking with InTempo Imaging,
TxView, PlanTouch, QuickPlan, CTrue, VOLO, Planned Adaptive, TQA, TomoLink, Tomo-
Portal, Accuray OIS Connect, and AERO Accuray Exchange in Radiation Oncology are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Accuray Incorporated, in the United States and
other countries and may not be used or distributed without written authorization from
Accuray Incorporated. Use of Accuray Incorporated’s trademarks requires written authori-
zation from Accuray Incorporated.
Device Disposal
When an Accuray product reaches the end of its useful life and your facility desires to
remove the device, contact Accuray Customer Support to decommission, uninstall, and
appropriately dispose of the components.
iv T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
the equipment. At each step in the installation, specific warnings and cautions are given for
specific actions.
Personnel must be trained by Accuray Incorporated before the Accuray System is used for
research or clinical purposes. Accuray System documentation was originally drafted,
approved, and supplied in English (US).
The following statements are intended to alert the user to potential conditions that could
result in injury to the patient (warning) or conditions that could affect system components
(caution).
Warning Warning statements describe possible conditions that can result in serious or fatal
injury to the patient or facility personnel. Each warning gives the possible
condition and how to avoid it.
Caution Caution statements describe possible conditions that can affect system
performance or cause damage to system components. Each caution gives the
possible condition and how to avoid it.
CAUTION: Federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician.
Chapter 1 Overview
Use of the Accuray Precision® Treatment Planning System
Indications for Use 3
Intended Use 3
Requisite Hardware and Software 4
Clinical Benefits 4
Performance Characteristics 4
Performance Efficiency 5
Undesirable Side Effects 5
Residual Risks 5
Accuray Precision System Workstation Minimum Specifications
6
Workstation Storage and Handling 6
System Label 7
Symbols 7
System Compliance 9
Use of Unapproved Equipment 9
Accuray Cybersecurity Information 10
Virus Protection Software, Network, and Firewall 10
Documentation List for Accuray Precision Treatment Planning
System 11
Accuray Precision MD Suite Application (Option) 11
Logging On
Log On to the Accuray Precision System 13
Change Password 14
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts vii
Home Page
Overview 15
Patients and Plans Icons 17
Administration Icons 18
System Icons 21
Overview of the Accuray Precision System
Overview 23
Screen Layout 25
Task Bar 26
Windows Controls 27
Step Bar 27
Global Tool Bar 27
3D Visualization 31
Capture Screen Image 35
Save Plan 37
Printing Reports 37
Reports 39
Reports Viewer 39
Patient Information 41
VOI Visibility Options 42
Multiple Sessions 45
Status Bar 47
Basic Data Panel 47
Image Viewer 48
Display Layouts 52
Keyboard Controls 54
Exporting DICOM Data Overview 55
PreciseART® and PreciseRTX® for MIM 60
v i ii T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Treatment Planning Applications
Creating a New Plan 71
Monte Carlo Plan 80
QA Plan 80
Add Fraction Plan 80
Loading an Existing Plan 81
Loading an Inconsistent Plan 81
Loading a MultiPlan Plan (CyberKnife Only) 83
Loading a Conformal Plan (CyberKnife Only) 83
Loading a 4D Plan (CyberKnife Only) 83
Makeup Plan (CyberKnife Only) 83
Deleting a Plan 87
Plan Recovery 88
Commissioning Tools (CyberKnife Only) 89
Advanced Search 89
Plan Transfer (Tomo® Only)
Machine Transfer 95
Self Transfer 96
Mark As Equivalent 97
Review Transferred Plans 98
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts ix
Section 3-2 Fixed and Iris Collimator Commissioning
Commissioning Tools: Ray-Tracing Dose Calculation
Overview 114
Viewing and Printing Beam Data Tables 114
OCR Step 116
TPR Step 122
OF Step 128
Commissioning Tools: Monte Carlo Dose Calculation
Overview 134
MC Source Step 134
MC TPR & OCR Step 143
MC OF Step 155
x T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 4 QA Plans
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts xi
Manual Registration 243
Align Step
Tools 246
Define the Alignment Center 246
Finetune Step
Tools 248
BEV Display 251
Finite Size Pencil Beam Dose Calculation 252
List Tools 252
Nominal Position 255
Review Step
Tools 257
Rescaling the MUs for a QA Plan 259
Saving a QA Plan 260
MultiSlice Step
View Multiple Planar Slices 261
Beams Step
About the Beams Step 263
Print the Beam Data List 264
Loading a QA Plan
Load a QA Plan to Review 266
x ii T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Perform a Manual Fusion 283
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts x i ii
Chapter 7 Setup Task
xiv T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
DRR Review Step
Tools 390
Default Mode 391
Generating DRR Images 391
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts xv
Forward Planning (TomoDirect Only)
Beam Angle and Field Tables 434
Beams Eye View 439
Dose Group 441
Display Tab 442
Create a Plan Using Forward Planning 442
VOLO Ultra Step
Helical IMRT Plan 445
Display 445
Tools 446
Interactive Dose Volume Histogram 449
Prescription 450
Goals Tab 451
NTO 453
Parameter Tab 454
Beam Intersection 457
Snapshots 457
Compare Snapshots 458
Rescale Dose 459
Direct Plans 459
Additional Tools for 3DCRT Plans 462
Beam Angles 462
Setting Beam Angles in VOLO Ultra step 464
Add Optimized Beam Angles 466
Optimization Procedures 466
xvi T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Dose at POIs 497
Prescription 497
Settings Step
Overview 500
Tools 501
Setting Step Procedures 503
Isocentric Step
Tools 506
Isocentric Planning Procedures 507
Sequential Step
About Sequential Optimization 510
Display 511
Tools 511
MLC Settings (MLC only) 523
Relaxed Convergence 524
Time Reduction 524
Beam Reduction 526
Node Reduction 528
Segment Reduction (MLC only) 529
Status Indicators 530
Dose-Volume Histogram in Sequential Step 530
Data Saved in a Sequential Optimization Plan 533
Sequential Optimization Procedures 534
VOLO Step
About VOLO Optimization 543
Display 544
Tools for Multileaf Collimator (MLC) 545
Tools for Fixed and Iris Collimator 547
Plan Setup - Max Nodes 549
Target Groups 551
Interactive Dose Volume Histogram in VOLO Step 553
Snapshots 556
Compare Optimization Snapshots 557
VOLO Optimization for Multileaf Collimator (MLC) 558
VOLO Optimization for Fixed and Iris Collimators 565
VOLO Optimization Procedures 571
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts xvii
Chapter 9 Evaluate Task
x v i ii T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Dose Statistics Table 623
DxVx Criteria 624
Display Tab 624
MultiSlice Step
View Multiple Planar Slices 626
Compare and Sum Plans Step
Tools 628
Perform a Reference Plan Comparison 630
Perform a Sum Plan Comparison 631
Create a Summation Report 632
Finetune Step
Tools 634
3D Beam Display 638
BEV Display 638
Dose Calculation 639
List Tools 639
Beams Step
About the Beams Step 645
Print the Beam Data List 646
Sorting Order of Beams 646
Image Tools
Dose Probe Box 648
Isocurves / Dose Difference Panels 648
Dose-Volume Histogram 654
Dose Statistics Table 657
Dx Vx Value 658
Plan Information 660
Dose at POIs 660
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts xix
3D Presets
3D Display Options 668
Color 3D Filter
Use the Color 3D Filter 669
Ball-cube Plan Step
Overview 671
xx T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Treatment Planning
Spine Tracking Volume Segmentation 717
Tracking Mode Selection 719
Imaging Center Selection
Guidelines for Setting the ROI Height 721
1079097-ENG A C o nt en ts xxi
Chapter 15 PreciseART® and PreciseRTX® (Option)
PreciseART® (Tomo® Only)
PreciseART® Replanning 774
Accessing PreciseART® 775
Enrolling a Plan in PreciseART® 775
PreciseRTX®
PreciseRTX® Workflow 778
Exporting Dose and VOIs to PreciseRTX® Session 782
Appendix B Glossary
Acronyms and Definitions
Table 862
x x ii T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 1
Overview
Use of the Accuray Precision® Treatment Planning System 3
Logging On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Home Page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Overview of the Accuray Precision System. . . . . . . . . . . . 23
WARNING: Regardless of the language translation, all numeric data that you enter
or that is displayed in the software uses the period character (.) as a decimal
separator. Be aware of this notation convention when interpreting or entering
numeric data. Incorrect interpretation or entry of numeric data could result in patient
mistreatment.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 1
NOTE: The software has limits on numeric values and text that can be entered. In
the event an invalid value is entered, the system will display a range of acceptable
values.
NOTE: The Accuray Precision System includes a check to ensure that the files
used by the software application and the application itself have not been modified.
In the event that either is modified, the system will not start and display an error. If
this occurs, contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
NOTE: Any serious incident that has occurred in relation to the device should be
reported to the manufacturer and the competent authority of the Member State in
which the user and/or patient is established. Contact Accuray Customer Support for
more information.
2 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Use of the Accuray Precision® Treatment Planning System
Indications for Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Intended Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Requisite Hardware and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Clinical Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Performance Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Undesirable Side Effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Residual Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Accuray Precision System Workstation Minimum Specifications . . . . . . 6
Workstation Storage and Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
System Label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
System Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Use of Unapproved Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Accuray Cybersecurity Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Virus Protection Software, Network, and Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Documentation List for Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System 11
Accuray Precision MD Suite Application (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Intended Use
The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System is indicated for creation
and assessment of external photon beam irradiation treatment plans for
radiation therapy, stereotactic radiotherapy or stereotactic radiosurgery for
lesions, tumors and conditions anywhere in the body when radiation
treatment is indicated. A treatment plan provides an estimate of the dose
distribution and the parameters utilized by the radiation delivery system.
Plans must be reviewed and approved by qualified medical practitioners
prior to delivery.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 3
The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System is intended to be used
by physicians, medical physicists, and dosimetrists to generate radiation
therapy, stereotactic radiotherapy or stereotactic radiosurgery treatment
plans. Plans may be created with the Accuray Precision Treatment
Planning System for delivery using Intensity Modulated Radiation Therapy
(IMRT) or 3-D Conformal Radiation Therapy (3DCRT) techniques.
The users will be able to create a plan that satisfies established clinical
objectives. For stereotactic radiosurgery, the plan will generally involve
delivering a tumoricidal dose to target tissue, while minimizing dose to other
tissues. For radiation therapy and stereotactic radiotherapy, the plan will
generally involve delivering a damaging dose to diseased tissue at a level
that allows healthy tissue in the target volume to recover, while also
minimizing dose to tissue outside the target volume.
The treatment plan with dose distributions and complete delivered dose
value along with the input data will be available through a user display or
printed report for user review and evaluation against the treatment
prescription and established physics models. The treatment plan will then
be saved by the user, approved by the qualified medical practitioner, and
subsequently delivered by the treatment delivery system.
Clinical Benefits
The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System is used to generate and
store treatment plans to treat tumors, other lesions and nervous system
disorders. As such it is an important part of Accuray treatment systems. The
goal of these treatment plans is to provide conformal dose distribution that
enables delivery of higher doses to the target with minimal damage to
healthy tissues.
Performance Characteristics
The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System creates plans with
accurate dose calculation. The details of dose calculation algorithms and
specifications related to performance characteristics are defined in the
Physics Essential Guides for each Treatment Delivery Systems.
4 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
For Radixact and TomoTherapy Treatment Delivery System with iDMS, see
the “Dose Calculation Accuracy” sections.
For CyberKnife, see Appendix 5B for Dose Calculation Results for Typical
CyberKnife Treatments and Algorithm Accuracy Summary. All dose
accuracy requirements are tested and validated.
Performance Efficiency
The Accuray Precision Treatment Planning System loads a standard
patient CT of 512 x 512 x 512 within 60 seconds. The system can export a
primary patient CT of 512 x 512 x 512 to a local disk in 60 seconds.
Residual Risks
All hazardous situations associated with the product have been evaluated,
and any information on residual risks are provided accordingly in each
feature sections. Refer to the appropriate sections of the documentation for
further details and warnings.
• Temperature (High): Thermal damage (heat stress, physical pain,
thermal burn, tissue damage)
• Socio-Psychological (Indirect Hazard): Socio-Psychological damage
(including breach of privacy)
• Mechanical: Mechanical damage (mechanical stress, physical pain,
tissue/material damage from physical impact)
• Ionizing Radiation, Functional (Under Dose: Ineffective treatment of
cancer cells, increase in resistance to Ionizing Radiation treatment of
cancer cells.Over dose and hot spots
• Ionizing Radiation, Functional (Over Dose): Damaging/killing cells,
genetic damage to living tissue
• Electrical breakdown: Weakened materials
• Immunological/Biocompatibility: Change to Immunological Response
(irritation, inflammation, physical pain, change to tissue shape or
function, tissue damage)
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 5
• Electrical: Disruption of nervous system function (physical pain, muscle
strain, cardiac arrest)
• Electrical burn (external or internal)
For more details, also refer to Residual Risk section of the respective
Delivery System Treatment Delivery Manual.
Item Description
Memory 48 GB
Graphic Card 8 GB
GPU 8 GB
6 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
System Label
This label is fixed to the Accuray Precision System and gives the “indication
of origin”, “model or type reference”, and electrical supply requirements. It
also indicates compliance with the European Regulatory Requirements.
Symbols
This section describes symbols that are used to identify controls and
indicators on equipment. It also describes labels that provide equipment
information.
Item Description
CE Marking
Located on the system and subsystem labels to signify that Accuray Incorporated
declares that the equipment complies with the regulatory requirements of the
European Union. Symbol source: 93/42/EEC, Annex II and 2017/745, Annex V.
Serial Number
Located on the system and subsystem labels to identify the serial number
associated with the Accuray System. Symbol source: ISO 7000; 2498.
Date of Manufacture
Located on the system and subsystem labels to identify the date that the Accuray
System was manufactured. Symbol source: ISO 7000; 2497.
Manufacturing Facility
Located on the system and subsystem labels to identify the facility where the
Accuray System was manufactured. Symbol source: ISO 7000; 3082.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 7
Item Description
Caution
“Attention, proceed with caution.”
This label appears on the system to indicate that accompanying documents
include related safety information. Symbol source: IEC 60417; 0434A.
By Prescription Only
(United States) Caution: Federal law restricts this device to sale
by or on the order of a physician. Symbol source: 21 CFR
801.109.
8 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
System Compliance
The system is compliant with the following standards.
Item Description
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 9
Accuray Cybersecurity Information
As part of our Product Security program, Accuray Incorporated assesses
Accuray products for potential cybersecurity risks based on credible
threats identified through H-ISAC, our Information Sharing and Analysis
Organization (ISAO), as well as other reliable sources. Accuray
assessments attempt to identify and characterize vulnerabilities with the
potential to impact Accuray products in the installed base. For security
threats deemed to be significant, Accuray addresses those
threats/vulnerabilities with proportional measures consistent with
regulatory guidance. Security Measures can include mitigations in the form
of field actions which Accuray Service personnel would deliver. In certain
cases, mitigations can include information to customers about how the
Accuray system might be protected via locally deployed
mitigation/compensating controls, consistent with accepted MDM and
HDO shared responsibility practices.
https://www.accuray.com/services/customer-resources/
10 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The Accuray System Network is a Local Area Network (LAN) that uses
Client/Server (CS) architecture. Network Data Port for external system
supports only DICOM with OIS interface software.
For more information about the Radixact and TomoTherapy with iDMS
Treatment System, refer to the Network System Requirements, Radixact or
TTDS w/iDMS.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 11
perform autosegmentation, load existing plans for review and approval,
compare and sum plans, generate reports, create templates, and create QA
plans using existing patient and template plans.
Users licensed for PreciseART® and PreciseRTX® can also enroll plans in
Adaptive monitoring.
The following features are not available in the Accuray Precision MD Suite
application:
• Plan: Optimize, Beam Angles, Calculate, Forward Planning.
• Plan Transfer.
12 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Logging On
After the Accuray Precision System is launched, the Logon dialog box
appears. Accuray Precision System allows only one user at a time.
Log On to the Accuray Precision System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Change Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
NOTE: Access to perform tasks using the Accuray Precision System depends on
user permissions in the iDMS®Data Management System. Contact your System
Administrator to create or modify individual user profiles.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 13
Change Password
The Logon dialog box allows you to change your password.
1. Click the Change Password button from the Logon dialog box. The Change
Password dialog box appears.
2. Enter your user ID and current password in the User ID and Old Password
text boxes.
As information is entered, white dots appear in the Old Password field.To
make corrections, press the DELETE or BACKSPACE key. Then press the
TAB key.
3. Enter a new password in the New Password text box. Then press the TAB
key.
4. Re-enter the new password in the Confirm New Password text box, and
click the OK button.
5. After the password has been changed, a success message indicates that
the change has been accepted. Click the OK button.
The Logon dialog box appears requiring the user to log on using the new
password.
6. If an error occurs, read the instructions in the error message. Then click the
OK button to return to the previous dialog box and make the necessary
corrections.
14 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Home Page
Use the Accuray Precision System Home Page to access procedures,
tools, and database applications. The Home Page appears when you log on
or exit to the Home Page. Based on privileges assigned to the user, icons
for available tools are displayed in full color. Icons for unavailable tools are
grayed out. Commissioning Tools and Beam Data Import icons are
available for CyberKnife® only. Plan Transfer and PreciseART® icons are
available for Tomo® only.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Patients and Plans Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Administration Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Overview
The home page consists of the following:
• Patients and Plans section.
• Administration section.
• System section.
• Access to multiple sessions.
• Exit button.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 15
Accuray Precision System Home Page
Once you have logged into the Accuray Precision System, you can launch
any of the iDMS System applications from the plan creation and loading
procedures, as well as all of the task steps.
A mini Dashboard can be accessed by clicking the icon to the right of the
Accuray Precision System logo to allow switching between the Accuray
Precision System and the administrative applications. Icons for the
available tools, based on the privileges assigned to the logged in user, are
displayed in full color.
NOTE: The Accuray Precision System cannot be closed if any of the iDMS System
applications are running.
16 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Mini Dashboard
Item Description
New Plan
• Create a standard treatment plan.
• Create a QA plan.
• Create an Add Fraction Plan
CyberKnife Only
• Create a Simulation plan.
• Create a Lung Optimized plan.
Load Plan
Load an existing plan.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 17
Item Description
Delete Plan
Delete selected plans.
PreciseRTX®
Adjust plan information (image, dose, VOIs) from a previously delivered treatment
and account for the prior treatment dose in a new plan.
Administration Icons
Use the Administration icons to launch iDMS System administration
applications. The system displays icons based on the permission granted
to the user profile. To launch an application, click the corresponding icon.
18 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Report Administration
• View a list of report forms.
• Generate and view one or more reports.
• Save or print generated reports.
• Sign reports digitally.
Patient Administration
• View a list of patient records.
• Create, update, and delete patient records.
• Review patient audit trail.
• Export patient records to Accuray.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 19
Item Description
Plan Administration
• View a list of patients with associated treatment plans.
• View a list of treatment plans associated to a patient record.
• View a list of QA plans associated with a selected treatment plan.
• View and update Simulation Plans.
• View a list of Transferred plans associated with a selected treatment plan.
• Review patient treatment plan details.
• Update specialists.
• Review and update treatment site and pathology.
• Review and update specialists.
• Discontinue, approve, hold, and release a treatment plan.
• Export detector data for static couch QA fractions.
• Export detector data for transferred plan.
• Export RT plan to OIS system.
• Anonymize DICOM series.
• View list of treatment plan fractions.
• View list of treatment plan fraction beams.
• View Beam’s Eye View (BEV) image.
• Export detector data for treated fraction.
• Download kv images.
• Discontinue a treatment plan fraction.
• View list of treatment plan or QA plan DICOM series.
• Export or download a treatment plan or QA plan DICOM series.
• Create and discontinue a QA plan fraction.
• Add, update, or download a QA plan analysis record.
• View details of discontinued treatment plan.
• Manage documents.
• Update Enrollment in PreciseART®.
DICOM Administration
• View a list of active patients with associated DICOM series.
• View list of DICOM series.
• Export a DICOM series.
• Delete a DICOM series.
• Assign specialists to a series.
• Add a referring physician.
20 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
System Icons
Use the System icons to launch iDMS System administration applications.
The system displays the icons based on permissions granted to the user
profile. To launch an application, click the corresponding icon.
Item Description
Planning Settings
• Set display and planning parameters. Review, add, edit, and delete Isocurve
Templates, VOI Set Templates, Rendering, Window/Level Presets,Treatment
Time Parameters, Density Models, and Auto-save interval.
• Perform local database maintenance, remote machine maintenance, and file
maintenance.
• Review, create, edit, and delete plan templates.
User Administration
• Create, view, or update user records.
• Activate or de-activate user records.
• Reset a user password.
• Create, view, update, or delete profiles.
• Manage patient access.
System Administration
• View system events.
• Manage DICOM Hosts.
• Review and update system login and access policies, auto hide, MITA, digital
signature, and set the radiation units preference to Gy or cGy.
• Manage lock handling.
• Manage system backups and database events.
• Register Oncology Information Systems (OIS).
• Create and update an organization profile.
• Display and manage data storage locations.
• Deregister scanners.
• Document archive.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 21
Item Description
Recover Plan
Recover an unsaved active plan saved by the auto-save feature.
22 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Overview of the Accuray Precision System
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Screen Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Task Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Windows Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Step Bar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Global Tool Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3D Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Capture Screen Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Save Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Printing Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Reports Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Patient Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
VOI Visibility Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Multiple Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Basic Data Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Image Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Display Layouts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Keyboard Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Exporting DICOM Data Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
PreciseART® and PreciseRTX® for MIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Overview
Throughout this manual, note the following terminology regarding image
series:
Term Synonyms
Primary image series Primary image, reference image, fixed image, A image, Dataset A
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 23
Each procedure consists of tasks, and each task has one or more steps.
The treatment planning workflow varies depending on the entry point you
choose and goals and requirements of the given plan. In planning a
treatment, the user will typically follow some or all of these steps:
1. Export required medical image series (including at least one CT series)
from an imaging system or other source of imaging data to the primary
workstation for the Accuray Precision System.
2. Load the images into the central patient database.
For more information on importing data into the Accuray Precision System,
see the Data Management Manual.
• Select Delivery Mode, Plan Mode, and Jaw • Select Planning Method, Number of Fractions,
Mode, and a Synchrony Method. Collimator, Treatment Anatomy, Template
• Replace the couch image. Path Set, and Synchrony Method to be used for
the treatment.
• Set Patient Position and Red Lasers.
• View DRR projections of the primary CT study
• Set Field Width, Pitch, Modulation Factor, and
and confirm the alignment center.
dose constraints for the plan, target, and critical
structures. • Set dose constraints for the plan, targets, and
critical structures.
• Generate a treatment plan.
• Generate a treatment plan.
• View and evaluate the generated treatment
plan. • View and evaluate the generated treatment
plan.
• Modify the plan if appropriate.
• Modify the plan if appropriate.
• View and evaluate the dose volume
histograms, plan statistics, and the isodose • View and evaluate the dose volume
distribution. histograms, plan statistics, and the isodose
distribution.
• Save the treatment plan for delivery.
• Save the treatment plan for delivery.
24 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Screen Layout
1 Basic Data Displays basic patient and plan information, including patient name,
medical ID, plan name, date and time stamp, and plan prescription. The
tooltip for this panel displays additional information including Patient
Key and Plan Key.
2 Mini Dashboard Click to switch between Accuray Precision system and the
administration applications.
4 Step Bar Displays a button for each step (screen). Click a button to access the
screen.
6 Window Controls Displays buttons to minimize the screen or go back to the home page.
7 Global Tool Bar Provides access to functions such as Zoom image, Pan image, and
Window/ Level. Tools that are not appropriate for the current screen are
grayed out.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 25
Item Area Description
9 Status Bar During certain calculations, displays progress and status information,
and a flashing circle.
10 Control Panels Displays the controls available for the active screens.
11 Image Viewer Displays images and graphical information. The layout varies according
to the workflow.
Task Bar
Procedures are displayed on tasks. Each task displays one or more steps.
Task Description
Fuse Multiple image series only: Fuse multiple image series so they are aligned to the same
physical space.
Setup • For CyberKnife, set the planning method, treatment anatomy, template path set,
Synchrony method, identify fiducials, collimator type, alignment center, and review
Digitally Reconstructed Radiographs (DRRs).
• For Tomo, set machine parameters, couch replacement, patient position, and red lasers.
Plan • For CyberKnife, generate and modify isocentric and non-isocentric plans, set
optimization goals and constraints, optimize, calculate, and finetune the dose distribution
for a plan.
• For Tomo, set direct beams, perform forward planning, optimize, and calculate dose.
Evaluate Review and evaluate the dose distribution, DVH, set reference point, and compare and sum
the plans.
Utilities Displays tools for viewing 3D images in W/L, Color, Flythrough, or Crosscut modes.
Settings Build templates, set color preferences for the isodose curves, VOIs, and screen overlays,
build density models, and set the behavior of the zoom and pan controls. Perform local
database maintenance, remote machine maintenance, and file maintenance.
26 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Windows Controls
Use the screen control icons to control the Accuray Precision System
application.
Go back to Home Page Return to the Accuray Precision System home page.
During planning, this action unloads the current plan and
associated files.
Step Bar
Tasks are divided into steps. Each step consists of a unique set of tools and
image displays. See specific chapters of this manual for more detailed
information on each of the steps.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 27
Icon Tooltip Description
Reset zoom and pan Click to reset the display to original zoom and pan
settings.
Capture screen image Click to capture the image of interest and save the image
in JPG format.
Export DICOM Data Displays the Export DICOM Data dialog box.
Patient Information Displays the Patient and Plan Information dialog box.
VOI Visibility Options Displays the VOI Visibility Options dialog box. Sets VOI
display options for the Accuray Precision System.
28 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Measure Image
The measurements are displayed as overlays on the 2D display panel. If all
measurements are cleared, they cannot be displayed again.
Measure a Distance
1. Click to set the starting point.
2. Drag to the end and click.
Reposition a Measurement
1. Click to select a line.
2. Drag the line to a new position.
Delete a Measurement
1. Click to select a line.
2. Click Delete.
Delete All Measurements
Click Clear All.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 29
Window/Level
To adjust window/level settings, choose either the display panel or
histogram method.
In split (A/B) and checkerboard modes (A+B), the system automatically
detects the image to adjust the window and level based on the cursor
position.
In overlay mode (A&B), the left mouse button controls adjustment of the
window and level in the A image, and press both right and left mouse
buttons to adjust the B image.
Adjust Window/Level Settings on the Image Viewer
1. Click the (Window/Level) icon .
2. Move your cursor to the image viewer to be adjusted.
3. Do one of the following:
• Click and drag up and down to adjust the window, and click and drag left
to right to adjust the level.
OR...
• Click and position the Window/Level icon over the Window/Level
box in the top right corner. Click and the dialog box appears.
For PET SUV images, the Window/Level dialog will display maximum
and minimum SUV scale values.
4. Enter values and click Apply.
2D Presets
The Accuray Precision System provides default 2D presets for bone and
soft tissue.
Adjust Window/Level Settings on the Histogram
The histogram is a representation of the distribution of the grayscale values.
You can view details of peaks along the histogram. Histogram for PET
images displays values according to the type of SUV method selected.
30 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Window/Level histogram
1. Click a tab (Dataset A or Dataset B) to view the histogram and adjust the
Window/Level settings.
2. To adjust the view on the Window/Level histogram, drag a turquoise line on
the inset box on the upper right.
• The horizontal line adjusts the scale of the y-axis of the histogram.
• The right line adjusts the upper value of the x-axis.
• The left line adjusts the lower limit of the x-axis.
3D Visualization
The Accuray Precision System displays image series with enhanced 3D
capabilities, including 3D image tools and layout options. The images can
be displayed in crosscut or standard 3D views, panned and zoomed,
viewed in flythrough mode, and the color and opacity can be adjusted. For
more information, see “3D Filter Step” (page 662).
To display the quick access menu, right-click in 3D image window. The
menu allows the user to set 3D options and change the layout of the
images. The layout is context sensitive, depending on which display panel
is right-clicked.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 31
3D Image and Layout Options quick access menu for CyberKnife
Item Description
Zoom image Increase or decrease zoom level of the either the current image plane or globally.
To increase zoom level, click in any 2D window.
To frame the zoom, drag the top left of the field of view to the bottom right. (A box
bordered by a dashed line indicates the resulting field of view.)
To zoom in or out, use the mouse scroll wheel.
32 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Flythrough 4 Four view layout with flythrough option selected (3D flythrough, axial, sagittal,
Layout and coronal). Full Screen Mode Displays images in full screen mode by removing
the control and information panels. SUV Parameters appear only if PET images
are loaded. The SUV Parameters dialog box allows editing of the SUV
parameters of the PET images.
Crosscut 4 Layout Four view layout with crosscut option selected (3D crosscut, axial, sagittal, and
coronal).
Full Screen Mode Displays images in full screen mode by removing the control and information
panels.
SUV Parameters SUV Parameters will be shown only if PET images are loaded. The SUV
Parameters dialog box allows editing of the SUV parameters of the PET images.
3D Display Options
3D Display Options allows the user to choose presets, transparency of 3D
image, change display mode, turn beams on and off, and change the
displayed dose.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 33
Area Item Description
3D Presets List All Presets Displays list of all presets, including customized presets. Displays
check box the gallery of factory presets determined by the selected image
modality (read only). Displays currently selected 3D preset.
Lighting check box Changes the lighting to alter the image contrast.
VOI Settings VOI Point Mesh Displays VOI in point mesh instead of opaque surface.
check box
Mesh Point Size Changes the mesh point size for the display.
slider
Beam Beam Cone check Displays beams as a cylinder. When unchecked, beams are
Settings box shown as a single line.
(Cyberknife
only) None: (Option) This default setting does not display the beams.
With Dose: (Option) Displays the beams with dose.
All: (Option) Displays all of the beams.
34 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Dose Level Range Allows the range of absolute dose levels to be set for the
(Gy/cGy) text box Watershed and Shell modes.
VOI When selected, the content for the 3D image within the
Subvolume corresponding VOI is displayed.
check boxes
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 35
Save As dialog box
3. Click Save to save the screen snapshot, or click Cancel to discard the
changes and exit.
36 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Save Plan
The plan and its components can be saved to the iDMS System. For plans
created using Autosegmentation, the Save Plan dialog box requires you to
review and acknowledge each of the automatically generated items prior to
saving the plan as deliverable.
1. Click the (Save Plan) icon . The Save Plan dialog box appears.
Printing Reports
WARNING: All treatment plan reports must be approved by trained personnel prior
to plan treatment. Use of treatment planning reports by unqualified personnel could
result in patient mistreatment. Users are solely responsible for determining
appropriate data values for any given situation.
Report Images
All medical images viewed in the Accuray Precision System can be
captured and added to a report by clicking the camera icon at the bottom
right of each view.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 37
Report images are only available when the Accuray Precision System is
running. The report images are not saved with the plan, and the images are
deleted when the Accuray Precision System is properly closed.
• For CyberKnife deliverable plans, the Plan Overview, Path Check List,
Beam Data List, and Commissioning reports are available.
• For deliverable plans, the Plan Overview, Path Check List, Beam Data
List, and Commissioning reports are available.
• For Tomo deliverable plans, the Plan Overview report is available.
• Plan Overview report is available for both deliverable and
non-deliverable plans.
• For non-deliverable plans, Plan Overview and Beam Data List report
are available for CyberKnife, and only Plan Overview is available for
Tomo.
• For non-deliverable plans, Plan Overview and Beam Data List report
are available.
Click on a report name from the report list. The description of the selected
report will be displayed in Report Description section.
NOTE: You cannot print planning reports for new plans that have not been saved.
38 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Reports
Treatment planning reports provide information related to treatment
planning.
Patient Plan Overview Provides detailed information for a selected patient and
treatment plan. Once all data has been reviewed and verified,
the physician and physicist can sign and enter the date of
approval on the signature page.
Report includes:
• Overview (Patient details and plan summary)
• Image series
• Plan details (treatment parameters, prescription details, dose
calculation grid, fiducial information, density model, DVH and
VOI list)
• Approval details
Path Check List Provides a list of each beam in a path. The list gives the node ID,
(Cyberknife only) number of monitor units, reference dose, indicates if the beam is
blocked, and provides a line to check off each beam as it is
delivered. A signature line for each path is provided for the
operator to sign and enter the date of approval.
Beam Data List Provides a list of the beams and their associated geometric
(Cyberknife only) parameters. The data in the report is used to perform hand
calculations to verify that the reference dose for each beam is
consistent with the number of MUs for that beam.
Segment Report Provides a list of the beams and their associated geometric
(CyberKnife parameters. The data in the report is used to perform hand
calculations to verify the reference dose for each beam is
MLC plan only) consistent with the number of MUs for that beam.
Reports Viewer
The reports viewer contains tools enabling the user to generate, view,
download, and print reports when a saved plan is loaded. The viewer
consists of the following:
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 39
• Forms tab which allows the user to access, select and learn about the
reports that can be viewed.
• After a report has been generated, the report viewer allows the user to
view the report.
Report Viewer
Single Window View Allows user to switch from the dual window view to a single
window view.
Dual Window Horizontal View Allows user to view two reports in the horizontal two-report
view.
Dual Window Vertical View Allows user to view two reports in the vertical two-report view.
40 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
View One or More Reports in Separate Tabs
1. Generate two or more reports.
2. Click the tab of the report to view.
Close a Report
1. Generate a report.
2. Click from the report tab.
3. Click the report tab of the report you want to move to the secondary view
and click .
The report appears in the secondary view and the directional arrow
changes to . A split bar can be used to widen or narrow the report panes.
3. Click the report tab of the report to be moved to the secondary view and
click .
The report appears in the secondary view and the directional arrow
changes to . A split bar can be used to widen or narrow the report panes.
Patient Information
The Patient and Plan Information dialog box displays detailed information
about the primary and secondary image series.
The Coordinate Information section displays the coordinates of the primary
and secondary images in the DICOM coordinate system. The display
defines the origin, size, and voxel spacing of the primary or secondary
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 41
image. The voxel spacing of an image is the distance between two voxels
in each direction, while the size of the image is the number of slices/voxels
in each direction. The CT resolution, as defined by Spacing of the primary
study, limits the minimum expansion allowed for VOIs.
42 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Use the Move buttons (Move Up, Move Down, Move to Top, and Move to
Bottom) to adjust the display order in this dialog box. These buttons are not
available when the Search text box contains text, or when the table is sorted
on any column other than the Display Priority.
WARNING: When viewing treatment plans whose isodose lines closely match VOI
contours, view VOIs as overlays to ensure that isodose lines and VOIs are properly
identified. This can be accomplished by selecting the Display VOI as overlay check
box in the VOI Visibility Options dialog box.
NOTE: Priority set in the VOI Visivility Options is not related to the overlap priority
values for VOIs in Tomo planning.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 43
VOI Visibility Options dialog box
2. (Optional) Select or clear the check box at the top of the check box column
to select or clear all VOIs.
44 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
3. (Optional) To select individual VOIs:
a) Clear the top check box. All check boxes are cleared.
b) Select individual check boxes for VOIs and/or auto-shells.
4. (Optional) Select the Display VOI as overlay check box to display the
selected VOIs as overlays on the images.
5. (Optional) Select a color on the adjacent Color drop-down list to modify the
display color of a VOI or auto-shell.
6. (Optional) Drag the adjacent slider to the desired location to modify the
opacity setting.
Opacity is expressed as a percentage (0 to 100). The opacity setting is
applied to all selected VOIs.
7. Click OK.
Multiple Sessions
Accuray Precision System allows up to four sessions simultaneously on a
single workstation.
Use the icons on the right side of the Accuray Precision System screen to
begin a new session or switch between sessions.
Use the mouse to view the ToolTip of the session’s current state.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 45
Multiple Sessions
Access Item Description
46 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Ending a Session
1. Click the Close button in the upper-right corner from the active session.
The Accuray Precision System Home Page appears.
Status Bar
The status bar is displayed at the bottom of the screen. When certain
calculations are in progress, the status bar displays a round, blinking light,
and status messages regarding the current calculation.
Status bar
Item Description
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 47
Mask or View Basic Data
1. Click the basic data area. The Accuray Incorporated logo appears.
2. Click the Accuray Incorporated logo. The basic data appears.
3. (Optional) Hold down the CTRL key and click the basic data area to view
the Accuray Incorporated logo with Patient Key and Plan Key.
Image Viewer
This section describes the basic layout tools available.
Item Description
Plane indicators Each image viewer displays an icon or label that indicates the plane of the
series. The icons are: a human head, a human body, and the name of the view.
Click the indicator to cycle through the choices.
Direction indicators Directional labels indicating the patient orientation imported with the image
series, for example, L (left), R (right), P (posterior), A (anterior), S (superior), and
I (inferior).
Image view indicator The available views include the primary series (A/fixed), the secondary series
(B/moving). The image mode include a split view (A/B), a checkerboard view
(A+B), and an overlay view (A&B). Click the indicator to cycle through the
choices.
Slice number The slider bar at the bottom right of each image viewer allows the slice number
to be selected. The current slice number is displayed within the slider bar. To
sequence through the series, click the left or right arrow or drag the slider arrow
to the right or left.
Focus The light blue lines display the focus of the three planar views currently shown.
To change the focus, drag the light blue lines to a new location or double-click at
another point.
Opacity Slider The slider bar at the bottom left of secondary images allows the opacity to be
modified.
SUV/RAW/NAC Label indicating the state of the pixel value when a PET image is displayed.
• SUV: SUV has been computed for the image series.
• RAW: SUV has not been computed and the image series is attenuation
corrected.
• NAC: The image series is non-attenuation corrected.
48 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Colorrmap Selector The colormap selector at the bottom left of secondary images allows changes to
the color set. When selected, the available colormaps are displayed with the
current colormap in green. When moused over, the name of the selected
colormap is in yellow.
Point Dose Tool The point dose tool appears in both the checkerboard and overlay modes. When
an image is clicked, a cross with voxel values and scales of the primary and
secondary images is displayed. If a PET image with computed SUV values is
displayed, the dose probe tool displays its voxel values and scale.
On-screen image An image scale with one major marker in mm appears on every 2D image that
scale automatically adjusts when the image is zoomed in or out. The scale does not
appear if there are less than 400 pixels in the image.
Label Description
A Primary (fixed) image series: The primary image series is always a CT image series.
B Secondary (or moving) image series: The secondary image series can be from any
supported modality.
A/B Split screen view: Split view of the primary and secondary image series in axial,
sagittal, or coronal views.
A&B Overlay view: Split view of the primary and secondary image series with different
opacity levels for each series.
A+B Checkerboard view: Primary and secondary image series in a pattern of alternating
squares.
A/B1 Multiple secondary image series: The registered volume that combines the primary
image series and the first secondary image series.
A/B2 Multiple secondary image series: The registered volume that combines the primary
image series and the second secondary image series.
A/B3 Multiple secondary image series: The registered volume that combines the primary
image series and the third secondary image series.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 49
Split Screen View (A/B)
The following screenshot shows a typical 2D image viewer with two loaded
series. Axial, sagittal, and coronal views appear in the image viewer. The
bottom left of each image viewer indicates the plane of the study. In this
example, an axial slice appears.
In the split screen view, the oblique yellow slider bar separates the two
views. The point of rotation is the intersection of the two green focus lines.
50 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Use the slider at the bottom of the image viewer to scroll through the slices
or to step through one slice at a time.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 51
Overlay axial 2D view of fused CT and MR images
Display Layouts
Each step provides multiple layout options. The options appear as buttons
on the Display tab.
To switch to another layout, click the appropriate button. Switching to
another layout affects the current view only.
Display options vary depending on which task and steps you are on.
52 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Layout Panel examples
Item Description
Axial
Coronal
Sagittal
3-dimensional
Dose Statistics
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 53
Item Description
You can also switch the display layout using the right-click menu. Display
options vary depending on the plan and which task and steps you are on.
Keyboard Controls
The Accuray Precision System provides the following keyboard shortcuts.
54 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Shortcut Key Description
Esc Pointer
Z Zoom Image
P Pan Image
W Window/Level 2D
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 55
Export DICOM Data Dialog Box for Tomo
56 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Export DICOM Data Dialog Box for CyberKnife
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 57
Export DICOM Data
To export data to Retreatment session, refer to “Exporting Dose and VOIs
to PreciseRTX® Session” (page 782).
1. Click on the global tool bar. The Export DICOM Data dialog box
appears.
2. On the Export panel, select one or more check boxes for data to export.
3. Enter a description for each selected image type.
4. To export RT Dose DICOM data with DVH, select the RT Dose check box
and the DVH check box. The Volume of Interest check box will be selected
automatically.
To export RT Dose DICOM data with Dose Grid and DVH, select the RT
Dose check box and the Dose Grid check box. The DVH and Volume of
Interest check boxes will be selected automatically.
5. To export Planar Dose DICOM data, select the Planar Dose check box and
one or all of the Axial, Coronal, and Sagittal check boxes.
6. On the Destination panel, select the destination using either the Select
Remote Machine or Select Local File Path options.
The Export button becomes available.
If the remote machine will not accept the DICOM data, an error message
appears.
NOTE: The Export DICOM Data dialog box does not generate or export RTPLAN
files, and the RTDOSE files that are exported do not reference an RTPLAN. In
order to generate an RTPLAN file and an RTDOSE file that references it, the plan
must be saved as deliverable and approved for treatment. At that point, an
RTPLAN file is generated. For approved plans, both the RTPLAN and RTDOSE
files can be exported using DICOM Administration in the iDMS System.
NOTE: If you have run a Deformable Image Registration in Fuse step, you can
export the Deformable Vector Field (DVF) used for image registration in DICOM
format. The check box for Deformable Vector Field becomes available in Export
DICOM data dialog box.
58 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Image Data
The following image data can be exported:
• New Couch Image (Tomo only).
• Original Fixed Image (primary image series).
• Original Moving Image (secondary image series).
• Fused Moving Image.
• Mixed Image.
Export the primary series or the secondary series. The Accuray Precision
System does not alter the data.
Export a mixed image that is a fusion of the primary series and the
secondary series. The contents of this image are created on the 3D Filter
step described in “3D Filter Step” (page 662). Only a grayscale image can
be saved and exported. If 3D Filter was used, the image is converted to a
grayscale image, saved on the local disk, and exported to the DICOM
image series.
The mixed image series has the same modality as the secondary series.
The fused moving image series has the same modality as the secondary
series in the primary CT space.
NOTE: If multiple secondary series are loaded, the Accuray Precision System
exports image data for the displayed secondary series. To display another
secondary series, select another series on the drop-down list on the upper corner of
the right side 2D view.
RT Dose Data
Dose distribution data is exported as a DICOM RT Dose instance. The data
is in a series that is associated with the primary CT study (primary image).
These types of DICOM RT dose data can be exported:
• Dose grid
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 59
• DVH
Each VOI includes a DVH. The DVH is calculated within the fine dose grid
and is exported with the DICOM RT Dose instance as an array of 256 bins
on a histogram. The bins’ range is evenly spaced from minimum to
maximum dose.
NOTE: For TomoDirect QA Plan, you can Calculate Dose Per Beam, and
export the RT Dose per Beam using Export DICOM Data.
NOTE: RTDOSE files representing exported planar dose data cannot be exported
with reference to an RTPLAN file.
60 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Refer to “PreciseART® and PreciseRTX® (Option)” (page 773) for more
details.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 1 : O v er vie w 61
62 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 2
Treatment Planning
About Loading Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Treatment Planning Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Plan Transfer (Tomo® Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 63
About Loading Images
Each plan on the Accuray Precision System is based on a primary CT
image series. Load the primary series and then load a secondary image
series, if appropriate.
Criteria for Secondary Image Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Loading PET Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DICOM RT Structure Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Loading DICOM Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Accuray Connect - DICOM Direct Import . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Loading Alignment MVCT/kVCT (Tomo only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Longitudinal Resampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
WARNING: Verify that the Accuray Precision System displays patient orientation
labels as intended by the manufacturer of the scanner. An image series scanned by
a new scanner or with a new patient orientation might not be displayed as expected
on the Accuray Precision System. Use of incorrectly labeled images could result in
patient mistreatment.
WARNING: Prior to import, you must review the images to verify that the patient did
not move during image acquisition.
64 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Loading PET Images
The SUV Parameters dialog box allows the method to be used to compute
the SUV for PET images to be modified when PET images are loaded, as
well as the ability to modify existing or add missing parameters. The
Accuray Precision System supports the following SUV methods:
• Body Weight (g/ml)
• Body Surface Area (cm²/ml)
• Lean Body Mass (g/ml)
Item Description
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 65
Item Description
Series Date and Time Read-only field that displays the reference date and
time for all PET image attributes that are temporally
related.
Acquisition Date and Time Read-only field that displays the date and time that
the image was acquired.
Scan Date and Time options Select which date and time is used for SUV
calculation.
• Series Date and Time
• Acquisition Date and Time
Radionuclide Half Life (seconds) Set the half life of the radionuclide that was
field administered to the patient. This value is used in the
calculation of SUV.
Radiopharmaceutical Start Date Set the actual date and time of radiopharmaceutical
and Time drop-down list/box administration to the patient for imaging purposes.
66 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Method Instructions
Default SUV method for Select the Default SUV Method from the drop-down list in
Accuray Precision Settings > Preferences > Display Parameters.
Treatment Planning System All PET images for this workstation are shown using the
selected SUV calculation method.
NOTE: If a DICOM RT Structure Set is included, it must be a part of the same study
as the primary image series.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 67
Accuray Connect - DICOM Direct Import
Use Accuray Connect to directly import DICOM data and associated Spatial
Registration Objects without using Image Review and Import on iDMS. See
the Data Management Manual for more details.
Longitudinal Resampling
IMPORTANT: After planning images are imported into the system, always verify
that contours are accurate and adjust if necessary before planning the treatment.
68 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
When the treatment delivery system receives data that contains
non-uniform slices (slices that are not evenly spaced in the original planning
image), it resamples images to the finest resolution.
For example, if an image includes 5 mm slices and 1 mm slices, all slices
are resampled to 1 mm.
• If the image contains fewer than 3 slices for a given thickness, then they
are not considered for resampling.
• If a thicker slice for the image contains a contour, then that contour is
copied onto the new slices that are created during resampling.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 69
Treatment Planning Applications
This section presents Accuray Precision System features specific to
treatment planning that can be launched from the Home Page. The icons
on the Home Page are available based on the permission granted to the
user profile. To launch an application, click the icon.
Creating a New Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Monte Carlo Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
QA Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Add Fraction Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Loading an Existing Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Loading an Inconsistent Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Loading a MultiPlan Plan (CyberKnife Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loading a Conformal Plan (CyberKnife Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Loading a 4D Plan (CyberKnife Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Makeup Plan (CyberKnife Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Deleting a Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Plan Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Commissioning Tools (CyberKnife Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Advanced Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
70 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Creating a New Plan
WARNING: Verify that the Accuray Precision System displays patient orientation
labels as intended by the manufacturer of the scanner. Use of incorrectly labeled
images could result in patient mistreatment.
WARNING: Verify that all slices are listed and meet the image acquisition
guidelines for each DICOM image series selected. Refer to the pretreatment
scanning guidelines in the Treatment Delivery Manual for specific image acquisition
guidelines.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 71
New Plan Screen for CyberKnife
2. Type in the patient name, Medical ID, or HIS ID in the Search field, or scroll
down the patient list to select a patient. Under the Select Type area, the
Standard icon is selected automatically.
3. Click Next >>. The Select Exams screen appears.
• If CT exams are included, the Modality list displays CT.
• Exams associated with the selected modality are displayed in the Exam
ID list.
4. Select an exam in the Exam ID list and click Select Exam, or double-click
the exam you want to select to move it to the Selected Exam list.
If necessary, select a second exam in the Exam ID list and click Select
Exam, or double-click on the exam to move it to the Selected Exams list.
To remove an exam from the Selected Exam list, select the exam and click
Remove.
After removing an exam from the Selected Exam list, click CT in the
Modality list to refresh the Exam ID list.
72 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
6. (Optional) Select a RTSSET.
When the minimum number of series are selected, the Finish and Next >>
buttons become available.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 73
Complete Creating a Standard Treatment Plan With a
Template
1. Click Next >>. The Select Optional Plan Template screen appears.
74 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Use Plan Template Screen
5. Select a density model which you want to use for the plan.
6. Review the VOI names that are automatically matched by the system and
adjust if necessary.
7. Click Use Template. The system loads the selected studies using the
selected template.
DCE MR
The Accuray Precision System offers an integration with Dynamic Contrast
Enhanced (DCE) MR data, created by iCAD® Inc. iCAD provides image
analysis software that uses a pharmacokinetic model to illustrate regions of
increased cellular permeability. The integration enables the display of the
iCAD results within Accuray Precision System. A typical DCE MR set
exported from iCAD includes the following:
• A high resolution MRI image.
• A DCE Ktrans image (1/minute): Permeability surface area product per
unit volume of tissue, also referred to as PERM data or permeability
map data.
• A DCE Ve image: Volume of extra vascular space per unit volume of
tissue, also referred to as EVF (Extra cellular Volume Fraction) map
data.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 75
NOTE: The DCE Ktrans and Ve image series must be exported from iCAD® and
imported via the iDMS System Image Review and Import, whereas the high
resolution MRI may be exported directly from the MR scanner to the iDMS System
for import using Image Review and Import.
Ktrans and Ve images are pre-registered with the reference MRI image so
that they are exported within the same coordinate system as the MRI
image.
NOTE: The DCE overlays are DCE-Primary, which is a RGB overlay based on a 2D
lookup table, and DCE-Perm, which is a linear purple-color lookup table.
76 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
6. Select MR from the Modality list.
7. Select the high resolution MR exam in the Exam ID list and click Select
Exam, or double-click the exam you want to select to move it to the Selected
Exams list. See “Criteria for Secondary Image Series” (page 64) for
information on the number of secondary images that can be loaded per
imaging modality.
NOTE: DCE MR exam data can be identified with T1, T2, PERM, and EVF as
keywords in the series description.
A message appears to confirm that you want the associated DCE map data
to load.
8. Click Yes.
If the legacy DCE anatomy data was exported from a version of VersaVue
prior to 3.0.3, a warning message appears specific to the currently
supported anatomic region and requires you to select whether to load DCE
map data.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 77
CT image based on the registration between the high resolution MR and the
primary CT.
NOTE: DCE map data that is viewed as overlaid on the high resolution MR in the
Fuse task prior to registration is identical to the data viewed in the iCAD software.
However, once the registration has been performed, the MR and its associated
DCE map data will be resliced to match the primary CT. Therefore, the DCE map
data at a particular location in the MR matches the original appearance in the iCAD
software, except that the entire slice may appear different as a result of the fusion.
Using DCE MR
Three DCE overlay display modes are specific to DCE MR.The current
DCE overlay mode appears below the image viewer indicator. An opacity
slider is available, and the DCE voxel data can be viewed using the dose
probe tool.
78 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
DCE Primary Overlay
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 79
Monte Carlo Plan
Prerequisites for Monte Carlo planning:
• Monte Carlo is available on the Accuray Precision System.
• Monte Carlo commissioning is complete.
• The plan contains a mass density model.
When you load a Monte Carlo plan, all settings for the plan are loaded.
NOTE: If you load a Monte Carlo plan on the Accuray Precision System that is not
commissioned for Monte Carlo, the plan is loaded in read-only mode. You can
review the plan but cannot make changes.
QA Plan
The QA plan allows the verification of a treatment plan dose delivery by
creating a plan that overlays a patient treatment plan onto a phantom CT
image series which can then be delivered to the phantom. Refer to “QA
Plans” (page 207) for more details.
WARNING: To prevent patient mistreatment, all the delivered fractions from the
original plan, Add Fraction Plan, and any other plans such as Makeup Plan with
Add Fraction Plan should be accounted for when additional planning is required.
80 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Add Fraction Plan becomes inconsistent when the original plan becomes
inconsistent due to the treatment machine data change.
NOTE: For information on loading DICOM data that was exported from another
machine to the Accuray Precision System, refer to the Data Management Manual.
1. Click the Load Plan icon from the Home Page. The Load Plan screen
appears.
2. Select a patient name from the patient list. The plans associated with the
selected patient appear.
3. Select a plan to load and click Load Plan. The system loads the plan.
For Tomo
Inconsistent plan will have an asterisk (*) next to the plan name on the Load
Plan screen.
1. Click the Load Plan from the Home Page. The Load Plan screen appears.
2. Select a patient. The plans associated with the selected patient appear.
3. Select the plan, and click Load Plan. A message comes up with two options.
Plan can be loaded as it is, or update the plan with the current machine
configuration.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 81
4. Click Update or Load As Is to load the plan.
• Click Update. The dose is automatically deleted. You must replan if you
update an inconsistent plan.
• Click Load As Is. The plan is loaded as is and remains inconsistent. You
can still make changes and re-save the plan if the plan has not been
treated.
You also have the option to click Cancel, and then go to Plan Transfer from
the Home Page to process the plan using the Self Transfer.
NOTE: If treatment has already begun for the plan, then the plan cannot be
re-saved with the same name. Self Transfer is required to update the plan in that
case.
NOTE: Self Transfer is only available for plans that have been approved for
treatment or are currently under treatment.
For CyberKnife
Inconsistent plan fails the data validation check at the time of loading. The
error message to describe the inconsistency appears.
1. Click the Load Plan from the Home Page. The Load Plan screen appears.
2. Select a patient. The plans associated with the selected patient appear.
3. Select the plan, and click Load Plan. A message comes up with two options.
Plan can be loaded as read-only, or update the plan by reloading the data
files from the server.
4. Click [Yes]: Reload data files from the server or [No]: Load plan in read-only
mode.
All beams and dose are deleted and you are required to replan if you select
[Yes].
NOTE: Discontinued plan is prompted with Makeup plan dialog box (Dose Viewing
Options),
82 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Loading a MultiPlan Plan (CyberKnife Only)
NOTE: Plans that are created prior to MultiPlan 5.0 can be only loaded as
read-only. A plan created after MultiPlan 5.0 can be loaded as editable and
re-saved as a current plan. However there may be some other restrictions applied
depending on your CyberKnife configuration changes.
1. Click the Load Plan icon from the Patients and Plans area of the Accuray
Precision System home screen. The Load Plan screen appears.
2. Select a patient name from the patient list. The plans associated with the
selected patient appear.
3. Select a MultiPlan plan name identified by a status of Complete.
4. Click Load Plan. An information dialog box appears to notify you that the
plan will be loaded in read-only mode. Read-only mode will not allow you to
overwrite the plan.
5. Click OK. The plan is loaded. Available tasks and steps may be limited
depending on the plan. A qualified plan can be re-saved and be used for the
treatment.
NOTE: Makeup Plans cannot be created for the plans that were created using the
retired Conformal planning feature.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 83
Discontinued Plan Options Typical Use
Load Original Used with Reference Plan and Sum Plan to compare
the original plan with either the sum of the delivered
dose, Makeup Plan for full fractions, or Makeup(s)
Plans for all partial fractions.
View Delivered Dose Use to create a delivered dose plan that can be
saved and associated with the original plan.
Create Makeup Plan for the remaining full Use to create a Makeup Plan for all full fractions to be
fractions. used for treatment delivery.
Create Makeup Plan for the remaining Use to create Makeup Plan(s) for a partial fraction(s)
dose for the partial fraction. Select a to be used for redelivery.
partial fraction from the list above.
These options allow the analysis of the delivered dose and generation of an
automatic set of plans to deliver the remaining planning dose. This is
beneficial when delivery system-created makeup fractions are not sufficient
to complete treatment. For example, when a CyberKnife System servicing
issue interrupts treatment that requires CyberKnife data changes, it
invalidates current plans under treatment.
NOTE: Makeup Plans cannot be created if beam data has not been commissioned.
84 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
WARNING: Carefully review the sum of the delivered dose and the Makeup Plans
compared to the original plan prior to treatment delivery of any Makeup Plans. If
clinical differences are unacceptable, Makeup Plans can be modified to ensure the
sum is clinically equivalent to the original plan.
NOTE: Makeup Plans are not supported for treatment plans created using
MultiPlan System versions prior to 5.0. Accuray Precision System supports reading
embedded Delivered Dose plans that were previously saved in MultiPlan, but will
only create new Delivered Dose plans as separate plans.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 85
Method Instructions
View Delivered Dose For partial fractions where the treatment delivery system generated makeup
fractions have not been delivered, the dose for the partially delivered
fractions will be included in the delivered dose. If the treatment delivery
system generated makeup fractions that have been delivered, that dose will
also be factored into the delivered dose.
The Evaluate Tasks allows the following steps:
• Review
• Compare and Sum Plans
• Finetune
• Beams
1. Click OK. The delivered dose plan is loaded. The dose is recalculated
using the same algorithm, resolution, and uncertainty (for Monte Carlo)
that was used with the original plan.
NOTE: When the plan is loaded, Delivered Dose appears on the 2D view
below the dose calculation algorithm and the Plan Information tab displays
specific plan details.
2. (Option) Click Save Plan to save the plan as a Delivered Dose plan. The
Delivered Dose plan becomes read-only once it’s saved.
Create Makeup Plan for IMPORTANT: This option is available only when a discontinued treatment
the remaining full plan with a full fraction is present. You cannot change the fractionation of the
fractions plan.
1. Click OK. A Makeup Plan is created that displays the total remaining dose
for the remaining full fractions that have not been delivered.
NOTE: When the plan is loaded, Makeup Plan appears on the 2D view
below the dose calculation algorithm and the Plan Information tab displays
specific plan details.
2. Click Save Plan to save the plan as deliverable. The plan is saved with
the original plan type and Makeup extension.
86 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Method Instructions
4. Click Save Plan to save the plan as deliverable. The plan is saved with
the original plan type and Makeup extension.
Deleting a Plan
A plan cannot be deleted if:
• Treatment of the plan has begun.
• Another user is using the same plan.
• The plan is loading.
• Plan status is Discontinued or Complete.
• (Tomo only) Image has been acquired (MVCT or kVCT).
1. Click the Delete Plan icon from the Home Page.
2. Select a patient name from the list on the Delete Plan screen. The plans
associated with the selected patient appear.
3. Select one or more plans to delete and click Delete Plan. A caution appears
to warn you that all plan data will be deleted.
NOTE: If the plan you are deleting has associated QA plans, the QA plans are
deleted.
NOTE: If you are deleting a transferred plan, all transferred versions of the plan will
also be deleted. However, deleting a transferred version of the plan (if never
treated) will only delete that transferred version.
4. Click Delete Plan. The Accuray Precision System deletes the plan and
refreshes the plan list.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 87
Plan Recovery
A plan can be recovered if the Accuray Precision System application shuts
down unexpectedly and if the auto-saved version of the plan exists. The
amount of work lost is based on the auto-save interval setting and, at a
minimum, dose will have to be re-calculated for the recovered plan. The
Recover Plan icon is activated after a non-standard plan closure until you
load a plan, create a new plan, or close the Accuray Precision System.
Auto-Save
By default, the Accuray Precision System automatically records the state of
the active plan regularly. You can change the interval or disable this feature
using Settings > Preferences > Planning Parameters. This tab can also be
accessed using the Planning Parameters icon from the home screen.
Recovery Plan
If a recovery plan is available when the Accuray Precision System is
started, a dialog box appears to notify you that a recovery plan is available
and allows the option to load it.
88 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Home Page with Recover Plan button
Advanced Search
Use Advanced Search to filter patient and plan lists. Patient Filters are
available for New Plan. Patient Filters and Plan Filters are available for
Load Plan, Delete Plan, and PreciseRTX®.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 89
NOTE: When you use Plan Filters, the search limits the patient list with the patients
with plans that satisfy the filter. When you use both Patient Filters and Plan Filters
together, the search applies the patient filter first and then plan filer afterwards.
90 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Patient Filters
Filters Options Description
Date of Birth: text box Enter the date of birth using dates,
name of month and year. For example,
use 05 Jan 1978.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 91
Filters Options Description
HIS Date of Birth: text box Enter HIS date of birth using dates,
name of month and year. For example,
use 05 Jan 1978.
Plan Filters
Filters Options Description
92 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Filters Options Description
Plan Type: drop-down list Select a plan type from the drop-down
list.
• Standard
• 4D
• Phantom Overlay
• QA
• Simulation
• Lung Optimized
• Legacy
• Delivered Dose
• Makeup
• Add Fraction Plan
Last Saved (Days): text box Enter the number of past days to
search.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 93
Filters Options Description
Delivery Mode: (Ring Gantry Select one from the drop-down list.
only) • Helical
• Direct
Plan Mode: (Ring Gantry only) Select one from the drop-down list.
• IMRT
• 3DCRT
• Forward Planning
94 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Plan Transfer (Tomo® Only)
Plan Transfer is a licensable feature that allows the treatment plans to be
re-configured to be delivered on other treatment machines. There are three
available modes for plan transfer: Machine Transfer, Self Transfer, and
Mark As Equivalent.
Machine Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Self Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Mark As Equivalent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Review Transferred Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Machine Transfer
Machine Transfer is the default option for plan transfer if your treatment
facility has multiple treatment machines. Machine transfer allows you to
transfer one or more treatment plans to available treatment machines for
the purpose of delivering the plans.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 95
In order for a treatment plan to qualify for transfer, the plan status must be
one of the following:
• Approved.
• Under-treatment.
NOTE: A transferred plan has the same plan name as the original plan. Transferred
plans have the status of Awaiting Approval. Transferred plans require review and
approval to use for treatment.
Self Transfer
Treatment plans become inconsistent when machine data or the beam
model change. The Self Transfer feature allows inconsistent plans to be
transferred to the new revision of the same machine. When a plan becomes
inconsistent, an asterisk (*) appears next to the plan name.
96 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Self transfer revises the patient plan based on the new machine revision.
NOTE: A QA plan can be created with an inconsistent patient plan if the template
plan is up-to-date. When the status of a self-transferred patient plan becomes
Discontinued, the status of the associated QA plan also becomes Discontinued.
Mark As Equivalent
Treatment plans become inconsistent when commissioning models or
delivery machine configuration change. Use the Mark As Equivalent feature
to mark inconsistent plans as acceptable in its current state and continue to
use the plan for treatment.
• Only inconsistent plans with statuses of Approved and Under-treatment
are candidates for Mark As Equivalent.
• Mark As Equivalent does not create a new revision of the plan.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 2 : T r ea tm en t P l an nin g 97
NOTE: When an inconsistent plan is marked as equivalent, the associated
QA plan automatically updates to marked as equivalent.
1. Click the Plan Transfer icon from the Patients and Plans area. The Transfer
Plan screen appears.
2. Select Mark As Equivalent under Select Plan Transfer Mode.
3. Use the Show inconsistent plans for treatment machine drop-down list to
select the machine that you want to transfer plans from.
4. In the patient list, select the check box next to the patient plans that you
want to transfer.
5. Click Mark Selected Plans to begin the transfer. The Information dialog box
appears with the Plan Transfer Summary when transfer is complete.
6. Click Next >> to go to the Review Transferred Plan screen.
98 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 3
Section 3-1
Commissioning Requirements and Reports . . . . . . . . . . 101
Section 3-2
Fixed and Iris Collimator Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Section 3-3
Multileaf Collimator Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 3 : C o mm i s s i on i ng To o ls (C y b er Kn i fe O n ly ) 99
100 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 3-1
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Commissioning Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Commissioning Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 101
Introduction
Before You Begin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
WARNING: Errors in beam data may not be easily detected and can result in
patient injury or death. A qualified person must enter and confirm the
accuracy of all beam data prior to treatment planning and delivery.
102 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Commissioning Requirements
Beam Data Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Ray-Tracing
The following beam data must be acquired, properly formatted, and
imported to the iDMS System prior to commissioning the Ray-Tracing dose
calculation algorithm:
• Tissue phantom ratio (TPR), off center ratio (OCR), and output factor
(OF) beam data for fixed collimators.
• TPR, OCR, and OF beam data for the optional Iris Collimator.
NOTE: (Optional) Measured in-air output factor beam data is required only if
you intend to use the In-air Output Factor method to generate the Monte
Carlo source distribution model for Fixed and Iris.
NOTE: The open field profile for the Iris Collimator uses the same beam data
as the fixed collimators.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 103
NOTE: The Monte Carlo algorithm must be commissioned for fixed cones
before the Iris Collimator.
NOTE: No additional beam data is required for MLC Monte Carlo dose
calculation. Refer to Physics Essentials Guide for more details.
The Beam Data Import (BDI) application of the iDMS System is used to
import the measured beam data to the data server. Typically, this task is
performed by the site physicist. For information on the Beam Data Import
application of the iDMS System, see the Data Management Manual. For
information on beam data acquisition, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
Accuray Precision beam data commissioning procedures are accessed
using the Fixed/Iris and the MLC tabs, located above the display window.
During commissioning, review the measured beam data, compare it with
beam data calculated by the Accuray Precision System, and approve the
calculated beam data and/or algorithm factors. During treatment planning,
dose calculation is performed based on the values that were approved
during commissioning.
104 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Commissioning Reports
Reports Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Commissioning Report Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Generate a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Switch Viewing of Single View Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Close a Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
View Two Reports One Above the Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
View Two Reports Side by Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Reports Viewer
The Reports Viewer contains tools to generate, view, download, and print
commissioning reports. After the user clicks the Print button, the Reports
Viewer screen appears. The viewer has the following:
• Forms tab which allows the user to view the list of available reports and
each report description, and select a report to be generated.
• After a report has been selected in the Forms tab, the Reports Viewer
allows the user set parameters and generate reports.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 105
Icon Tool Tip Description
Single Window View Allows user to switch from the dual window
view to a single window view.
Dual Window Vertical Allows user to view two reports in the vertical
View two-report view.
Fixed/Iris
Name of
Type Report Description
106 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Name of
Type Report Description
Monte In-Air Output Provides the in-air output factor beam data.
Carlo Only Factor
Dose Profile Provides the open field dose profile beam data.
Central PDD Provides the central percent depth dose beam data.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 107
MLC
Open Beam Profile Provides the FSPB open beam profile data.
108 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Type Name of Report Description
Generate a Report
1. Select Commissioning Tools icon on the Home page.
2. Select a Treatment Machine on the Select CyberKnife Treatment Machine
screen, and click the Finish button.
3. For Fixed or Iris report, go to the Fixed/Iris task. For MLC report, go to the
MLC task.
Different reports are available at each step depending on the workflow.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 109
6. Select Measured or Calculated or Interpolated (MLC) from the Data Type.
7. Select the Collimator Size to be displayed in the report.
8. Choose a method to generate the report:
• To generate a report with all available information, click View Report
icon without modifying the parameters.
• To generate a report with specific information, set the necessary
parameters and click View Report icon.
The report is generated according to the specified parameters and appears
in the report viewer.
The reports can be printed on the paper or export to different file formats
such as PDF and CSV. Refer to Data Management Manual for more details.
Close a Report
Click from the report tab.
3. Click the report tab of the report to be moved to the secondary view and
click .
The report appears in the secondary view and the directional arrow will be
changed to . A split bar can be used to widen or narrow the report panes.
110 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
View Two Reports Side by Side
1. Generate two or more reports.
2. Click Dual Window Vertical View from the action bar.
The empty secondary view appears and the report tabs for all open reports
will contain the directional arrow.
3. Click the report tab of the report to be moved to the secondary view and
click .
The report appears in the secondary view and the directional arrow will be
changed to . A split bar can be used to widen or narrow the report panes.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 3- 1 : C om mi s s i o ni n g R eq u ir e me nt s an d R e po r ts 111
112 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 3-2
Overview
The procedures for commissioning the Ray-Tracing dose calculation
algorithm for fixed collimators and the Iris collimator in the Accuray
Precision System are the same. Import the sets of measured beam data for
fixed and Iris collimators to the data server and approve in the Accuray
Precision System. If your system includes the Iris Collimator, both sets of
beam data must be approved before you can use the Iris Collimator for
planning.
Upon login, the OCR, TPR, and OF steps are all available. The
recommended sequence of steps are the following:
1. Perform the OCR, TPR, and OF steps for fixed collimators.
2. Then perform the OCR, TPR, and OF steps for the Iris Collimator.
You can return to a previous step to review beam data at any time.
NOTE: The same value for the extrapolation depth must be used in both the
OCR and TPR steps. If you change a value in one step, you must return to
the other step and re-approve the beam data. Beam data for the Iris
Collimator does not require the same extrapolation depth as for fixed
collimators.
114 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Extrapolation methods for calculated beam data
The selected beam data appears in a graph in the main image viewer. A
label above the graph indicates whether the measured and calculated
beam data represents Non-Sample data or Sample data. Sample data is
the data configured with the CyberKnife System. Sample data has not,
however, been measured on the shipped system.
• On the OCR step, tabulated OCR beam data for the selected collimator
is displayed.
• On the TPR step, all tabulated TPR beam data is displayed.
• On the OF step, all tabulated OF beam data is displayed.
2. Use the scroll bar on the right side of the tabulated beam data to scroll
through the data.
OCR Step
Use the OCR step to review the measured OCR beam data at different
depths and compare it to reference data (if loaded). You can also compare
the calculated OCR beam data to reference data. When you first go to the
OCR step, OCR beam data is calculated automatically using default values
for the extrapolation depth and method. You can change these values. If the
results are acceptable, you can then approve the beam data.
NOTE: The extrapolation depth must be the same for the OCR and TPR
steps for a given collimator type (Fixed Collimator or Iris Collimator).
116 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
OCR Screen
The OCR step shows the graphs of measured or calculated OCR values as
a function of radius for different depths.
Small image viewers on the right side of the screen shows graphs of OCR
beam data for each of the 12 collimator field sizes, for either the Fixed
Collimator or the Iris Collimator as selected in the Collimator Type option.
Double-click any small image viewer to view the beam data on the large
image viewer.
The beam data shown in the graph appears in a table below the large image
viewer. You can view measured, calculated, or reference data. The large
image viewer includes a legend.
118 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Extrapolation Data Depth (mm) Displays the current extrapolation depth for
text box calculated OCR beam data. To change the
depth, enter a new value in the text box. The
entered value does not take effect until you
redraw the curve and approve the OCR
beam data. Allowed depth values are from
450 to 800 mm.
NOTE: When reviewing the Least Square calculated OCR data, the OCR
value at a radius of 0.0, may not be 1.0. It is expected to be within ± 0.02% of
1.0.
6. (Optional) To modify the beam data display, do any of the following steps:
• To view data for another collimator size on the large image viewer,
double-click the corresponding small image viewer on the right.
• To hide or display curves for different depths, clear or select the
appropriate check boxes on the OCR legend.
• To hide or display reference data as an overlay on the measured or
calculated beam data, clear or select the appropriate check boxes on
the OCR legend.
7. (Optional) To change the extrapolation depth used to calculate the OCR
beam data, enter a new value in the Depth (mm) text box in the
Extrapolation Data area, and click Redraw.
8. (Optional) To change the extrapolation method used to calculate the OCR
beam data, select an entry from the Method drop-down list, and click
Redraw.
When you click the Redraw button, the existing OCR curves are deleted
and new curves are calculated using the new extrapolation depth and
method.
120 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
11. Click OK to approve.
The calculated OCR beam data for all 12 collimator sizes is approved and
the Fixed Approved (or Iris Approved) label appears in green at the top of
the large image viewer.
TPR Step
Use the TPR step to view the measured TPR beam data for all collimator
sizes and compare it to reference data (if loaded). You can also compare
the calculated TPR beam data to reference data.
When you switch to TPR step, TPR beam data is calculated automatically
using the same extrapolation depth used on the OCR step. You can change
the maximum extrapolation depth. However, if you change the
extrapolation depth for TPR beam data after approving the OCR beam
data, you must return to the OCR step and reapprove the OCR beam data
using the new extrapolation depth.
If the results are acceptable, approve the beam data.
NOTE: Beam data for the Iris Collimator does not require the same
extrapolation depth as for fixed collimators.
You can examine TPR beam data for fixed collimators or the Iris Collimator
in this step.
122 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
TPR Screen
The TPR step shows a graph of the measured or calculated TPR values as
a function of depth for all collimator sizes.
The associated beam data from the graph appears in the table below the
graph. You can view measured, calculated, or reference data.
Measured Data Approve Click to display the Approve TPR Table dialog
button box, and approve the TPR beam data.
124 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Extrapolation Data Depth text Displays the current extrapolation depth for
box calculated TPR beam data. To change the
depth, enter a new value in the text box. The
entered value does not take effect unless you
redraw the curves and approve the TPR
beam data. Allowed depth values are from
450 to 800 mm.
3. Select Measured from the TPR Dataset drop-down list. Review the
measured beam data to ensure that the appropriate data was imported to
the data server and that the data was successfully loaded into the Accuray
Precision System.
4. After reviewing and verifying the measured beam data, select Calculated
from the TPR Dataset drop-down list.
5. (Optional) To modify the display of beam data, do any of the following steps:
Changes to the extrapolation depth and method only become effective after
you redraw and approve the TPR beam data based on the new settings.
NOTE: When you change the extrapolation depth or method, you must
return to the OCR step and reapprove the OCR beam data using the
new extrapolation depth.
126 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
TPR step - Fixed collimators, Approved
OF Screen
The OF step shows a graph of the measured or calculated output factor
values.
The beam data depicted in the graph appears in a table below the image
viewer. A scroll bar on the right allows you to scroll through the beam data.
You can view measured, calculated, or reference data.
128 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Control Area on OF step
Layouts
Two layouts are available to view the output factor values as a function of
collimator size for different SAD values or as a function of SAD values for
different collimator sizes. Select a layout by clicking a layout button at the
bottom of the control area. You can select either COLLIM (Collimator View)
or SAD (SAD View).
130 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
OF step - SAD layout, Fixed Not Approved
The top portion of the legend shows the display color for each collimator
size (mm) in the graph. The check boxes control which collimator sizes
appear.
132 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
OF step - Collimator View layout, Fixed Approved
Overview
Commissioning steps for the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation becomes
available sequentially, beginning with the MC Source step. Before you can
use the commissioning tools for Monte Carlo Dose Calculation, you must
complete the commissioning steps for the Ray-Tracing dose calculation
algorithm for fixed collimators described earlier in this chapter.
The procedures for commissioning the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for
fixed collimators and the Iris Collimator are the same. You can import the
sets of measured beam data for fixed collimators and the Iris Collimator to
the data server in any order. However, if your system includes the Iris
Collimator, approval of the Monte Carlo beam data for fixed collimators
must be completed before you can complete approval of Iris Collimator
beam data.
The recommended sequence of steps are the following:
1. Perform the MC Source, MC TPR & OCR, and MC OF steps for fixed
collimators.
2. Perform the MC Source, MC TPR & OCR, and MC OF steps for the Iris
Collimator.
MC Source Step
Use MC Source step to review and verify the measured Monte Carlo beam
data imported to the data server. Then you generate a calculated source
model for the LINAC radiation source. You can generate a source model for
fixed collimators or the Iris Collimator. However. the Iris Collimator option in
the Collimator Type is unavailable on the MC Source step until the OCR,TPR,
and OF steps are completed for the Iris Collimator.
The source model consists of three probability distributions; the source
distribution, the fluence distribution, and the energy spectrum. They must
be all reviewed before you can approve the model. If the results are
134 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
acceptable, you can then approve the model. For more information on how
the source model is used in Monte Carlo Dose Calculation, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Two methods are available for generating the source distribution:
• Gaussian method: The source distribution is modeled as a Gaussian
curve. For the calculation, you specify a value (in mm) for the photon
source full width half maximum (FWHM). Larger values produce a wider
distribution (with broader penumbra for the Monte Carlo calculated
OCR curve). Smaller values produce a narrower distribution (with
steeper penumbra for the Monte Carlo calculated OCR curve).
• In-air Output Factor method: The source distribution is calculated using
measured in-air output factor beam data. The measured beam data is
required only if you intend to use the in-air output factor method to
generate the source distribution
NOTE: The source distribution method used for the Iris Collimator can be
different from the method used for fixed collimators.
MC Source Screen
The MC Source step includes three layouts that display the calculated
source distribution, fluence distribution, and energy spectrum for the LINAC
source model. When you switch to this step, the Source Distribution layout
is displayed and the In-air OF (Output Factor) method is selected by default.
If no in-air output factor beam data was imported, this method is
unavailable.
In the Source Distribution layout, the upper image viewer shows a graph of
the measured in-air output factor as a function of collimator size. The table
to the right displays the measured beam data values. This image viewer is
empty if the Gaussian method is selected.
The lower image viewer shows a graph of the calculated source distribution
as a function of off-axis radius. The table to the right displays the calculated
data values. This image viewer is empty if the source distribution has not
yet been calculated.
For more information on the source distribution, see the Physics Essentials
Guide.
136 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MC Source step - Source Distribution layout, Gaussian method, Fixed Not Approved
Tool
Icon Tip Description
138 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
In the Fluence Distribution layout, the upper image viewer shows a graph of
the measured open field dose profile. The lower image viewer shows a
graph of the calculated fluence probability distribution. The lower image
viewer is empty if the source model has not yet been calculated. The tables
to the right display the measured beam data and calculated values. Scroll
bars on the right allow you to scroll through the data.
For more information on the fluence distribution, see the Physics Essentials
Guide.
Figure 26 MC Source step - Fluence Distribution layout, Gaussian method, Fixed Not Approved
MC Source step - Energy Spectrum layout, Gaussian method, Fixed Not Approved
140 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
4. Click the Calculate button. The Select Monte Carlo Source Model dialog
box appears.
NOTE: You must review the calculated source model in all three layouts.
After all three probability distributions have been reviewed, the Approve
button becomes available. You can review the layouts in any order.
7. If you are using the Gaussian modeling method, you can modify the value
of the photon source FWHM used in the calculation.
• Click the Calculate button, and enter a new value in the Photon source
full width half maximum text box.
• Click the OK button. The source model is recalculated and displayed.
8. If the calculated source model is acceptable, click the Approve button. The
Approve Source Model dialog box appears.
NOTE: If you change the source distribution method for a collimator type
(Fixed Collimator or Iris Collimator) after approving the source model, or if
you change the value of the photon source FWHM of the Gaussian method,
you must reapprove the source model. Otherwise, Monte Carlo Dose
Calculation will not be available for treatment planning.
Also, any Monte Carlo commissioning work completed in the MC TPR &
OCR and MC OF steps subsequent to the original approval of the source
model will be lost. That is, you will lose the Monte Carlo calculated TPR,
OCR, and OF curves for that collimator type.
142 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MC TPR & OCR Step
Use MC TPR & OCR step to calculate TPR and OCR curves using the
Monte Carlo Dose Calculation algorithm. Then, you compare these curves
with the measured TPR and OCR beam data previously approved to
commission the Ray-Tracing dose calculation algorithm. If the results are
acceptable, accept the correction factors (ECF,CCF) used to generate
these calculations. You can examine Monte Carlo calculated TPR and OCR
curves for fixed collimators or the Iris Collimator.
NOTE: The MC TPR & OCR step is not available until the results of the MC
Source step are accepted.
You can calculate, review, and accept Monte Carlo calculated TPR and
OCR curves for one or more collimator sizes at a time. You can calculate
OCR curves for up to five depths per collimator. You must calculate TPR
and OCR curves for all collimator sizes and accept all calculation results
before you can proceed to the MC OF step.
You must specify a statistical uncertainty value for the calculations. You can
also modify correction factors for each collimator size to adjust the
calculated curves.
If you are using the Gaussian source distribution method, modifying the
value of the photon source FWHM in the MC Source step changes the slope
of the OCR penumbra. If you change the photon source FWHM, you must
reapprove the source model before returning to the MC TPR & OCR step
and all previously calculated TPR and OCR curves are deleted.
When you accept the TPR and OCR calculation results, you are indicating
that the current source model and correction factors, when used to perform
Monte Carlo simulation of your water phantom beam data measurements,
adequately reproduce the measured beam data. The results of the Monte
Carlo TPR and OCR calculations are for review only and are not used for
any further dose calculations performed as part of treatment planning.
Uncertainty Value
You are required to specify an uncertainty value for the Monte Carlo TPR
and OCR calculations. The same uncertainty value must be used for all
collimator sizes. Therefore, if you change the uncertainty value after
calculating curves for a collimator size, you must recalculate the curves
using the new value before you can complete the acceptance.
After a calculation is performed, the reported average uncertainty is
displayed at the top of the screen above each graph.
• The reported uncertainty for Monte Carlo TPR calculations is the
average of all collimators uncertainties calculated from the average of
the top 20 voxels with the highest dose for all water phantom
geometries used to calculate the Monte Carlo simulated TPR curves.
Correction Factors
If calculated curves for a particular collimator size are not sufficiently
aligned with the measured curves, you can modify the correction factors
and recalculate the curves:
• Collimator Correction Factors (CCF): There is one CCF for each
collimator size. In the calculation, the stated collimator size is multiplied
by the CCF value to adjust the full width half maximum of the OCR
curves for that collimator size. A CCF value > 1 will increase the FWHM
of the OCR profile. A CCF value < 1 will decrease the FWHM of the
OCR profile.
To determine the CCF value to use, take the ratio of the FWHM of the
measured OCR curve to the FWHM of the calculated curve. When adjusting
the CCF, it is useful to examine OCR curves for multiple depths to
determine the optimal CCF value for the overall range of data.
• Energy Correction Factors (ECF): There is one ECF for each collimator
size. In the calculation, the energy of each sampled photon is increased
from the nominal value provided by the energy distribution model by a
factor of ECF. For example, to increase the mean energy by 5%, set
ECF new = ECFold * 1.05.
Larger ECF values push the TPR curve up. Smaller ECF values lower the
curve.
144 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
For more information on correction factors, see the Physics Essentials
Guide.
146 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Layouts
There are two layouts to view the measured and Monte Carlo calculated
TPR and OCR beam profiles. Select a layout by clicking a layout button at
the bottom of the control area. You can select either TPR (TPR layout) or
OCR (OCR layout).
The legend shows the display color for each collimator size (mm) in the
graph. Check boxes in the Meas TPR column control which collimator sizes
are displayed for measured TPR curves. Check boxes in the MC TPR
column control which collimator sizes are displayed for Monte Carlo
calculated TPR curves.
In the OCR layout, OCR values are shown as a function of radius (mm) for
each depth and collimator size. The Collimator Size drop-down list above
the image viewer allows you to select the collimator size.
148 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MC TPR & OCR step - OCR layout, Fixed Not Accepted
The upper portion of the legend shows the display color for each measured
depth (mm) in the graph. The check boxes control which depths are
displayed for the measured OCR curves.
The lower portion of the legend shows the display color for each depth used
for the Monte Carlo OCR calculation. The check boxes control which depths
are displayed for the calculated OCR curves.
3. On the TPR legend, use the check boxes to select collimator sizes for the
measured and Monte Carlo calculated TPR beam data to be displayed for
review.
4. To view the OCR layout, click the OCR icon on the Layouts.
The measured OCR curves for the smallest collimator size are shown in the
image viewer. To display measured OCR curves for another collimator size,
select an entry from the Collimator Size drop-down list.
You can accept the default correction factor values for the first calculation.
To modify correction factor values, do the following:
150 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Double-click a text box in the CCF or ECF column and enter a new
value.
• Click the Apply button to save the changes.
The range of correction factor values is from 0.5 to 1.5. Typically, the best
fits with measured data have values between 0.9 and 1.15.
6. To set depths for the Monte Carlo OCR calculation, click the OCR Depths
button. The Set Calculation Depths dialog box appears.
7. To set the automated ECF/CCF fit, click the Fit Correction Factors button.
Automated ECF/CCF Fit dialog box appears.
8. Click the Calculate button. The MC TPR and OCR Calculation dialog box
appears.
You can select one or more collimator sizes for each Monte Carlo TPR and
OCR calculation that you perform:
152 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• To begin the calculation for the selected collimator sizes, click the OK
button, or double click to recalculate.
• To cancel and retain previously calculated results, click the Cancel
button.
When the calculation begins, screen controls are disabled and a Cancel
button in the status bar on the lower left of the screen becomes available.
The status bar displays updated status information throughout the
calculation process.
9. Use the default uncertainty value for the calculation, or modify the
uncertainty value by double-clicking the Uncertainty text box and entering a
new value.
NOTE: The same uncertainty value must be used for all collimator sizes. If
you change the uncertainty value after performing and/or accepting the
calculation for a collimator, you must redo the calculation using the new
uncertainty value.
10. When the calculation is completed for the selected collimators, compare the
Monte Carlo calculated TPR and OCR values with the measured beam data
plotted in both layouts. Measured curves are shown as solid lines.
Calculated data points are shown as dots.
11. If the calculated TPR and OCR curves are satisfactory, click the Accept
button. The Accept MC TPR and OCR dialog box appears.
12. Click the OK button to accept the results.You can accept partial results for
fewer than 12 collimators.
• If the calculation has not yet been performed for all collimator sizes, the
Fixed Partially Accepted (or Iris Partially Accepted) label appears in
green at the top of the image viewer. You can then continue to perform,
review, and accept calculations for other collimator sizes.
• If the calculation has been performed and accepted for all 12 collimator
sizes, the Fixed All Accepted (or Iris All Accepted) label appears at the
top of the image viewer. Then MC OF step becomes available.
13. Click the Phantom button to open the Phantom Information for MC
Commissioning dialog box.
14. Select a data type from the drop-down list to view the phantom geometry for
Monte Carlo TPR, OCR and OF calculation.
154 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: During the commissioning process of Monte Carlo, the CAX of the
beam is aligned in the middle of the phantom along the Z axis.
MC OF Step
Use MC OF step to calculate the output factor (OF) value for each collimator
size using the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation algorithm. Then, compare the
Monte Carlo calculated results to the measured output factor beam data
previously approved to commission the Ray-Tracing dose calculation
algorithm.
You specify an uncertainty value for the Monte Carlo output factor
calculation.
NOTE: On the MC OF step, the same uncertainty value must be used for
fixed collimators and the Iris Collimator.
NOTE: On the MC OF step, the Iris Collimator option in the Collimator Type
area is unavailable until the MC OF step is completed for fixed collimators.
MC OF Screen
On the MC OF step, the measured and Monte Carlo calculated output factor
values are displayed as a function of collimator size at 800 mm SAD. Both
measured and calculated curves are displayed on the same graph for
comparison. The measured beam data appears as a solid line. Calculated
data points appear as dots.
The measured beam data and calculated values depicted in the graph are
shown in tables below the image viewer:
• The measured beam data is labeled as Measured OF Data.
• The calculated values are labeled as MC OF Data.
Collimator Type Fixed Select to review measured beam data and the
Available if Iris Collimator corresponding Monte Carlo calculated beam
Collimator is option profiles for the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for
licensed and Iris fixed collimators.
beam data has
been imported to Iris Collimator Select to review measured beam data and the
the iDMS System option corresponding Monte Carlo calculated beam
profiles for the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for
the Iris Collimator.
156 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
OF & Absolute Uncertainty % Displays the requested uncertainty value for the
Dose text box Monte Carlo output factor calculation. This value
applies to both the fixed collimators and the Iris
Collimator.
3. Click the Calculate button in the control area. The MC OF Calculation dialog
box appears.
If you change the uncertainty value for fixed collimators after approving Monte
Carlo output factor beam data for the Iris Collimator, you must do the following.
• Recalculate and reapprove Monte Carlo output factor values for fixed
collimators using the new uncertainty value.
• Then recalculate and reapprove Monte Carlo output factor values for the Iris
Collimator. The uncertainty value used for fixed collimators will be used for the
calculation.
5. Click the Calculate button to apply the current uncertainty value and begin
the calculation.
Or, click the Cancel button to cancel and retain previously calculated
results.
When the calculation begins, the screen controls are disabled and a
calculation status panel is displayed below the MC OF Data table with a
Cancel button on the left. A status bar displays the updated status
information throughout the calculation process in the middle, and a
progress bar on the right.
NOTE: If you click the Cancel button or shut down the Accuray Precision
System during the calculation, the calculation will be terminated and
calculation data is deleted. To reload previously calculated and approved
Monte Carlo output factor values, return to the home page and click the
Commissioning Tools icon. Then switch directly to the MC OF step and
continue.
158 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
6. If the Monte Carlo calculated output factor data is satisfactory, click the
Approve button to accept the results. The Approve Monte Carlo OF dialog
box appears.
After the Monte Carlo output factor beam data is approved, the Monte Carlo
Dose Calculation is available as a dose calculation option during treatment
planning.
160 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 3-3
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Commissioning Tools for the Finite Size Pencil Beam
Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Commissioning Tools for Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for
Multileaf Collimator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 161
Overview
162 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Graphics tools quick access menu
Item Description
Draw Lines and Draws the curve using both a solid line and points.
Points
Point Select Click to select a point on the curve. The row highlighted in the
table corresponds to the point under the cursor. A crosshair
appears along with the point, which has a circle around it. You
can move the point vertically using the cursor and updated
information about each point appears in a box next to the point.
Zoom Increase or decrease zoom level of the either the current image
plane or globally.
• To frame the zoom, drag the top left of the field of view to the
bottom right. (A box bordered by a dashed line indicates the
resulting field of view.)
• To zoom in or out, scroll forward or backward.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 163
Item Description
Reset Zoom and Click to reset the display to original zoom and pan settings.
Pan
164 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Commissioning Tools for the Finite Size Pencil Beam
Calculation
This section describes the commissioning Finite Size Pencil Beam (FSPB)
dose calculation for the multileaf collimator. For more information on the
FSPB dose calculation algorithm, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
NOTE: If your Accuray Precision System does not include the FSPB dose
calculation option, the tab for the MLC task is not available.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Viewing and Printing the MLC Beam Data Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
MLC OCR Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
MLC TPR Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
MLC OF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
MLC Open Beam Profile Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
MLC PB Model Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
MLC Final Approval Step for Patient Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Overview
Commissioning steps for the FSPB dose calculation are available by
clicking the MLC task. The recommended sequence of steps is the
following.
The first two steps are independent of each other and can be performed in
any order. Step 3 must be completed after Steps 1 and 2, but prior to
performing step 4.
1. Perform the OCR, TPR, and OF steps.
2. Perform the Open Beam Profile steps.
3. Perform the PB Model steps.
4. Once the first three steps are approved, create a phantom plan. Then
deliver the plan to evaluate for dose accuracy.
5. Based on the results of the phantom plan, approve the model to use for
patient plans on the Final Approval step. In this step, you are approving the
results of a phantom plan and on that basis, allowing the use of the
algorithm for patient treatment planning.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 165
Viewing and Printing the MLC Beam Data Tables
Accuray Precision System’s commissioning steps for the FSPB calculation
provide graphical and tabulated displays of the following data sets:
• Measured: Beam data measured and properly formatted, and then
loaded into the Accuray Precision System from the iDMS System.
• Interpolated: Beam data calculated with interpolation and extrapolation.
For more information about interpolation methods, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Tabulated beam data from the selected data type appears below the image
viewer.
166 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. Click the Print icon on the navigation tool bar to print out the report. See
Data Management Manual for more details on exporting the reports to
different file formats and printing.
The control area on the left of the screen are user-input options for OCR.
The graphs in the center of the screen pictorially depict the data from the
charts, enhanced by the user-input options. The charts at the bottom of the
page show either interpolated or measured data.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 167
The top portion of the legend shows the display color for each depth (mm)
in the graph. Use the check boxes to select the depth to display.
The lower portion of the legend appear only if reference data is loaded. It
shows the depths for reference data. Use the check boxes to select the
depth to display.
Size (mm) Displays the currently selected MLC field size for
drop-down review.
list
Measured Data Approve Click to display the Approve OCR Table dialog box
button and approve the complete set of OCR beam data.
• Measured OCR curves for different depths for the smallest leaf size for
review (for the X and Y planes of the MLC) are displayed in the image
viewer.
• Below each graph is the measured OCR beam data corresponding to
the data that appears in the image viewer.
3. Select Measured on the Type drop-down list and select one of the sizes
from the Size (mm) drop-down list. Review the measured beam data to
ensure that the appropriate data was imported to the data server and the
data was successfully loaded into the Accuray Precision System.
4. To hide or display curves for different depths, clear or select the appropriate
check boxes on the OCR legend.
168 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. You can use the drawing tools quick access menu in the MLC OCR step.
6. After reviewing and verifying the measured beam data, select Interpolated
on the Type drop-down list and the size of the MLC opening from the Size
(mm) drop-down list. Review the interpolated OCR beam data.
7. If the measured and interpolated data are correct, click the Approve button
to approve the beam data.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 169
TPR step - MLC, Measured, Versus Field, Approved
170 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The top portion of the legend shows the display color for each field size (or
depth) in the graph. Use the check boxes to select the field sizes to display.
The lower portion of the legend appears only if reference data is loaded. It
shows the field size (or depth) for reference data. Use the check boxes to
select the field sizes (or depths) to display.
Layouts Versus Displays the X axis on the graph as the depth and the Y
Depth axis as the TPR data for a specified field size.
Versus Displays the X axis on the graph as the field size and the
Field Y axis as the TPR data for a used selected depth.
NOTE: The extrapolation depth (600 mm) is automatically set and you
cannot be change it. The method used for Extrapolation is exponential.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 171
4. To view data by field size, click the Versus Field icon. To go back to the
default view, click the Versus Depth icon.
NOTE: When viewing the data by field size, the x axis displays field size and
the y axis displays TPR. Each line represents a different depth.
5. If the measured and interpolated data are correct, click the Approved
button.
6. (Optional) To change the field size (depth mode) or depths (field view) in the
graph(s) go to the top box of the legend and click in a check box next to the
field size (depth mode) or depths (field view) of your choice. If reference
data is available, go to the bottom box of the legend and click on a check
box next to the field size (depth mode) or depths (field view) of your choice.
To correct the data, re-measure or reprocess the data, then re-import the
data back into iDMS System for review in the Accuray Precision System.
NOTE: When viewing the data by field size, the x axis displays field size and
the y axis displays TPR. Each line represents a different depth.
If the data is not accurate, it may fail the Beam Data Import utility data range
check.
MLC OF Step
Use OF step to view the measured output factor beam data for different field
sizes and compare it to reference data (if loaded). You can also compare
the interpolated output factor beam data to reference data. When you
switch to the OF step, output factor beam data is interpolated automatically.
If the results are acceptable, you can then approve the beam data.
172 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MLC OF Screen
The OF step displays a graph of measured interpolated output factor
values.
The top portion of the legend shows the display color for each SAD (mm) in
the graph. Select the check box to view the SAD display.
NOTE: Only 800 mm SAD is allowed for the interpolated and measurement
data.
The lower portion of the legend appears only if reference data is loaded. It
shows the SADs for reference data. Use the check boxes to select the
SADs to display for reference data.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 173
Area Item Description
NOTE: If reference data exists, compare the measured data with the
reference data.
3. After reviewing the measured data, select Interpolated from the Type
drop-down list. Review the interpolated output factor beam data.
4. If the measured and interpolated data are correct, click on the Approve
button.
NOTE: In the chart, the 100 x 100.1 and the 115 x 100.1 output factors must
be > 1.00. There is a check within iDMS to ensure that this number is correct.
This is required, because the CyberKnife System uses the 60 mm fixed
collimator as the dose calibration reference field.
174 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MLC Commissioning Scans as viewed from the source
Item Profiles
135°
90°
45°
0°
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 175
MLC Open Beam Profile Screen
The Open Beam Profile step depicts the beam profile without the MLC
attached.
The top portion of the legend shows the display color for each angle in the
graph. Select the check box to view the angle.
The lower portion of the legend is displayed only if reference data is loaded.
It shows the angles for reference data. Select the check boxes to view the
angles for reference data.
176 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Data Field (mm) Drop-down list of OCR field size data collected.
drop-down list The selection appears in the graphics area.
Depth (mm) Drop down list of the OCR depths for the selected
drop-down list field size. The selection appears in the graphics
area.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 177
Area Item Description
Layouts Compare OCR Displays the measured and the calculated values
Measured using the selected colors for comparison.
/Calculated
Versus Field Shows the X axis on the graph as the field size
and the Y axis as the pencil beam modeling data.
Versus Depth Shows the X axis on the graph as the depth and
the Y axis as the pencil beam modeling data.
NOTE: When investigating points in the very flat region of the tail, the
displayed DTA values have 4 digit precision, although the true values used in
the DTA algorithm may be more than 4 digit precision. To calculate DTA, the
algorithm must search left or right to find the exact matching number.
Therefore, during floating point comparison, the DTA algorithm may return a
result much higher than expected even though the values are essentially the
same and the DTA should be approximately 0.
178 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
PB Model step - MLC, Compare OCR Measured / Calculated, Approved
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 179
PB Model step - MLC, Versus Depth, Approved
180 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Reviewing and Approving the MLC PB Model Step
1. Click the PB Model step.
2. Select the field size.
3. Enter values in the Difference, % Difference, and DTA (mm) fields. The
default value is 5%. The value must be <= 5%. Percent Difference =
absolute value of (calculated - measured value)/measured value.
4. Use the layouts to review and perform the following tasks:
• Compare OCR Measured/Calculated: Compare the off axis distance (X
axis) and off axis (Y Axis) and approve the model.
• Versus Depth to review the pencil beam modeling parameters as a
function of depth.
• Versus Field to review the pencil beam modeling parameters as a
function of field size.
• Compare OF Measured/Calculated layout to review the calculated
output factors based on the pencil beam modeling before approving the
pencil beam model. A third party tool can be used to load the calculated
OF table and measurement OF table from your local drive for
comparison purposes. The formats available are PDF and .xlsx.
For more information on any of the layouts of parameters, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
(Optional) To change the colors for any of the graphs, select the check box
next to the color and select a color of your choice from the drop-down list.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 181
MLC Final Approval step with optional MLC Monte Carlo
Approval Type MLC FSPB option Select to approve the MLC FSPB.
182 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Reviewing and Approving the MLC Commissioning
Sequence
1. Click on Final Approval step.
2. Review the status.
3. If the status buttons are correct, click the Approve for Patient Plans button.
Beam Data Final Approval Logon dialog box appears.
4. Enter User ID and Password and click Logon. The Approval Status buttons
will change to green.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 183
Commissioning Tools for Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for
Multileaf Collimator
This section describes the Accuray Precision System user interface for
commissioning Monte Carlo Dose Calculation for Multileaf Collimator. No
additional beam data is required for the Monte Carlo MLC algorithm.
However, the Finite Size Pencil Beam (FSPB) algorithm must be
commissioned before moving forward with Monte Carlo commissioning. For
more information on the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation algorithm, see the
Physics Essentials Guide.
Commissioning steps for the Monte Carlo Dose Calculation become
available sequentially, beginning with the MC Source step. Monte Carlo for
multileaf collimator also has a dependency on Fixed collimator
commissioning status.
MC Source Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
MC TPR Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
MC OCR Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
MC OF Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
MLC Final Approval Step for Patient Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
NOTE: If the commissioning status for the fixed collimator Monte Carlo
algorithm becomes un-commissioned, the MLC collimator Monte Carlo dose
calculation algorithm will be un-commissioned.
NOTE: If the commissioning status for the MLC collimator FSPB algorithm
becomes un-commissioned, the MLC collimator Monte Carlo dose
calculation algorithm will be un-commissioned.
To print the beam data tables, refer to “Printing the Beam Data Table” (page
166).
MC Source Step
Use this step to generate a calculated source model for the LINAC radiation
source.
The source model consists of the following three probability distributions
which must all be reviewed before you can approve the model.
• MLC Monte Carlo primary source distribution
• MLC Monte Carlo open beam fluence distribution
• MLC Monte Carlo Energy Spectrum
184 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
If the results are acceptable, you can then approve the model. For more
information on how the source model is used in Monte Carlo Dose
Calculation, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
MC Source Screen
Control Area for MLC MC Source step
MC Source Model FWHM (mm) Specify the FWHM (full width at the half
text box maximum) value to be used to model a radial
Gaussian probability distribution.
Layouts
Each layout represents a different probability distribution. All the layouts
need to be reviewed in order to approve the source model.
Icon Description
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 185
Icon Description
Displays;
• MLC Monte Carlo Open Beam Profile that is measured with four
different angles, horizontal (0 degree), vertical (90 degree), and
two diagonals 45 degree and 135 degree, which are already
measured for FSPB algorithm beam data. These profiles are
displayed as a plot of all the curves.
• Measured Tables: Measured open beam profile.
If the measured data is collected at a value other than 800 SAD,
the drop-down menu is available for Display At, and you can
select the desired data to display.
• Calculated Tables: Calculated open beam profile.
• MLC Monte Carlo Calculated Fluence Distribution Map: is a
display of the 2D fluence. It is a plot of the computed 2D fluence
(probability) factor that is related to the beam intensity as a
function of x and y. The display shows the regions that
correspond to a iso-probability band. This displays the area that
is closest to the source near the central axis as the “hottest” and
then a drop off as you move away from the central axis.
• Probability (P) Color Legend: Legend for the 2D fluence
distribution map.
186 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Generate the MLC Monte Carlo Primary Source Distribution
Specify a value (in mm) for the photon source full width half maximum
(FWHM) for calculation. Larger values produce a wider distribution with
shallower penumbra for the Monte Carlo calculated OCR curve. Smaller
values produce a narrower distribution with steeper penumbra for the
Monte Carlo calculated OCR curve.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 187
In the Open Beam Profile Fluence Distribution layout, the upper-left image
viewer shows a graph of the MLC Monte Carlo Open Beam Profile, and
there is a table of the measured beam data and a table of the calculated
values below. On the right, MLC Monte Carlo Calculated Fluence
Distribution Map appears with the Probability (P) Color Legend below it.
188 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
In the Energy Spectrum layout, the image viewer shows a graph of the MLC
Monte Carlo Energy Spectrum. The tables to the right display the measured
beam data and calculated values. You can use the scroll bars on the right
to scroll through the data.You can edit the table of probability for the
selected energy spectrum. After editing, it is labeled as Custom. You also
have the option to select the check box for Log-linear to change the graph
shown as its log base 10 value. For more information on the energy
spectrum, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 189
6. After reviewing the calculated source distribution on the all three layouts,
click the Approve button. Approve MLC MC Source dialog box appears.
7. Click OK to approve the model. All three layouts are approved
simultaneously.
After the source model is approved, the Approved (Non-Sample) label
appears at the top of the image viewer in all three layouts. Then MC TPR
step and MC OCR steps become available.
NOTE: If you change the value of the photon source FWHM of the Gaussian
method or if you change the beam energy, you must reapprove the source
model. Otherwise, Monte Carlo Dose Calculation will not be available for
treatment planning. Furthermore, any Monte Carlo commissioning work
completed in the MC TPR and MC OF steps subsequent to the original
approval of the source model will be lost.
MC TPR Step
Use MC TPR step to calculate TPR curve using the Monte Carlo Dose
Calculation algorithm.
You can calculate, review, and accept Monte Carlo calculated TPR curve
for one or more field sizes at a time.You must specify a statistical
uncertainty value for the calculations, as described below. You can also set
the Calculation Depth (mm) for each field size and the Leaf Transmission
(%) .
If you are modifying the Energy Spectrum value in the MC Source step, you
must re-approve the source model before returning to the MC TPR step and
all previously calculated TPR curve will be deleted.
When you accept the TPR calculation results, you are indicating that the
current source model, when used to perform Monte Carlo simulation of your
water phantom beam data measurements, adequately reproduce the
measured beam data. The results of the Monte Carlo TPR calculation is for
review only and are not used for any further dose calculations performed as
part of treatment planning.
Uncertainty Value
You specify a requested uncertainty value for the Monte Carlo TPR and
OCR calculations. The same uncertainty value must be used for all field
sizes. Therefore, if you change the uncertainty value after calculating
curves for a field size, you must recalculate the curves using the new value
before you can complete the acceptance.
After a calculation is performed, the reported average uncertainty is
displayed at the top of the screen above each graph. For Fixed and Iris cone
collimators, the reported uncertainty for Monte Carlo TPR calculations for
any given field size is the average of the top 20 voxels with the highest dose
190 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
for all water phantom geometries used to calculate the Monte Carlo
simulated OCR curves. For the MLC collimator, the reported uncertainty for
Monte Carlo TPR calculations is the average at all TPR points except at
dmax, the dose uncertainty at the point and the uncertainty at dmax added
in quadrature. For the MLC Monte Carlo OCR calculations, the reported
uncertainty is the computed uncertainty on the CAX at the given depth. See
Physics Essentials Guide for more details. The Accuray Precision System
scales the number of histories with the depth of the Monte Carlo TPR and
Monte Carlo OCR calculations so that the requested uncertainty is
maintained at each calculation depth. Therefore, the reported uncertainty
tends to be smaller than the requested uncertainty.
At a requested uncertainty of 1% and depths of 15, 100, and 300 mm,
Monte Carlo OCR calculations for all field sizes takes about 2 hours. Monte
Carlo TPR calculation takes about 1 hour. Calculations at shallower depths
require less time. You can perform calculations for all field sizes in a single
operation or perform calculations for a few field sizes at a time. For more
information on the uncertainty value, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
MC TPR Screen
On the MLC > MC TPR step, both measured and calculated curves are
displayed on the same graph for comparison. Measured curves appear as
solid lines. Calculated data points appear as dots. The measured and
calculated beam data depicted in the graph appear in tables below the
image viewer.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 191
Control Area for MLC MC TPR step
Depths button Click to display the Set Calculation Depths dialog box,
and you can specify up to eight depths for
calculations. Depths for measured beam data are
displayed for reference.
192 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Reviewing and Accepting MC TPR Beam Profiles
1. Click the MC TPR step. If the Monte Carlo TPR calculation has not yet been
performed and accepted, the MLC Monte Carlo TPR Not Approved label
appears in yellow at the top of the image viewer.
2. (Optional) Update the Leaf Transmission % factors.
3. On the Display Data, select a file size for the measured and calculated
Monte Carlo TPR beam data for review.
4. To set depths for the Monte Carlo calculation, click the Depths button. The
Set Calculation Depths dialog box appears.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 193
• To select a field size, select the corresponding check box.
• To omit a collimator size from the calculation, clear the corresponding
check box.
The field size is grayed out if a calculation has been made for the
current calculation configuration (i.e. uncertainty, depths, etc.).
• To select a field size with an existing calculation for recalculation,
double click on check box.
7. Enter an Uncertainty % value, and click OK to start the calculation.
NOTE: The same uncertainty value must be used for all field sizes. If you
change the uncertainty value after performing and/or accepting the
calculation for a field size, you must redo the calculation using the new
uncertainty value.
8. To cancel and retain previously calculated results, click the Cancel button
in the Field Sizes and Uncertainty dialog box. When the calculation begins,
screen controls are disabled and a Cancel button in the status bar on the
lower left of the screen becomes available. The status bar displays updated
status information throughout the calculation process.
9. When the calculation is completed for the selected field size, compare the
Monte Carlo calculated TPR values with the measured beam data plotted
in both layouts. Measured curves are shown as solid lines. Calculated data
points appear as dots.
10. If the calculated TPR curve is satisfactory, click the Accept button. The
Approve MLC MC TPR Table dialog box appears.
194 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
11. Click the OK button to accept the results. You can accept partial results for
fewer than 11 field sizes. However all field sizes must be calculated and
accepted in order to move forward to MC OF step.
If the results are not acceptable, see Physics Essential Guide for more
details.
NOTE: During the commissioning process of Monte Carlo, the CAX of the
beam is aligned in the middle of the phantom along the Z axis.
13. Review the phantom geometry for each Monte Carlo calculation.
14. Click the Close button.
MC OCR Step
Use MC OCR step to calculate OCR data using the Monte Carlo Dose
Calculation algorithm. This step is not available until the results of the MC
Source step are accepted.
You can calculate, review, and accept Monte Carlo calculated OCR data for
one or more field sizes at a time. You can calculate OCR data for up to five
depths per field size. You must calculate OCR data for all filed sizes and
accept all calculation results before you can proceed to the MC OF step.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 195
You must specify a statistical uncertainty value for the calculations. For
more information, see “Uncertainty Value” (page 190).
If you are using the Gaussian source distribution method, modifying the
value of the photon source FWHM in the MC Source step changes the slope
of the OCR penumbra. If you change the photon source FWHM, you must
reapprove the source model before returning to the MC OCR step and all
previously calculated OCR data will be deleted.
When you accept the OCR calculation results, you are indicating that the
current source model and correction factors, when used to perform Monte
Carlo simulation of your water phantom beam data measurements,
adequately reproduce the measured beam data. The results of the Monte
Carlo OCR calculations are for review only and are not used for any further
dose calculations performed as part of treatment planning.
MC OCR Screen
On the MC OCR step, both measured and calculated data appear on the
same graph for comparison. Measured curves appear as solid lines.
Calculated data points appear as dots.
The measured and calculated beam data in the graph appear in tables
below.
196 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Control Area for MLC MC OCR step
Depth button Click to display the Set Calculation Depths dialog box,
which allows you to specify up to eight depths for
calculations. Depths for measured beam data are
displayed for reference.
Computation Uncertainty % Displays the current requested uncertainty value for the
Monte Carlo OCR calculation.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 197
Area Item Description
198 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
7. You can select one or more field sizes for each Monte Carlo OCR
calculation.
• To select a field size, select the corresponding check box.
• To omit a collimator size from the calculation, clear the corresponding
check box.
The field size is grayed out if a calculation has been made for the current
calculation configuration (i.e. uncertainty, depths, etc.).
NOTE: The same uncertainty value must be used for all field sizes. If you
change the uncertainty value after performing and/or accepting the
calculation for a field size, you must redo the calculation using the new
uncertainty value.
9. To cancel and retain previously calculated results, click the Cancel button
in the Field Sizes and Uncertainty dialog box.
10. When the calculation begins, screen controls are unavailable and a Cancel
button in the status bar on the lower left of the screen becomes available.
The status bar displays updated status information throughout the
calculation process.
NOTE: Calculations are performed sequentially per field size. If the Cancel
button is clicked or the Accuray Precision System is shut down during the
calculation, data for all field sizes for the current calculation is lost, but
previously calculated and accepted data is retained.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 199
11. When the calculation is completed for the selected field size, compare the
Monte Carlo calculated OCR values with the measured beam data plotted
in both layouts. Measured curves appear as solid lines. Calculated data
points appear as dots.
12. If the calculated OCR curve is satisfactory, click the Accept button. The
Approve MLC MC OCR Table dialog box appears.
13. Click the OK button to accept the results. You can accept partial results for
fewer than 11 field sizes. However all field sizes must be calculated and
accepted in order to move forward to MC OF step.
If the results are not acceptable, see Physics Essential Guide for more
details.
Review the Phantom Geometry
1. Click the Phantom button. The Phantom Information for MC
Commissioning dialog box appears. Review the phantom geometry for
each Monte Carlo calculation.
NOTE: During the commissioning process of Monte Carlo, the CAX of the
beam is aligned in the middle of the phantom along the Z axis.
200 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MC OF Step
Use MC OF step to calculate OF data using the Monte Carlo Dose
Calculation algorithm. You can specify an uncertainty value for the
calculation.
The calculation also generates an absolute dose normalization constant,
Fnormal, to convert the deposited energy to the absolute dose.
When you approve the calculated results on the MC OF step, then the
output data is used for all future Monte Carlo dose calculations performed
as part of treatment planning.
MC OF Screen
On the MC OF step, the measured and Monte Carlo calculated output factor
values are displayed as a function of collimator size at 800 mm SAD. Both
measured and calculated curves appear on the same graph for
comparison. The measured beam data and calculated data appear as solid
lines.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 201
Control Area for MC OF Step
OF & Absolute Uncertainty Displays the requested uncertainty value for the
Dose % text box Monte Carlo output factor calculation.
202 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
the uncertainty value for MC OF. The duration of the MC OF calculation at
0.2% uncertainty is approximately 13 hours.
4. To apply the current uncertainty value and begin the calculation, click the
Calculate button in the MC OF Calculation dialog box.
When the calculation begins, the screen controls are unavailable and the
calculation status appears below the MC OF Data table with a Cancel
button.
NOTE: If you click the Cancel button or shut down the Accuray Precision
System during calculation, the current calculation terminates and calculation
data is deleted. To reload previously calculated and approved Monte Carlo
output factor values, return to the home page and click the Commissioning
Tools icon. Then switch directly to the MC OF step and continue.
5. If the Monte Carlo calculated output factor data is satisfactory, click the
Approve button. The Approve MLC MC OF Table dialog box appears.
6. Click OK to approve. The calculated output factor values and Fnormal are
approved and the MLC Monte Carlo OF Approved label appears at the top
of the image viewer.
Review the Phantom Geometry
1. Click the Phantom button. The Phantom Information for MC
Commissioning dialog box appears.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 203
NOTE: During the commissioning process of Monte Carlo, the CAX of the
beam is aligned in the middle of the phantom along the Z axis.
204 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Control Area for the Final Approval step
Approval Type MLC FSPB Select to approve the MCL FSPB beam
option data to be used for creating patient plans.
1079097-ENG A S e c t io n 3 - 3 : M u l t i l e a f C o l li m a t o r C o m m i s s i o n i n g 205
206 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 4
QA Plans
Section 4-1
QA Plans for Tomo® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Section 4-2
QA Plans for CyberKnife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 4 : Q A Pl a ns 207
208 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 4-1
Use QA plan to verify a treatment plan’s dose delivery by making a plan that
overlays a patient treatment plan onto a phantom CT image series. Then
deliver the plan to the phantom and compare the delivered dose to the
planned dose.
About QA Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Register Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Machine Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Phantom Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Review Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Confirm Angles Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
MultiSlice Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Loading a QA Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 209
About QA Plans
A QA plan is created based on two input plans: a patient treatment plan and
a QA template plan. The patient treatment plan must be saved as
deliverable. See “Section 8-1” (page 395) for information on how to create
a patient treatment plan. A QA template plan must be created and saved as
deliverable using a CT set of a phantom or a CT set of the same patient with
a different primary CT. A compatible plan of the same patient as the
selected QA patient plan can be also used as a QA template plan.
When a QA Plan is created, the beam data, robot data, path set, alignment
center, reference point, and anatomy setting from the patient treatment plan
are copied. VOIs, tracking information, density model, and dose calculation
box are copied from the QA template plan.
When a QA Plan is created, the machine instructions, lateral position of the
couch, and the virtual isocenter location from the patient treatment plan are
copied. VOIs, density model, density override, and dose calculation box are
copied from the QA template plan.
The density of the phantom curve should correspond to the CT used for the
phantom scan. The physical density of the phantom does not have to be
identical to the patient’s density information. This variability can result in
discrepancies in maximum dose, prescribed dose, reference dose, and
isodose curves between phantom and patient plans.
Creating a QA Template Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Creating a QA Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Auto Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
NOTE: The Plan Overview Report includes information from both the patient plan
and the QA template plan.
210 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Accuray Incorporated recommends using a stereotactic dose verification
phantom.
5. Create VOIs for the phantom in Contour > Manual > Tools.
NOTE: Contours on the QA template plan can be used to register the patient plan
with the phantom image series.
6. Select a Treatment Machine on Setup > Machine > Tools. Select Density
Model, Density Overrides, Delivery Mode, Plan Mode, Jaw Mode,
Synchrony Method, and perform Couch-replacement, if applicable.
7. Set the Patient Position and the position of the red lasers on the Setup >
Patient >Tools.
8. Optimize or calculate dose accordingly based on the Delivery Mode and
Plan Mode.
9. Save the plan as deliverable.
Creating a QA Plan
A QA plan is created based on two input plans: a patient treatment plan and
a QA template plan. Patient plan must be a plan of non-phantom type
patient.
1. Click the New Plan icon in the Patients and Plans section of the Accuray
Precision System Home Page.
2. Click a patient name from the patient list on the New Plan screen.
3. Click the QA icon in the Select Type area.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 211
4. Click Next >>. The Select a patient plan for a new QA plan screen appears.
5. Select a patient plan from the Plan Name list. Only non-QA plans appear for
patient plan selection.
The patient plan list only contains plans with a status of Deliverable,
Approved, Completed, Under Treatment, Suspended, or Discontinued. The
QA template plan list contains plans with a status of Deliverable, Approved,
Completed, and Under Treatment.
6. Click Next >>. The Select a template plan for a new QA plan screen
appears. Only phantom patients and the patient selected on the previous
screen appear in the list.
212 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
7. Select a patient from the patient list.
8. Select a plan from the plan list. The associated QA template plan must have
a status of Deliverable, Approved, Completed, or Under Treatment.
9. Click Finish.The system loads the data from the patient plan and the QA
template plan, and the Setup > Register step, with the Auto Registration
dialog box, appears.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 213
Auto Registration
The Auto Registration dialog box automatically appears during QA plan
creation prior to a dose being calculated.
214 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Auto register by aligning drop-down • VOI Center: Center of the user selected VOI
list • Align Isocenters: Alignment center
• Align Center: Alignment center
• CT Image Center: Center of the CT volume
Patient plan VOIs drop-down list Available only when VOI Center is selected and there are one
or more VOIs available.
Template plan VOIs (Phantom plan) Available only when VOI Center is selected and there are one
drop-down list or more VOIs available.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 215
Register Step
Use Setup > Register step to register all non-zero beams per fraction, robot
data, path set, and anatomy settings from the patient plan to the QA
template plan. Confirm that the isodoses dose volumes are within a
minimum amount.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Manual Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Tools
216 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Slider bar Click an end of the slider to step through the series a
slice at a time.
Drag inside the slider bar to the right or left to jump
forward or backward through the image series. The slice
number is displayed above the cursor.
View Options Machine Geometry Select Machine Geometry to display green circles that
check box indicate the gantry bore (large circle) and MLC field of
view (small circle) in the Image Viewer.
Manual Registration
Manual registration allows fine adjustments of the placement of planned
beams on the QA phantom plan. These adjustments will effect the isodose
distribution within the QA phantom VOI.
For point dose verification, user adjustments can be performed to ensure
that the QA measuring device samples a dose region of interest with a
minimum of dose variation through its sensitive volume.
For a two-dimensional relative dose verification (for example, film), the
dose variation should be seen throughout the region of interest.
1. Click Cancel on the Auto Registration dialog box.
2. On the Register step, evaluate the position of the dose distribution in
relation to the area and VOI in the phantom.
When the Register screen appears, the images are misaligned.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 217
• For fine changes, click the arrows on the fine adjustment tools on the 2D
images.
As the patient image moves, the Manual Alignment Offset updates. The
default value prior to an auto or manual registration is 0,0,0.
NOTE: When you move the patient image, the position of the colored overlay is
updated immediately but the dose distribution is updated only after you click
Confirm.
NOTE: Position the least amount of dose variation of the patient image VOI on the
phantom chamber.
218 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Machine Step
Use the Machine step to view and select the Density Model, Density
Overrides, and perform Couch Replacement if needed. Machine
Parameters are copied from the QA patient plan and cannot be edited.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Tools
Density Model Displays the current density model and a list of alternatives. A
drop-down list typical density model contains a mass density model curve and a
relative electron density model curve. Both curves are displayed
on the graph. The existing dose volume will be deleted when
Density Model or Density Overrides is changed. Dose must be
re-calculated in Evaluate > Review step.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 219
Area Item Description
Remove/Replace Use to remove or replace the treatment couch. Once the couch is
Couch button removed, the user is not allowed to move to a different Task or
Step without replacing the couch. Dose calculation is
automatically performed each time the couch is replaced.
220 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Phantom Step
Use the Phantom step to view the Patient Position, move the Red Lasers (if
needed), and select View Options.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tools
Red Move Red Lasers/ Use to move the red lasers and align with green lasers if desired.
Lasers Align buttons The movable red laser position is set based on the saved absolute
position of the red laser from the QA Phantom Template Plan.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 221
Area Item Description
View Machine Geometry Select to display green circles that indicate the gantry bore (large
Options check box circle) and MLC field of view (small circle) in the Image Viewer.
222 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Review Step
Use the Review step to evaluate the dose distribution within the VOI and
recalculate the dose if any adjustments are made.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Dose Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Calculate Dose Per Beam (TomoDirect Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Saving a QA Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Tools
Final Dose Resolution Lists the available Final Dose Calculation resolution:
drop-down list Very Low, Low, Medium or High.
Calculate Dose Calculates the dose per beam. Only available for
per Beam button TomoDirect.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 223
Area Item Description
Reference Point Use max dose Selects the point of maximum dose as the plan reference
point check box point.
Set to Cross-hair Sets the reference point value to the coordinates of the
Point button current cross-hair position.
Save Plan Save Plan button Displays the Save Plan dialog box.
View Options Machine Select Machine Geometry to display green circles that
Geometry check indicate the gantry bore (large circle) and MLC field of
box view (small circle) in the Image Viewer.
Dose Calculation
Dose calculation on the phantom is performed each time the user confirms
a registration in the Register step. Dose is also calculated when the couch
replacement height is adjusted. Dose Calculation on the Register step uses
a low-resolution non-voxel broad beam for the dose calculation method.
The final dose can be cleared and re-calculated in Evaluate > Review step
using higher resolution.
224 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Saving a QA Plan
1. If the dose has been calculated, then click Save Plan. The Save Plan dialog
box appears.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 225
Confirm Angles Step
This step appears only when the QA template plan has a Synchrony
Method selected.
Use this step to review, change, and validate the imaging angles to be used
in the QA plan. You are allowed to save a QA plan as deliverable even when
the angles do not pass the Validation check.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Validate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
CAUTION: Tracking target VOI and the fiducials should be visible for each imaging
angle in the DRR views. If they are not visible for each imaging angle in the DRR
views, it could result in patient mistreatment.
226 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Tracking Tumor drop-down list Select a VOI that you want to use to track during
Volume treatment delivery from the drop-down list. The
(For Lung with Respiratory tracking VOI must be a target VOI.
only)
Imaging Angles Presets buttons The icons indicate the numbers of predefined set
of static imaging angles on a circle.
Auto Select drop-down list Select the number of angles that you want the
system to automatically select. Angles are
chosen based on their color on the Score Wheel
and the spacing of the angles around the gantry.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 227
Area Item Description
View Options Fiducials check box Select to display the fiducials that are defined in
(For Fiducial and Fiducial with the Fiducial step.
Respiratory only) 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a
sphere of 2 cm radius around each fiducial. Use 2
cm of Motion display to visualize whether each
fiducial remains within the Tracking Zone box if
there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Centroid check box Select to display the centroid of the tracking
(For Lung with Respiratory tumor in the plus (+) mark.
only) 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a
sphere of 2-cm radius around the Tracking
Centroid. Use 2 cm of Motion to visualize whether
the Tracking Centroid remains within the
Tracking Zone if there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Zone check box Select to display the red outlines of the active
imaging area where the fiducial or tracking tumor
volume is tracked. The tracking zone is defined
by your Treatment Delivery System configuration.
Score Wheel check box Select to display the color-coded ring. The colors
are based on the heuristic result. Green indicates
a good imaging angle, and red indicates a low
correlation score and makes a poor imaging
angle.
Green Lasers check box Select to display the green lasers (virtual
isocenter).
228 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Validate
When you click Validate, the system enforce the following requirements.
If you don’t click Validate, the system will enforce the same requirements
when you save the plan as deliverable.
Use the couch travel slider on DRR to view the couch positions used during
the treatment, and visually verify the validation checks made by the
Validate button.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 229
– The centroid of the tracking volume should be located within 5 cm of
the centroid of the prescription volume.
– The entire Tracking Tumor Volume should be visible from all angles
for the entire planned couch travel (i.e., must be visible from
beginning and end couch positions). If this recommendation is met,
visibility will also be verified with a 2-cm margin around the Tracking
Tumor Volume for expected motion.
– The Tracking Reference Point with 2 cm of margin for expected
motion should be within the Tracking Zone box for all imaging angles
for the entire planned couch travel (i.e., must be visible from
beginning and end couch positions).
230 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MultiSlice Step
Use the Evaluate > MultiSlice step to view the multiple planar slices in axial,
coronal, or sagittal image with several choices of image layouts. The planar
slices contain dose distribution and VOI information.
View Multiple Planar Slices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Evaluate > MultiSlice Step with the second image of [B Dataset 1] selected
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 231
5. To change the image source of all the multi-slice views, select an entry on
the Dataset drop-down list.
232 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Loading a QA Plan
Load a QA Plan to Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 4 - 1 : Q A P l a ns f or T o m o ® 233
234 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 4-2
Use QA plan to verify a treatment plan’s dose delivery by making a plan that
overlays a patient treatment plan onto a phantom CT image series. Then
deliver the plan to the phantom and compare the delivered dose to the
planned dose.
About QA Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Register Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Align Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Finetune Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Review Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
MultiSlice Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Beams Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Loading a QA Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
NOTE: The Plan Overview Report includes information from both the patient
plan and the QA template plan.
3. Click the Standard icon in the Select Type pane, and then click Next>>.
4. Select CT images of a phantom in Select Exams screen.
5. Create VOIs for the phantom in Contour > Manual > Tools.
236 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Contours on the QA template plan can be used to register the patient
plan with the phantom image series.
6. Define the treatment parameters suitable for the CT image series of the QA
template plan in the Setup > Machine step. Density model can be also
selected in this step.
7. Identify location and region of tracking features in Setup > Align step.
8. Define the align center.
9. Select an appropriate density model in Plan > Settings if you have not
selected it in Setup > Machine step.
10. Optimize the plan and calculate the final dose, and then save the plan as
deliverable.
Creating a QA Plan
A QA plan is created based on two input plans: a patient treatment plan and
a QA template plan. Patient plan must be a plan of non-phantom type
patient. A patient plan with multileaf collimator must have a QA template
plan with multileaf collimator.
1. Click the New Plan icon in the Patients and Plans section of the Accuray
Precision System Home Page.
2. Click a patient name from the patient list on the New Plan screen.
3. Click the QA icon in the Select Type area.
4. Click Next >>. The Select a patient plan for a new QA plan screen appears.
6. Click Next >>. The Select a template plan for a new QA plan screen
appears. Only phantom patients and the patient selected on the previous
screen appear in the list.
238 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
7. Select a patient from the patient list.
8. Select a plan from the plan list. The associated QA template plan must have
a status of Deliverable, Approved, Completed, or Under Treatment.
9. Click Finish.The system loads the data from the patient plan and the QA
template plan, and the Setup > Register step, with the Auto Registration
dialog box, appears.
240 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Auto register by aligning • VOI Center: Center of the user selected VOI
drop-down list • Align Center: Alignment center
• CT Image Center: Center of the CT volume
Patient plan VOIs drop-down Available only when VOI Center is selected and there
list are one or more VOIs available.
Template plan VOIs Available only when VOI Center is selected and there
(Phantom plan) drop-down are one or more VOIs available.
list
Tools
242 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Manual Registration
Manual registration allows fine adjustments of the placement of planned
beams on the QA phantom plan. These adjustments will effect the isodose
distribution within the QA phantom VOI.
For point dose verification, user adjustments can be performed to ensure
that the QA measuring device samples a dose region of interest with a
minimum of dose variation through its sensitive volume.
For a two-dimensional relative dose verification (for example, film), the
dose variation should be seen throughout the region of interest.
1. Click Cancel on the Auto Registration dialog box.
2. On the Register step, evaluate the position of the dose distribution in
relation to the area and VOI in the phantom.
When the Register screen appears, the images are misaligned.
NOTE: Position the least amount of dose variation of the patient image VOI
on the phantom chamber.
244 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Align Step
Use the Setup > Align step to review the registered align centers and
fiducial locations.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Define the Alignment Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
WARNING: If fiducials are being used for tracking, verify that fiducial
markers are visible in the DRRs.
NOTE: The DRRs are quickly generated and should only be used to verify
visibility. The fiducial centroid positions may not be displayed clearly.
NOTE: Moving the image center during this step may lead to inaccurate
treatment.
Spine Supine ROI Height Defines the default tracking search range
(mm) slider (ROI) used during delivery for Synchrony
Spine Tracking. The value is for the height of
ROI in millimeter that is displayed as a blue
mesh on the DRR images.
Reset to Default button Discards the changes and uses the original
alignment center coordinates.
246 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
If any changes are made to the alignment center during or after plan
generation, the plan must be recalculated in medium or high resolution for
Ray-Tracing and FSPB, and low, medium, or high for Monte Carlo. Then
prescribe again before saving the plan as deliverable.
1. Click Align step on the Setup task.
The two DRRs at the top of the display panel are generated using the
coordinates of the current alignment center. The coordinates of the current
alignment center are displayed in the Current Center area on the control
panel.
The 2D views at the bottom of the display panel are generated using the
current alignment center.
NOTE: The fiducials may not be visible in the live image due to a shift in
patient alignment/fiducials, or if there is an angle difference in the DRRs
generated on the Treatment Delivery System. Treatment cannot proceed
without the required number of trackable fiducials.
After you click Confirm, if you move the alignment center, the new
coordinates are displayed in the Current Center area on the control panel.
Tools
248 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
BEV Display BEV Controls Views from the perspective of looking through the
button beam onto the patient which allows you to see
the outline of the beam over the patient anatomy.
List Tools Sort button Sorts the beam list in ascending or descending
order based on the selection made from the Sort
by drop-down list.
Beam List Pane Invert Reverses the selection status of the beams from
Selection selected to clear and vice versa.
button
250 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Leaf Positions Bank X1 & X2 The side of the MLC collimator the leaf is located.
(MLC only.)
Pos (mm) Number of mm away from the center line of the
MLC, measured at SAD at which each leaf is
positioned.
BEV Display
BEV Display allows you to see the outline of the beam over the patient
anatomy.
NOTE: VOI Projection will turn off VOI projections even if the VOI Visibility
Option is set as on, but will not show VOI projections of VOIs whose VOI
visibility is turned off.
List Tools
Sort
Use the Sort dialog box to sort the beam list in ascending or descending
order based on the criteria displayed on the Sort By drop-down list.
The order of sorting is maintained from one sort to another. For example, if
you sort by Path/ Node and then sort by MU, the result displays beams
sorted by MU and each group of beams with the same MU is sorted
internally by Path/Node.
252 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Sorting Beams
1. Click the Sort button from List Tools.
2. Select a sorting criterion on the Sort by drop-down list.
3. Select the option for a sorting order (Ascending or Descending).
4. Click Sort.
Examples
• Selection in ascending order: The deselected beams are grouped at the
top and the selected beams are grouped at the bottom.
• Path/Node in ascending order: The beams are sorted by Path ID first.
Then, beams with the same Path ID value are sorted by Node ID.
• Blocked in ascending order: The unblocked beams are grouped at the
top and the blocked beams are grouped at the bottom. The Yes and No
strings are sorted in alphabetical order.
Select
Use the Select dialog box to select beams.
• Path
• Critical VOI
• MU (Inequality constraints derived from the number of MUs)
254 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. If you double-click the tip of another beam, it turns orange, indicating it is
the currently selected beam. Its entry is checked and displayed in the visible
area of beam parameters table. All other selected beams are yellow.
Nominal Position
When reorienting a beam to its nominal position in the robot coordinate
system, the Accuray Precision System will set the geometry of the beam in
such a way that the source point of the beam is 800 mm straight above the
machine center, and the target of the beam is the machine center, with no
rotation in any direction.
After accepting Nominal Position, all of the segments will have the exact
same geometry. A beam contains all segments that share the same source
and target position (geometry). Therefore, after the nominal position is
achieved, there will be only a single beam, containing all of the segments.
The Beams table will display a single beam, while the Segments table will
expand to include all of the segments.
To use Nominal Position:
1. Click the Nominal Position button. A Caution dialog box appears to indicate
that the beams will be repositioned and delivered from the nominal position.
2. Click Yes to move all of the beams to the nominal position.
256 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Evaluate > Review step for Multileaf collimator
Tools
Calculate Final Calculates the dose for the plan using the
Dose button selected dose calculation settings.
Reference Use max dose Select the check box to use the point of
Point point check box maximum dose as the plan reference point.
Point (mm IECp) Click the button to set the cross-hair to the
current reference point. The field below the Go
to >> button updates to show the X, Y, and Z
Go to >> button coordinates of the reference point.
Save Plan Save Plan button Click to open the Save Plan dialog box.
258 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Rescaling the MUs for a QA Plan
Once a QA plan is created, the MUs of all the beams for the QA plan (equal
to a single fraction of the patient plan) can be rescaled using a rescaling
factor. If the rescaling factor is greater than 1, it must be an integer, if it is
less than 1, it can be fraction.
1. Click Rescale MU button. The Rescale MU dialog box appears.
3. Click the OK button to rescale the beams. The MU will be recalculated and
the plan statistics pane is updated.
260 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
MultiSlice Step
Use the Evaluate > MultiSlice step to view the multiple planar slices in axial,
coronal, or sagittal image with several choices of image layouts. The planar
slices contain dose distribution and VOI information.
View Multiple Planar Slices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Evaluate > MultiSlice Step with the second image of [B Dataset 1] selected
262 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Beams Step
Use the Evaluate > Beams step to view the list of beams and geometric
parameters associated with them. The controls enable you to perform hand
calculations to verify that the reference dose for each beam is consistent
with the number of MUs for that beam. For additional information, see the
Physics Essentials Guide.
About the Beams Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Print the Beam Data List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
The Beams step also provides the SAD, beam depth, radius, the dose at the
2. Choose a report:
• Double-click Beam Data List from the report list.
3. Choose a method to generate the report:
• To generate a report with all available information, click View Report
without modifying the parameters.
• To generate a report with specific information, set the necessary
parameters and click View Report.
The report will be generated according to the specified parameters and
displayed in the report viewer.
264 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Multileaf Collimator (Option): The beams are sorted first by template
path ID, then by node number, and the Equivalent Square Length (mm)
field.
266 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 5
Fuse Task
The Fuse task displays tools for registering the primary (CT) image series
with a secondary image series. Register each secondary image series
individually to the primary image series to display the common information
from both image series in a single volume.
The Fuse task is available after loading the primary image series and at
least one secondary image series.
When you bypass the Image Review and Import on IDMS and directly
import the patient image sets with associated DICOM Spatial Registration
Object, use the Fuse task to review and align the secondary image set to
the primary CT.
WARNING: If images are registered from two different patients, it could result in
serious injury to the patient during treatment delivery. Be certain that the images
being registered are for the same patient.
WARNING: When registering images, verify that the images being registered
contain sufficient anatomic features to ensure proper registration to prevent patient
mistreatment.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 267
WARNING: Always confirm registration visually before proceeding to prevent
patient mistreatment.
268 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Setup Step
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Setup step
Tools
The following tools are available on the Setup step.
Item Description
Already registered If the loaded image series have already been registered, this check box is
check box checked. Additionally, the user may check this box to indicate to the system that
the primary and secondary image series are acquired in a common coordinate
space.
Clear the check box to turn on the seed point selection and begin the Register step
again.
Auto Centering When using fiducials as seed points, use Auto Centering to instruct the system to
check box automatically identify the center of each fiducial.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 269
Item Description
Dataset A buttons Delete last: Deletes the most recently created seed point in the primary image
series. To delete several seed points, click Delete last repeatedly.
Delete all: Deletes all seed points in the primary image series.
Dataset B buttons Delete last: Deletes the most recently created seed point in the secondary image
series. To delete several seed points, click Delete last repeatedly.
Delete all: Deletes all seed points in the secondary image series.
ROI box The ROI (region of interest) box defines the area of the primary (CT) image to be
used for image-to-image registration. Intensity matching is performed only for the
user-defined region within the ROI box.
Modify the ROI box on an Axial/Sagittal or Axial/Coronal view.
270 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Register Step
The Accuray Precision System provides several methods for registering
images:
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Loading Pre-registered Image Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Registration Using Seed Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Rigid Image Registration (Seedless) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Deformable Image Registration (Optional). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Copying a Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
DICOM Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Tools
Seed Point Translation Select the check box to perform registration based solely on seed
Registration and Rotation points. This procedure does not use intensity data. This procedure
check box give a registration transform which is the rotation and translation that
minimizes the RMS distance between corresponding seed points.
NOTE: Adjustments to fusion can be made in the Manual step.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 271
Area Item Description
Translation Available only when two or more image series are loaded. Select the
Only check check box to perform registration for translations only. Typically, this
box setting is used for 4D Planning (no longer available in Accuray
Precision). This procedure gives a registration transform which is the
translation matching the centroids of the seed points.
Rigid Image Start /Continue Click to start the Rigid Image Registration. The word on the Start
Registration button button changes to Continue when Pause button is clicked. Click
Continue to resume the registration process.
Pause button Click the Pause button to suspend the registration process.
Copy Displays the Copy Registration dialog box. Allows you to copy
Registration registration information from an existing image fusion and apply the
button registration information to a user-defined pair of images.
Deformable Start button Click to start the Deformable Image Registration. This is available
Image after Rigid Image Registration is complete or when the Already
Registration Registered on Fuse > Setup Step is selected and the secondary
image allows deformable fusion.
DICOM Registrations This button is only active when there is a Spatial Registration Object
Registration button loaded.
• Click to open the DICOM Registrations dialog box.
• From the drop-down list, select one Spatial Registration Object
you want to review and register with the Primary CT. See
“DICOM Registration” (page 280) for more details.
Dataset The Dataset column lists all the loaded secondary image sets. Use
Table this table to review the status of each secondary image set and
switch among them. The first dataset is automatically registered with
the primary CT when entering the Fuse step, and the Reg column is
checked.
272 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Loading Pre-registered Image Series
In some cases the primary and secondary image series are already
registered. This is most likely to occur if the result of a previous fusion was
saved. In this case, the Already Registered check box is selected when you
load the images.
Additionally, you may check the Already Registered check box when the
primary and secondary image series are known to have been acquired in
the same coordinate space. The registration procedure will be skipped, and
the primary and secondary image series are considered by the system to
be in a common coordinate space.
To modify the registration of a pre-registered image series, clear the
Already Registered check box to allow seed point selection and perform the
Register step again.
Failed Registration
In some cases, the refinement process fails and the two images move
completely out of alignment during refinement. Common causes of failed
registration include:
• The seed points were not placed in the same sequence on both images.
• The locations of seed points do not correspond closely enough between
the primary and secondary image series.
Correct a Failed Intensity-based Registration
1. Click the Setup step.
2. Clear the Already Registered check box.
3. Place seed points more precisely.
Ensure that the seed points on the primary and secondary image series are
correctly labeled and placed.
NOTE: Fine adjustments to fusion can be made in the Manual Fuse step.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 273
Registration Using Seed Points
This section describes the basic procedures for placing and modifying seed
points and for performing Seed Point Registration.
NOTE: The 3D layout can be used for placement of seed points when there are
identifiable features on the skin surface.
NOTE: The 2D layout can be used for placement of seed points when there are
identifiable features on the axial, sagittal, or coronal views.
2. (Optional) Use the global tools to enhance the view of the anatomy of
interest.
3. With the Pointer tool active, place cursor over a feature on the primary
image series and double-click to place a seed point.
On a 2D view, a seed point is created at the desired position and displayed
on both image planes.
NOTE: The positions of seed points on the primary image series must match the
positions of those on the secondary image series, and must be placed in the same
sequence on each image series.
274 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
9. (Optional) To delete all the seed points on the primary or secondary image
series, click the appropriate Delete all button on the control panel.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 275
Translation Only Registration
This registration method is used primarily with the 4D Planning Option (no
longer available in Accuray Precision). It requires at least one pair of seed
points. The registration process is performed based on translations only
(without rotational registration) and the resulting image data is displayed.
When the progress bar reaches the end of the scale, the word Done
replaces the progress bar.
NOTE: If you select a Seed Point Registration check box after you have completed
a registration, the previous result is deleted and cannot be restored.
276 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: If the field of view is substantially different between the two images, the
results of the seedless fusion may be unacceptable. To optimize the results, use
the Fuse > Manual Fuse step to set the starting point of the auto registration so that
the corresponding anatomies are located near each other or use seed points.
8. (Optional) Click the Pause button to suspend the registration process, and
then click Continue to resume the registration process.
When the progress bar reaches the end of the scale, the word Done
replaces the progress bar. The Continue and Pause buttons are disabled
and the registration is complete.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 277
datasets with limited contrast to noise ratio or low spatial resolution. Low
smoothing allows more flexibility in the deformation and may be useful for
datasets containing large deformations.
1. Click the Start button for Rigid Image Registration on the Register > Tools
step.
The Start button for Deformable Image Registration is available when Rigid
Image Registration is completed.
2. Select a smoothing level (Low, Medium, High) from the drop-down list for
Deformable Image Registration.
3. Click the Start button to perform Deformable Image Registration.
Copying a Registration
An image registration contains information about the registration of a
secondary image series to the primary image series. When you create a
new plan, you can load multiple secondary image series of any supported
imaging modality. See “About Loading Images” (page 64) for more
information.
After you fuse a secondary image series to the primary image series, you
can copy the registration information from the existing image fusion and
apply it to another secondary image series.
278 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Prerequisites
• Two or more secondary images
• One or more seed points defined on the primary image and on at least
one secondary image
The source dataset list displays all secondary image series that have been
registered to the primary image series, by either seed point registration or
manual fuse.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 279
7. Click Copy.
The source registration is copied to the target image dataset, resulting in a
new image fusion.
DICOM Registration
If you load a patient dataset directly imported with Spatial Registration
Objects that are already aligned with the primary CT, you must review them
in the Fuse > Register step.
1. When you enter the Fuse > Setup step, you see the Already registered
check box is not selected. You must go to Register step, and the first
dataset is automatically registered.
Click the B=1 on the image and you see the B= [1] MR is checked and the
Reg column in the Dataset table is also checked.
280 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
6. Click to open the Patient and Plan Information dialog box. In order to
save the plan as Deliverable and Approve for Treatment later, you must
mark the primary CT and all the secondary studies as reviewed by clicking
the Mark As Reviewed button. You can also mark them as reviewed later in
Plan task or Evaluate task when you are ready to save the plan as
Deliverable.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 281
Manual Fuse Step
Update the registration of the primary and secondary image series by
performing a manual fusion.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Perform a Manual Fusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Tools
The following tools are available on the Manual Fuse step.
Item Description
Rotation and translation Fine motion is controlled with the rotation and translation tool at the bottom
tool right of each planar view. This tool is comprised of the translation and
rotation components depicted and described below.
The resolution of the transformation is based on screen pixel resolution. To
achieve finer movements, zoom in on the image.
282 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Translation tool Click an arrow to adjust translation by a pixel in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Rotation tool Click an arrow to adjust rotation by a pixel in the direction indicated by the
arrow.
Slider bar Click an end of the slider to step through the series a slice at a time.
Drag inside the slider bar to the right or left to jump forward or backward
through the image series. The slice number is displayed above the cursor.
The faint circle indicated by the arrow on the secondary image series
defines the boundary of the translation and rotation portions of the screen.
• Drag inside the faint green circle to adjust the translations.
• Drag outside the faint green circle to adjust the rotation.
• Drag the cursor to make gross changes to the transformation.
Undo button Click to discard changes and display the original images.
Confirm button Click to apply changes and display the updated images.
1079097-ENG A C h a p t e r 5 : F us e T as k 283
284 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 6
Contour Task
The Contour task provides tools that allow you to outline target tissue and
critical structures by creating volumes of interest (VOIs). VOIs are used to
optimize the dose distribution. In addition, you can define other structures
for a patient plan or Ball-cube plan, and view and modify the display
properties of VOIs.
Manual Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Autosegmentation Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Skin Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Spine-Tracking Step. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Ball-cube Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
AC-PC Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
NOTE: To modify the default display properties of VOIs, go to the Contour >
Display tab.
286 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
The following tools are available on the Manual step.
In addition to creating a skin VOI in Contour > Skin step, you can use some
of the following tools. Skin VOI must be a critical VOI and cannot be a
boundary VOI.
• Select Skin check box in VOI Properties dialog box.
• From Contour > Manual, VOIs tab, click the type drop-down list and
select S for skin.
• From VOI Visibility dialog box, select Skin from the Type drop-down list.
Select VOI Filter/search Use to filter or search for a VOI to be displayed in the list. Type in
text box one or more characters, and the list will display the VOI names that
contain the typed text.
List The list displays VOI name, type (Target or Critical or Skin), and the
color. Type in the VOI name in the text box or scroll down to select a
VOI. VOIs that have been delineated are indicated with a solid color
box. The empty VOIs are indicated by a gray color.
Click the top row or small arrow to sort the VOI list by ascending or
descending order.
Create VOI: Displays the VOI Properties dialog box. Create a new
VOI by entering a Name, and select the Type, Plane, and Color.
Optionally set the VOI type to Boundary. Select the Auto Interpolate
check box to turn on the automatic interpolation between
user-delineated contours. Select Skin to create a skin VOI.
Delete VOI: Deletes the displayed contours for the selected VOI.
Delete VOI can be undone using Undo.
VOI Properties: Displays the VOI Properties dialog box. View and
modify the Name, Type, Plane, and Color of the selected VOI.
Optionally set the VOI type to Boundary. Select the Auto Interpolate
check box to turn on the automatic interpolation between
user-delineated contours. Select Skin to designate a VOI as Skin
(S).
Move Up: Move the selected VOI up in the list. The VOI list is
initially sorted by creation order.
Options Smart curve Turns on the smart curve fitting tool, which modifies the effect of the
fitting check Pencil, Line, Ellipse, and Bumper tools. See “Smart Curve Fitting”
box (page 306).
Display all Click to display all VOIs. When cleared, displays only the current
VOIs check VOI.
box
Display Click to display all isocurves. When cleared, isocurves are not
isocurves displayed.
check box
Bumper Size Modifies the diameter of the Bumper tool. The Bumper Size slider
slider switches to the Minimum leakage allowed slider when either the 2D
or 3D magic wand is active.
Import VOIs Click to display the Import VOIs dialog box which contains a list of
button available RT structures associated with the current patient and
primary image that can be imported into the current plan.
Template Click to display the Select VOI Set Template dialog box, and select
button a template for the plan. Applying a template adds empty VOIs as
defined in the selected template.
Import Click to display the Import Dataset dialog box. You can import an
Dataset additional image dataset that are available to an existing plan. This
button option excludes importing DCE MR images. See “Import Dataset”
(page 308) for more details.
Create VOI Click to display the Create VOI from Isocurve dialog box. This
from Isocurve button is only available when a dose volume exists for the plan.
button When an isocurve is selected or a dose % value is entered, a
default VOI name is displayed. See “Create VOI from Isocurve”
(page 309).
Image Viewer
The image viewer contains a large 2D axial (default) view of the drawing
plane with the other planar views directly to the right.
To make any 2D planar view fill the screen, press Ctrl and double-click in
the 2D view (axial, sagittal, or coronal). To undo, repeat the process by
pressing Ctrl and double-clicking.
The displayed images series can be changed to primary (A), secondary (B),
split (A/B), overlay (A&B), and checkerboard (A+B) views.
288 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Right-click anywhere in the image viewer to access a shortcut menu . More
layout options are available depending on the number of modalities you
have fused.
Appearance of Contours
The system distinguishes among drawn, interpolated, and extrapolated
contours.
Drawn Contours
Drawn contours appear as solid outlines. This can be drawn from an empty
VOI or by editing an extrapolated or interpolated contour. Creating a
contour from scratch does not generate any interpolated contours on other
slices.
290 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Auto Interpolation
The Auto interpolation check box on the VOI Properties dialog box is
selected by default.
1. Create a contour on an image slice.
2. Create a contour on another non-consecutive image slice.
The intermediary contours are interpolated automatically using linear
interpolation.
• From the modified slice or contour to the previous drawn and confirmed
contour.
• From the modified slice or contour to the next drawn and confirmed
contour.
Extrapolated Contours
An extrapolated contour provides a visual indication of the shape and
location of the closest drawn contour. Extrapolated contours have the same
shape as the nearest drawn contour. The extrapolated contour outlines
appear as dashes in the same shape as interpolated contours.
You can edit an extrapolated contour just as you edit a drawn or
interpolated contour. Once it’s edited, the contour becomes a drawn
contour, and interpolated contours are generated in one direction towards
the closest drawn contour.
Left: Multiple contours in a VOI before the conversion. Right: VOI after the conversion.
292 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Select VOI
Under the Select VOI area, you can create VOIs, delete VOIs, and modify
or review contours.
Create a VOI
1. On the Manual step, click the Create VOI icon. The VOI Properties
dialog box appears.
2. Assign a name, and select the Type, Plane, and Color.
3. Optionally, select Auto Interpolate or Boundary (available for critical VOI
only).
NOTE: Only one boundary structure is allowed per slice. A new contour
cannot be created on the same slice as an existing boundary VOI.
4. Click OK. A VOI is created and selected, and the remaining controls are
available.
5. To create the first contour of a VOI, select a drawing tool and begin
delineating the contour.
6. Scroll through the slices to delineate the contour throughout the CT volume.
3. Confirm or modify the Name, Type, Plane, and Color of the selected VOI.
NOTE: If you draw contours and then change from one plane to another, all
contours are deleted.
4. If you select Critical on the Type drop-down list, the Boundary check box is
available. Select the check box to create a boundary VOI.
5. Click OK to apply changes.
Item Description
Name The name of the VOI. Use the default name or enter a new name in the
Name text box.
294 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Plane The plane of delineation for the VOI: Axial (default), Sagittal, or Coronal.
All contour sets inside a VOI must be in the same plane. All edits must be
done on the original plane.
Color Select the color of the VOI from the list. To create a custom color, select
the last line in the list and use the color palette.
Boundary check box The volume of interest includes the pixels on the boundary of the VOI. A
boundary VOI does not include the structure it encloses, only the actual
contour line. Boundary VOIs can be used to contain dose and achieve
better conformality.
NOTE: Only available for critical structures.
Auto Interpolate check box Select to automatically interpolate between user-delineated contours.
NOTE: Cavity cannot be interpolated automatically.
Skin check box Select to designate the VOI as skin (S). Skin cannot be a Boundary, and
the VOI Type must be Critical.
Create a Cavity
A cavity is created when a contour is drawn inside of another existing
contour. Cavity contours appear with a thick solid outline and cannot be
interpolated automatically. Use VOI Operations if you want to create a large
cavity across numerous CT slices.
296 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
WARNING: The 2D magic wand, 3D magic wand, and smart curve tools use the
current settings of window, level and image intensity to define boundaries. These
contours may not always accurately match the volume boundary, compromising the
quality of the plan. Always perform visual inspection of each contour to ensure that
it defines the intended volume.
Pencil Creates a free-form contour. Use the pencil or mouse button to drag the
structure to be contoured. The contour closes automatically and
intersecting regions are eliminated.
Bumper Modifies the outline of a VOI. When the Bumper tool is active, the
cursor appears as a circle in the 2D views.
To modify the diameter of the Bumper tool, use the Bumper Size slider
at the bottom of the control panel. The curvature of the Bumper tool is
determined by the size of the circle relative to the zoom level of the
image. For more precise control, zoom in on the image.
Drag the cursor around the inside or outside of the contour to push the
boundary inward or outward.
The Bumper Size slider switches to the Minimum leakage allowed slider
when either the 2D or 3D magic wand is active. This magic wand
leakage protection option allows a setting between 0 to 20 pixels. When
the value is greater than 0, the leakage protection is available for the
following 2D and 3D magic wand operations.
When the magic wand detects a contour, it utilizes a seed filling
algorithm based on the initial point you selected. Since gaps typically
appear on the edge of the current filling area, the algorithm may leak to
areas not intended to be contoured. Selecting this option allows the
algorithm to detect the gap and prevent leaking. The value of the slider
defines the maximum size in pixel counts of the gap that can be
protected. Using this setting will smooth the final contour and the curve
may have less accuracy.
VOI Opens the VOI Operations dialog box that provides a tool to manipulate
Operations existing VOIs and create new VOIs. See “VOI Operations” (page 301).
Move and Displays a square with eight rescale vertices surrounding the selected
rescale VOI, and two yellow control points inside the square. Select a control
contour point to rescale or move a contour. See “Move and Rescale Contour”
(page 299) for more details.
Contour Displays the Contour Cleanup dialog box. This tool provides two
Cleanup options, remove and smooth, to remove specified small internal
segments. See “Contour Cleanup” (page 300) for more details.
Delete Deletes contours. When Delete contour is selected, the cursor appears
contour as an X in the 2D views. Click on the contour to delete it.
If a drawn contour is between two other drawn contours, deleting
replaces it with an interpolated contour to create a gap in the VOI.
Delete All Deletes all the contours from all slices of the selected VOI.
Undo Discards the previous drawing action performed. This button can be
pressed multiple times if needed.
298 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Move and Rescale Contour
A square with eight rescale vertices surrounds the selected VOI. Two
yellow control points are inside the square. Select a control point to rescale
or move a contour. You can move the entire VOI by holding the Shift key
while using the mouse.
Copying 2D Contours
Copy 2D contours as a quick method of creating multiple contours for a
uniform structure. You can modify individual contours.
1. Select a VOI.
2. Scroll to the slice that contains the contour(s) you want to copy.
3. Click Copy.
4. Scroll to the destination slice.
5. Click Paste. The copied contours are pasted onto the destination slice at
the same location as where they were copied.
300 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Edit or Delete Portions of a Contour on a Single Slice
1. Select the Bumper tool.
2. Drag across the contour outline where you want to modify a portion of the
VOI.
3. To delete a larger portion and retain a smaller portion, modify one or more
smaller portions.
NOTE: When an interpolated contour is modified, the changes can affect the entire
interpolated component of the VOI. Interpolated aspects of a contour appear as a
fine dotted outline.
VOI Operations
The VOI Operations dialog box provides a tool to manipulate existing VOIs
and create new VOIs. Multiple VOI operations can be staged sequentially
to produce complex results such as a shell encompassing single or
combined VOIs.
The following examples of the VOI Operations functionality are provided:
• “Create a Dilated or Eroded Isotropic Copy of an Existing VOI” (page
303).
• “Create an Isotropic Shell From an Existing VOI” (page 304).
• “Combine Two Existing VOIs” (page 305).
NOTE: Drop-down lists are activated by first clicking in the working row to produce
the menu field, and then clicking the menu button to access the drop-down list.
Item Description
Destination drop-down Name for destination VOI of the VOI operation. Limited to VOI A when Grow
list is defined. You can also select Create VOI from the drop-down list and create
a new VOI as destination. The destination cannot be a Boundary VOI.
Isotropic check box Constrains growth values to be identical in all directions. Disabled when Grow
is undefined.
302 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Ant (mm) / Post (mm) / ± 100mm: Growth values in patient anterior, posterior, right, left, superior, and
Right (mm) / Left (mm) / inferior directions. All fields are populated with a single value when Isotropic
Sup (mm) / Inf (mm) is selected. Positive growth values produce dilation; negative values produce
erosion. Disabled when Grow is undefined.
Move Down button Moves position of selected VOI operation down in the list.
Cancel button Cancels VOI operations, and closes the dialog box.
VOI Operations dialog box showing operation to create a shell from an existing VOI
304 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
15. Select the check box in the Isotropic column, and enter an amount less than
the amount specified in step 8 to be added to the VOI B contour in all
directions to produce the desired inner dimensions of the shell.
16. Click OK to initiate the operation. The resulting VOI appears.
NOTE: For the most accurate delineation, ensure that the starting contour is fully
inside the region you want to draw.
NOTE: The automated drawing tools use the displayed image modality to
determine boundaries. Set the modality by clicking the indicator at the top left of the
2D image display.
NOTE: The magic wand, 3D magic wand, and smart curve tools use the current
settings of window, level and image intensity to define boundaries. These contours
may not always accurately match the volume boundary, compromising the quality
of the plan. Always perform visual inspection of each contour to ensure that it
defines the intended volume.
Display Isocurves
Select the Display Isocurves check box.
The display of isocurves is useful for creating tuning structures to tailor
results during conformal inverse planning.
306 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Import VOIs
To import VOIs of RT structure sets associated with a plan’s primary image
stored in the iDMS System:
1. Click Import VOIs to open the Import VOIs dialog box.
2. Select an RT structure set from the Import VOIs list, and click OK.
Templates
1. Click the Templates button. The Select VOI Set Template dialog box
appears.
Import Dataset
Use Import Dataset dialog box to add more image datasets to an existing
plan. You can add one dataset at a time up to the limit described in “Criteria
for Secondary Image Series” (page 64).
DCE MR cannot be imported using this feature. DCE MR can only be
loaded using New Plan wizard.
1. Click the Import Dataset button. Import Dataset dialog box appears.
2. Select an exam which you want to add to the plan you are creating, and click
OK.
3. (Optional) Click Import Dataset and add more image set if necessary.
4. Go to Fuse task, and then review and fuse the images. Continue planning.
5. (Optional) Use Include Registration Images to add patient registration
datasets. e.g. MVCT/kVCT.
308 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Create VOI from Isocurve
1. Click Create VOI from Isocurve. The Create VOI from Isocurve dialog box
appears.
2. Select an isodose curve from the Select Isodose Curve drop-down list, or
enter an isodose % value in the % text box. The default VOI name appears
in the Name of VOI to Create text box.
3. (Optional) Rename the VOI in the Name of VOI to Create text box.
310 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Autosegmentation Step
The Autosegmentation step provides tools for automatically segmenting
common structures of the following human anatomies: Brain, Male Pelvis,
and Head and Neck.
Brain Autosegmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Male Pelvis Autosegmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Head and Neck Autosegmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Brain Autosegmentation
Brain Autosegmentation provides the tools to automatically generate
contours of up to 160 anatomical brain structures. The workflow requires a
a T1-weighted MR image in addition to the patient's planning CT image.
The CT and MR images must be fused in order for the Brain
Autosegmentation to be enabled. If multiple secondary datasets are
available, the T1-weighted MR image must be selected as the active
secondary image after entering the Autosegmentation step.
In order to obtain optimal segmentation results, the following imaging
technique guidelines are recommended:
• The CT image must be scanned in the HFS patient position.
• The CT image resolution should be 1.0 x 1.5 x 1.0 mm or better.
• The T1-weighted MR image resolution should be 1.25 x 1.5 x 1.25 mm
or better.
• The MR image must cover the entire head of the patient.
Tools
Select/Setup Setup button Displays the VOI Selection Setup dialog box allowing you to
VOIs change the VOI associated with an autosegmentable
anatomical structure.
Structure (VOI) The Structure (VOI) panel allows you to select available
structures and the corresponding VOI for automatic
segmentation.
1. Click the New Plan icon on the Accuray Precision System home page.
2. On the New Plan page, select a patient record, click the Standard Plan icon,
and click Next >>.
3. On the Select Exams page, select the CT and T1-weighted MR exams, and
click Finish >>.
4. In the Register step of the Fuse task, register the CT and MR images. For
more information, see “Fuse Task” (page 267).
When registration processing is done, examine the split view images to
confirm accuracy of the registration.
312 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Registered split view image
314 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• If an automatically generated VOI does not accurately represent the
anatomical structure, use the drawing tools in the Manual step to
manually adjust the automatically generated contours.
Tools
Select/Setup VOIs Setup button Displays the VOI Selection Setup dialog box allowing you to
change the VOI associated with an autosegmentable
anatomical structure. See “VOI Selection Setup” (page 318).
Structure (VOI) The Structure (VOI) panel allows you to select available
automatically segmentable structures and the corresponding
VOI for automatic segmentation.
Initialization Points Show Point List Displays the Initialization Points dialog box for automatic
button segmentation. See “Initialization Points” (page 322). The
initialization points are the same color as selected for
Structure (VOI).
316 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Update button Click the Update button to apply the edits to the currently
selected VOI.
Options Bumper Size To modify the diameter of the Bumper tool, use the Bumper
Size slider below the drawing tools on the control panel. The
curvature of the Bumper tool is determined by the size of the
circle relative to the zoom level of the image. For more precise
control, zoom in on the image.
NOTE: For a patient with prostatectomy, manually segment the prostate in its
pre-operative position roughly. Then run the autosegmentation with it.
318 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Change the Autosegmentation VOI
1. Click the Setup button. The VOI Selection Setup dialog box appears.
2. Click the VOI Name row to select a VOI of the current plan from the
drop-down list associated with a specific Structure Name.
3. Select a VOI Name for each Structure Name.
4. Click the Bladder contains air and/or catheter check box when the patient
has a catheter or air is in the bladder.
5. Click the OK button once all Structure Names have been associated with a
VOI.
The user is warned about the contours being replaced when the
Autosegment button is pressed. It does not happen when the Setup dialog
changes mappings.
NOTE: If the urethra is selected for autosegmentation and the Bladder contains air
and/or catheter check box is not selected, 3 initialization points must be defined.
NOTE: An Autosegmentation VOI error message may appear when too few or too
many initialization points have been selected. If this occurs, follow the instructions
to correct the issue and cancel the Autosegmentation process.
NOTE: If the contours are deleted, they will immediately be deleted. To restore the
contours, click the Undo button from Autosegment/Edit.
320 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: An error message may also appear if the inter-autosegmented VOI
dependencies are not met. This means an autosegmented VOI may depend on the
existence of another VOI. For example, the prostate must be automatically
segmented before the bladder can be automatically segmented. See “Male Pelvis
Autosegmentation Dependencies” (page 317) for more information on
dependencies.
Completed Autosegmentation
Item Description
Show When selected, displays the initialization points for each of the
initialization selected VOI. Hiding initialization points allows automatically
points on generated contours to be reviewed without the visual obstruction of
images check the initialization points.
box
Delete button Deletes initialization points on the displayed slice for the selected
contour set for the selected VOI.
Delete All Deletes initialization points from all slices of the selected contour set
button for the selected VOI.
322 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Prostate
Initialization points are not required, but if provided, the minimal set is as
follows:
• 4 points on 3 axial slices
– Select a slice 1/4 to 1/3 of the prostate length from the base.
– Select a slice 1/4 to 1/3 of the prostate length from the apex.
– Select a slice midway between the first two slices selected above.
• 1 point on 2 slices
– Select a slice at the very end of the prostate base in the center.
– Select a slice at the very end of the prostate apex in the center.
Place Points on Prostate Slices
1. Click the row associated with the prostate in the Structure (VOI) panel.
Previously defined initialization points appear in the Initialization Points
table.
2. Confirm that the Initialization Point Placement Tool is selected and
navigate the image views to a slice 1/4 to 1/3 of the prostate length from the
base.
3. Place 4 points on the axial slice.
One point should be placed at the top of the center boundary of the
prostate, a second at the bottom center boundary, a third point on the left
center boundary, and a fourth point on the right center boundary. More
points may be placed if the shape of the prostate is highly irregular.
NOTE: If a point is incorrectly placed, click and hold the initialization point in order
to drag the point to the desired location.
NOTE: To permanently delete a point placed on an incorrect slice, select the point
from the Initialization Points table and click the Delete button.
4. Repeat the point placement procedure for a third axial slice that is midway
between the first two slices of the prostate.
5. Add a point in the center of the very end of the base of the prostate and a
point in the center of the very end of the apex of the prostate.
Seminal Vesicles
The right and left seminal vesicles are treated as a single structure. Select
three axial slices for placing multiple points around the organ boundary.
Initialization points are not required for the seminal vesicles, but if provided,
the minimal set is as follows:
• 4-8 points on each axial slices, depending on complexity
– Select the most inferior slice where seminal vesicles are visible and
place 4 points at left, right, top, and bottom extents of the seminal
vesicles.
– Select the most superior slice that has substantial thickness but is not
further than 2.5 cm from the most inferior slice. Place 4-8 points
around the boundary. With the exception of extreme lateral points,
each point on the anterior boundary should be opposite a point on the
posterior boundary.
– Select a slice midway between the first two slices and place 4-8 points
on that slice (6 points are usually sufficient).
324 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Place Points on Seminal Vesicles Slices
1. Click the row associated with the seminal vesicles in the Structure (VOI)
panel. Previously defined initialization points appear in the Initialization
Points table.
2. Confirm that the Initialization Point Placement Tool is selected and
navigate the image views to the desired slice.
3. Start at the most inferior extent of the seminal vesicles where the seminal
vesicles are visible and place 4 points around the boundary as indicated
above.
4. Scroll superiorly until you find the last slice where the seminal vesicle is
clearly and cleanly visualized but not farther than 2.5 cm and place 4-8
points.
5. Select a slice that is midway between the superior and inferior marked
slices and place 4-8 points.
Bladder
The bladder does not require initialization points, but points may be placed
on the boundary in order to fine-tune the generated contours. If the bladder
contains air as a result of a catheter, click the Bladder contains air check
box in the VOI Selection Setup.
Rectum
The rectum does not require initialization points, but points may be placed
for the rectum to constrain how the contours are generated. If points are
specified, 4-6 points on 3 slices are usually sufficient. The rectum
autosegmentation is confined to a region 1 cm superior to 1 cm inferior to
the prostate.
Femoral Heads
The femoral heads segmentation is automatic and does not require
initialization points. However, if Autosegmentation fails, a 2 cm contour
along the boundary of the femoral head can be drawn using the
Autosegmentation editing tools.
Urethra
If the urethra is selected for autosegmentation and the Bladder contains air
and/or catheter check box is not selected, 3 initialization points must be
defined, each at the center of the urethra: one in the prostate base axial
slice, one in the apex slice, and one near the middle.
NOTE: For non-axial slice edit, if multiple slices are edited, all slices but the last
are ignored when the Update button is clicked. If you need to make non-axial edits
both on anterior and posterior, you must make the edit on the same contour.
The bumper and pencil tools can be used to extend a VOI onto slices where
the VOI does not yet exist. Navigate to an axial slice without a VOI, but
where a projection of the VOI from the nearest slice where the VOI exists
appears as a sparsely dotted line. Click the bumper tool to extend the VOI
to that slice. The contour will be displayed as a densely dotted line. Press
Update to commit the change and resegment the structure.
326 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Modification using the editing tool
4. After each set of editing inputs, click the Update button and repeat as
needed until the contours are acceptable.
5. Review the contours in the region where the changes were desired.
NOTE: If attempts to make small edits are not realized, after all edits have been
completed using the Autosegmentation editing tools, proceed to the Manual step
and utilize the manual editing tools to make final adjustments. However, once the
manual editing tools have been used, the Autosegmentation editing tools cannot be
used unless Autosegmentation is re-executed. This will result in the loss of any
edits for a given VOI.
Background Autosegmentation
Since initialization points are optional, prostate Autosegmentation can be
performed without user input. As a prerequisite, you must have created a
template which:
• Uses VOIs with prostate structure names.
• Selects the Perform Autosegmentation check box.
1. Click the New Plan icon on the Accuray Precision System home page.
2. On the New Plan page, select a patient record, click the Standard Plan icon,
and click Next >>.
3. On the Select Exams page, select the CT to be included in the plan
template, and click Next >>.
4. On the Select Optional Plan Template page, confirm that the abdomen of
the template selection icon is highlighted, select the plan template and a
treatment machine, and click Next >>.
NOTE: If plans with and without catheters will be created, two template plans will be
required so that you can select the appropriate one. A simple sample template is
provided, but you can create custom templates as desired.
328 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. On the Use Plan Template page, click Use Template.
The process is initiated in the background, but the contours generated by
background autosegmentation are not automatically incorporated until you
click the AutoSegment button.
6. (Optional) In the Manual step of the Fuse task, click Start to register the CT
and MR images. When registration processing is done, examine the split
view images to confirm accuracy of the registration.
If you leave the Contour task, the autosegmentation process will be halted.
Return to Contour > Prostate and click Autosegment to restart the process.
NOTE: If the contours are deleted, they will immediately be deleted. To restore the
contours, click the Undo button from Autosegment > Edit.
NOTE: For non-axial slice edit, if multiple slices are edited, all slices but the last
are ignored when the Update button is clicked. If you need to make non-axial edits
both on anterior and posterior, you must make the edit on the same contour.
330 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Completed Autosegmentation
Skin step
Tools
The following tools are available on the Skin step.
Assign Skin drop-down list Select a structure to represent the patient’s skin surface.
332 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Create VOI: Displays the VOI Properties dialog box. Create a new
VOI by entering a Name, and select the Type, Plane, and Color.
Select the Auto Interpolate check box to turn on the automatic
interpolation between user-delineated contours.
Detection Maximum Drag the slider bar to modify the maximum number of contours per
Options contours per slice for the selected Skin structure. (1-8)
slice slider
Skin HU Drag the slider bar to modify the HU number that differentiates
threshold patient anatomy from air. (-900 to -100)
slider
Min contour Drag the slider bar to modify the minimum number of voxels that
size (voxels) can be used to create a Skin structure. (0 - 500)
slider
INOTE: This step is unavailable for sites that only have a Tomo System installed.
IMPORTANT: Do not adjust a spine tracking volume on the Manual step. To ensure
correct delineation of the spine tracking volume, make adjustments on the Spine
Tracking Volume step only.
334 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
IMPORTANT: Adding dose constraints to Spine Tracking Volume may result in
unexpected plan results. Do not add constraints to the Spine Tracking Volume.
NOTE: For complete coverage, modify both the first and last slice in the series.
NOTE: Excluding beams from the Spine Tracking Volume may result in unexpected
plan results. Do not select the option to exclude beams from the Spine Tracking
Volume.
2. To accurately visualize the spine in all views, scroll through the slices and
select the image in each view with the maximum amount of spine displayed.
3. Select the VOI to use as the spine-tracking volume. A blue outline appears
in all three views.
4. Select the control in the center of the contour in the axial view to center it
over the spine volume.
5. Scroll through all slices in the axial view and make appropriate adjustments.
Positions between adjusted slices are interpolated. For reference, a control
point is placed on the sagittal view for each slice you adjust.
NOTE: This step is unavailable for sites that only have a Tomo System installed.
336 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
6. Click inside the Ball-cube. The Ball-cube is detected on all slices
automatically.
7. To modify delineations, go to the Manual step.
For more information on using the Ball-cube step, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Rotational Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Displayed Image Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Tools
Area Item Description
AC-PC Import button Click to open the Import Image Plane dialog box.
Definition • Select a single oblique image plane definition if there are multiple
registrations present. Click OK to load.
• You can re-select the registrations to restore the oblique planes
defined from Accuray Connect - DICOM Direct Import even after
performing edits.
338 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
AC-PC Displays the straight line distance between the AC and PC points of
Distance (mm): interest in millimeters.
text box
Relative Def: drop-down Select one of the reference points you want to use.
Point Origin list • Use AC
• Use PC
• Use MC (Midpoint-between-Commissaries)
You can also use any relative point of interest added using the
Create Relative Point dialog box.
Points of Create Point Click to open the Create Relative Point dialog box to add a POI.
Interest: button Specify the relative offset to the currently selected reference point.
The newly created POI is added to the POIs table. The offsets value
must be within +/- 1000 mm.
Create Sphere Click to open the Create Spherical VOI dialog box, and specify the
button Location, VOI Name, Diameter (mm), Color, and the Type of VOI
you want to generate at the selected point of interest.
POIs tab Name Display the name of POIs. You can also edit the name by clicking
the field, except for the AC, PC, and MC points that are generated
automatically or generated by the point placement tools.
R/L offset (mm) Displays the Right/Left offset you specified to create the POI using
Create Relative Point dialog box. You can also edit the offset in the
table.
A/P offset (mm) Displays the Anterior/Posterior offset you specified to create the
POI using Create Relative Point dialog box. You can also edit the
offset in the table.
I/S offset (mm) Displays the Inferior/Superior offset you specified to create the POI
using Create Relative Point dialog box. You can also edit the offset
in the table.
Delete button Click to delete a POI. You cannot delete the special POIs such as
AC, PC, or MC once they have been Applied and all views are
displaying images and points in oblique AC-PC planes.
Rotational Axes
Before defining the AC-PC points, it may be necessary to align the images
to mid plane of the brain in the three major axes, thus correcting rotations
of the patient head present at the time of scanning.
You can adjust the rotational angles of the oblique image axes by clicking
and dragging any of the axes displayed on any of the images. Dragging an
axis produces a rotation around the axis that is pointing into the screen
which updates the other two views simultaneously. Rotation of the axes in
each view is limited to +/- 45 degrees.
340 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 7
Setup Task
Section 7-1
Setup Task for Tomo® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Section 7-2
Setup Task for CyberKnife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 7 : S et up T as k 341
342 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 7-1
Machine step
344 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
The following tools are available on the Machine step. Machine Parameters
become available after you select Tomo delivery system.
Density Model Displays the current density model and a list of alternative.
drop-down list
Image Viewer Displays the current density model as a graph. A typical density
model contains a mass density model curve and a relative
electron density model curve. Both curves are displayed on the
graph.
NOTE: The Density Model for Tomo plans only requires mass
density values.
The X-axis has the following options to display density model
range:
Plan Range displays the range between the lowest HU (-1024)
to the highest value in the scan. Max HU in the plan is displayed
as a red dashed-line. Plan Range is the default display during
the plan creation.
Model Range displays the range between the lowest HU (-1024)
to the highest value defined in the selected density model.
Full Range displays the range between the lowest HU (-1024) to
the highest value that Accuray Precision System supports.
346 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Planning Method Classic: Select to create a plan using the standard optimization
methods for IMRT inverse planning, 3D Conformal planning, or
Forward Planning.
VOLO Ultra (Licensed feature): Select to create a plan using
VOLO Ultra optimization method.
Delivery Mode If both TomoDirect and TomoHelical are licensed, the system
drop-down list selects TomoHelical as default. The user is required to select
one Delivery Mode for the plan. If only one is licensed, it is
automatically selected. When a selection is made, the planning
workflow is adjusted. TomoDirect mode requires the user to
define beam angles for the plan.
Plan Mode Plan Mode options are IMRT, 3DCRT, and Forward Planning
drop-down list (licensed feature). The optimization or dose calculation workflow
is adjusted based on the selected Plan Mode.
IMRT: An IMRT plan is designed to deliver highly conformal
dose to complex targets.This planning mode takes full
advantage of the optimization power of the system, giving the
user access to all available planning variables, such as
modulation factor, constraints for targets, constraints and
blocking for critical VOIs, and importance rankings for targets
and critical VOIs.
3DCRT: Use 3DCRT to quickly plan and treat less complex
cases.
A 3DCRT plan is designed for use when a target is a simple
shape and/or is isolated from the critical VOIs. A 3DCRT plan
does not allow the assignment of constraints, though critical
VOIs may be blocked to avoid dose. Rather than the modulation
offered by IMRT, a 3DCRT plan uses an electronic compensator,
set to low or high beamlet weighting, to work toward a
homogeneous dose in the target volume. To determine which
compensation level to use in a plan, consider surface
topography, target shape, target depth, and beam
arrangements. Consider a 3DCRT plan when highly conformal
dose may not be required. In such cases, sensitive structures
surrounding the target are minimal or the prescription dose to the
target does not reach the dose limit of the surrounding critical
VOIs.
Forward Planning: Forward Planning is for use withTomoDirect
mode only. It allows a user to create a treatment plan without
defining target or ROIs and it prescribes to the user defined point
or a VOI.
Jaw Mode If Dynamic Jaw mode is licensed, the Jaw Mode options are
drop-down list either Dynamic or Fixed.
Dynamic: The TomoEDGE Dynamic Jaws are capable of
sharpening the cranial/caudal dose penumbra. Jaws sweep
across the field, opening and reducing on the leading and trailing
edge of the target to create an effective field width from as small
as 1-cm up to the selected field width of 2.5-cm or 5.0-cm. With
its greater precision, TomoEDGE can significantly improve
throughput.
Fixed: In Fixed Jaw mode, the jaw width does not vary during
radiation delivery and the jaw opening is always symmetrical
about the plane of gantry rotation. Fixed Jaw mode may be
selected with any of the field width settings.
Accept button Accepts the couch as the plan couch and turns on Patient step.
Density Models
Density models are used to calibrate a specific CT scanner's grayscale
image values to real-world density values. These models are used by dose
calculation algorithms to translate pixel values from a CT series into density
values. This calibration ensures that the dose calculation algorithm is using
the proper density information when calculating dose and in turn that the
dose calculated is accurate. A density model should be created for each CT
scanner or scanning technique that the physicist has chosen for use.
Density Models can be set or modified from the Home Page using Planning
Settings > Planning Parameters.
When creating a treatment plan, select the density model corresponding to
the CT scanner where the primary CT series originated. Though the
Accuray Precision System provides CT density sample models for the
purposes of dose calculation, it will not allow patient treatment plans that
348 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
were generated with sample density models to be saved as deliverable
plans as this may lead to an incorrect dose distribution. A treatment plan
requires a patient-specific density model. You can save phantom plans as
deliverable using sample density models.
The Density Model for treatment plans only requires Mass Density. During
dose calculation for Tomo plans, the software uses the HU to Mass Density
table for all voxels, except those for which there is a density override by a
VOI. For voxels covered by VOIs with density overrides, the Mass Density
override for those voxels is used.
Mass density values are used for all voxels in the planning CT, not just for
density overrides.
WARNING: Failure to use the appropriate CT density model may result in incorrect
dose distributions. Use a standard density phantom to derive the CT density curve.
NOTE: If you change the model after optimization or dose calculation, the dose
volume is deleted. You can compute dose with the newly-selected density model.
Density Table
The Density table matches HU (Hounsfield Unit) values generated by the
CT scanner to the measured physical density (in grams per cubic
centimeter) of objects scanned. This table is used during optimization and
dose calculation (Convolution Superposition method) to convert image
values to density values.
Extension Method
From the drop-down list on the Density Table, select either Extrapolate or
Flat.
Extrapolate extends the mass/electron density curve up to the maximum
HU number by extrapolating via slope between the last two user entries.
Flat extends the mass/electron density curve up to the maximum HU
number by repeating the last user entries.
350 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Density Override Table
Density overrides allow the user to correct problems that may occur when
HU values map to incorrect or unrealistic density values used in the current
density model. These problems can occur, for example, when the CT image
is intentionally modified using contrast agents or when metallic objects in
the image cause display artifacts. Density overrides allow the user to assign
new density values to be used instead of those typically provided by the
current density model. This allows the user to compensate for the HU
values not mapping to realistic electron or mass densities. All density
override values must exist on the currently selected density model. The
Accuray Precision System will prevent the user from entering values that
are outside the bounds of the currently selected density model. In addition,
the Accuray Precision System will prevent changing to a density model that
does not contain all of the currently specified density override values.When
entering density overrides for Tomo plans, only mass density values need
be entered. When the mass density value is entered, the relative electron
mass density value will automatically be populated with the value from the
same location in the currently selected density model.
When entering density overrides, both relative electron and mass density
values must be entered. When the first value is entered, the second value
will automatically be populated with the value from the same location in the
currently selected density model. However, both values can be changed
independently and do not have to map to the same location in the currently
selected density model.
Except for the special case of Outside All VOIs, density overrides are
associated with VOIs. Density overrides can only be specified for currently
existing VOIs. Removing a VOI with a density override will discard the
density override.
VOIs can be contoured so that they overlap one another. When two VOIs
overlap, the density values of any VOI with a density override will be used
in the overlapping region. If two VOIs with density overrides overlap, the
density values of the VOI with the higher priority will be used in the
overlapping region.
If a Skin VOI exists, the Accuray Precision System will automatically include
an Outside All VOIs entry in the Density Override Table. Outside All VOIs
will always be prioritized last in the Density Overrides Table, and Skin will
be prioritized second to the last.
NOTE: Density override values greater than 0.001 for Outside All VOIs are not
allowed.
NOTE: Density override values less than air threshold (-801HU) for Skin VOI are
not allowed.
Item Description
Priority Indicates which density override values will be used when VOIs overlap.
When two VOIs overlap, the density values of the VOI with the higher
priority will be used in the overlapping region.
Override check box When checked, the electron and mass density override properties of this
VOI will be applied.
Relative Electron Density The relative electron density value used during dose calculation for the
selected VOI.
Mass Density (g/cm3) The mass density value used during dose calculation for the selected
VOI.
Move Up button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one row
higher in the list.
352 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Move Down button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one row
lower in the list.
Move to Top button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the top of
the list.
Move to Bottom button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the bottom
of the list. If the Skin and Outside All VOIs exist in the list, they are always
listed at the bottom.
OK button Dismisses the Density Override Table and applies the current value.
Cancel button Dismisses the Density Override Table and discards any changes that
were made after the dialog was opened.
NOTE: You can select the Couch W/L from the right-click menu.
2. Click Replace Couch. All image elements below the red line are replaced
with the new couch image.
3. Click Accept when you are satisfied with the new image. Wait for the
modified image to be generated. Once the couch is replaced, the default
display view is switched to mass density.
WARNING: If the Accuray Couch is not correctly inserted in the planning image
volume, dose calculation accuracy can be affected during optimization.
354 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Couch inserted
Patient step
356 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Patient Move Patient Activates green laser lateral, longitudinal, and vertical movement
Position button controls within the 2D image viewers.
NOTE: If you have a large treatment field (1.2 meters or more), you
can adjust the patient image volume in the longitudinal direction.
Doing so will maximize the full range of longitudinal couch
movement.See “Move Patient” (page 358).
NOTE: Also, if the Move Couch with Patient option is checked, then
only lateral movement is activated.
Green Lasers Lateral, longitudinal, and vertical movement controls are activated
Position (IECp) when the Move Patient button is clicked. Move the green crosshairs
on any of the three displayed images to adjust the green lasers
position. The laser coordinates are updated automatically.
Move Couch with When selected, moves couch tabletop with the patient image
Patient check box laterally up to ±15 mm.
Couchtop Offset Displays the adjustments made to the couch tabletop in the lateral
X (X) direction in mm.
Revert button Restores the image volume to the last saved position.
Red Lasers Move Red Lasers Enables movement of red laser lines. Move the red laser lines to the
button patient's fiducials (or another easily-identified anatomical
landmark). Use the axial, coronal, and sagittal views to move the
red laser lines to the desired position.
Align button Use to reset the red laser lines (fiducial indicators) at the virtual
isocenter (green laser lines).
Red Lasers Dynamically displays offset coordinate values with red laser
Offset (IECf) movement.
Revert button Restores the last accepted position of the red lasers before you
made adjustments.
View Machine Select Machine Geometry to display green circles that indicate the
Options Geometry check gantry bore (large circle) and MLC field of view (small circle) in the
box Image Viewer.
TomoDirect Select Fixed Angles to display the beam angles (TomoDirect plans
Angles check box only).
NOTE: Adjustments to the patient image volume affect the patient position at
treatment. Before you accept the position, ensure that the patient will fit comfortably
on the couch in the gantry bore.
Move Patient
Click Move Patient to activate the Position controls. Use the Position
controls to properly image or treat a patient, when for example:
• The anatomy to be imaged falls out of the approximate 40-cm scan field
of view (SFOV), which is represented by the smaller green circle
displayed in the Machine Geometry.
• The beam expansion in air for a TomoDirect plan requires a greater
margin between the patient and the SFOV.
• The distance of the red laser position is greater than 18 cm from the
green laser position, prompting a shift in patient position.
NOTE: If you change the position of the patient after you accept red lasers, position
the red lasers again to ensure they are aligned with the patient fiducial marks.
358 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Synchrony Method
Fiducials step and Angles step appear based on the selected Synchrony
Method. Synchrony Method is a licensed option, and it is only available for
Helical plans.
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Simulation Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Overview
Observe the following guidelines when you create a plan with Synchrony
Method.
• The planning image must be a kVCT. CTrue™ (MVCT) images cannot
be used to create Synchrony plans.
• Collect the planning kVCT at a high resolution, such as 1 mm slice
thickness, a 50 cm field of view, and 512 x 512 pixels. If the patient
exceeds a 50 cm field of view, use a larger field of view.
• Position the target within a 10 cm radius of isocenter in the transverse
plane. If the target cannot be positioned within 10 cm of isocenter, verify
that your kV imaging angles can see the target. In general, it is helpful
to position the target as close as possible to isocenter to ensure that the
target and fiducials can be seen in the radiographs.
• Acquire an end-exhale scan for the best visualization of the target and
fiducials.
Simulation Plan
Use Simulation Plan to test a plan with Synchrony Methods before using it
for patient treatment. The system records and treats a simulation plan
exactly the same way it does a Helical plan, except that the radiation beam
is off during the delivery.
360 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: If simulation plan is used and copied, you must save the plan under a
new name in order to save as deliverable and approve for treatment.
362 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Locate Fiducials Auto Center Select to automatically locate the center of the fiducial at the
check box center of the grayscale intensity in a small volume around the
user-identified fiducial location.
Fiducials (mm IECp) XYZ coordinate Displays the coordinates of the fiducial markers.
list
Delete button Click to delete the fiducial selected in the XYZ coordinate list.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Imaging Angles - Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Imaging Angles - Display Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Prevalidate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
View Options - Score Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
CAUTION: Tracking target VOI and the fiducials should be visible for each imaging
angle in the DRR views. If they are not visible for each imaging angle in the DRR
views, it could result in patient mistreatment.
364 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Angles Step with Fiducials
Tracking Tumor drop-down list Select a VOI that you want to use to track during
Volume treatment delivery from the drop-down list. The
(For Lung with Respiratory tracking VOI must be a target VOI.
only)
Imaging Angles Presets buttons The icons indicate the numbers of predefined set
of static imaging angles on a circle.
Auto Select drop-down list Select the number of angles that you want the
system to automatically select. Angles are
chosen based on their color on the Score Wheel
and the spacing of the angles around the gantry.
366 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
View Options Fiducials check box Select to display the fiducials that are defined in
(For Fiducial and Fiducial with the Fiducial step.
Respiratory only) 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a
sphere of 2 cm radius around each fiducial. Use 2
cm of Motion display to visualize whether each
fiducial remains within the Tracking Zone box if
there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Contour check box Select to display the tracking contour on the
(For Lung with Respiratory DRR.
only) 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a
uniform 2 cm expansion around the Tracking
Tumor Volume. Use 2cm of Motion display to
visualize whether the Tracking Tumor Volume
remains within the Tracking Zone box if there is
up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Centroid check box Select to display the centroid of the tracking
(For Lung with Respiratory tumor in the plus (+) mark on the DRR.
only) 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a
sphere of 2-cm radius around the Tracking
Centroid. Use 2 cm of Motion to visualize whether
the Tracking Centroid remains within the
Tracking Zone if there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Zone check box Select to display the red outlines of the active
imaging area where the fiducial or tracking tumor
volume is tracked. The tracking zone is defined
by your Treatment Delivery System configuration.
Score Wheel check box Select to display the color-coded ring. The colors
are based on the heuristic result. Green indicates
a good imaging angle, and red indicates a low
correlation score and makes a poor imaging
angle.
Green Lasers check box Select to display the green lasers (virtual
isocenter).
180°, 270° AP & Lateral; one angle from below to minimize patient
dose and maximize field-of-view; and one angle from the
left to maximize field-of-view to the right (patient right in
HFS).
135°, 225° A pair of oblique angles that are useful to see around
anatomy such as the hip bones in prostate treatments; a
view from below to minimize dose and maximize
field-of-view.
45°, 135°, 225°, Four oblique angles that are useful to view an anatomy
315° such as the hip bones in prostate treatments. This set has
four angles for increased imaging frequency.
0°, 90°, 180°, 270° A generic set of four equally spaced angles.
0°, 60°, 120°, 180°, A generic set of six equally spaced angles.
240°, 300°
368 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Prevalidate
Click Prevalidate to receive a feedback message about the placement of
fiducials and the angle selection. The following are checked:
• The number of angles must be between two and six.
• Angles must be separated by at least 30 degrees (45 degrees
recommended). The 30 degree separation ensures adequate time
separation between images required by the imaging hardware.
• Parallel opposed angles may be helpful if the gantry period is slow, but
at least two angles and their parallel opposed counterparts must have a
separation of 30 degrees or more.
• For plans that use fiducials:
– All fiducials should be within the Tracking Zone box for all imaging
angles over an estimated range of couch positions. If this
recommendation is met, visibility will also be verified with a 2 cm
margin around each fiducial for expected motion.
• For plans that do not use fiducials:
– Tracking tumor is selected.
– The entire Tracking Tumor Volume should be within the Tracking
Zone box for all imaging angles over an estimated range of couch
positions. If this recommendation is met, visibility will also be verified
with a 2 cm margin around the Tracking Tumor Volume for expected
motion.
– The Tracking Centroid with 2 cm of margin for expected motion
should be within the Tracking Zone box for all imaging angles over an
estimated range of couch positions.
370 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 7-2
Tools
The following tools are available on the Machine step. Machine Parameters
become available after you select CyberKnife treatment delivery system.
372 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Density Model Displays the current density model and a list of alternative.
drop-down list
Image Viewer Displays the current density model as a graph.A typical density
model contains a mass density model curve and a relative
electron density model curve. Both curves are displayed on the
graph.
The X-axis has the following options to display density model
range:
Plan Range displays the range between the lowest HU (-1024)
to the highest value in the scan. Max HU in the plan is displayed
as a red dashed-line. Plan Range is the default display during
the plan creation.
Model Range displays the range between the lowest HU
(-1024) to the highest value defined in the selected density
model.
Full Range displays the range between the lowest HU (-1024)
to the highest value that Accuray Precision System supports.
Density Overrides Displays the Density Override Table. See “Density Models”
button (page 375).
Set button
InTempo Imaging When selected, the InTempo Adaptive Imaging System path
(Option) check box sets will be used. The check box will not be enabled unless the
CyberKnife System obtains a license for the InTempo System
and “body” is selected in Treatment Anatomy.
If the InTempo Imaging check box is selected, the Tracking
Method must include fiducial tracking, and the Template Path
Set will default to an InTempo System specific path set.
Template Path Set Displays current template path set and a drop-down list of
drop-down list available paths based on the selected treatment anatomy.
374 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Density Models
Density models are used to calibrate a specific CT scanner's grayscale
image values to real-world density values. These models are used by dose
calculation algorithms to translate pixel values from a CT series into density
values. This calibration ensures that the dose calculation algorithm is using
the proper density information when calculating dose and in turn that the
dose calculated is accurate. A density model should be created for each CT
scanner or scanning technique that the physicist has chosen for use.
Density Models can be set or modified from the Home Page using Planning
Settings > Planning Parameters.
When creating a treatment plan, select the density model corresponding to
the CT scanner where the primary CT series originated. Though the
Accuray Precision System provides CT density sample models for the
purposes of dose calculation, it will not allow patient treatment plans that
were generated with sample density models to be saved as deliverable
plans as this may lead to an incorrect dose distribution. A treatment plan
requires a patient-specific density model. You can save phantom plans as
deliverable using sample density models.
WARNING: Failure to use the appropriate CT density model may result in incorrect
dose distributions. Use a standard density phantom to derive the CT density curve.
NOTE: If you change the model after optimization or dose calculation, the dose
volume is deleted. You can compute dose with the newly-selected density model.
3. Drag over the Density Model graph to view the mass density value and
relative electron density value for a given HU value.
4. Change the Density Model Range options to Plan, Model, and Full to view
the models in different scales.
5. Continue planning as usual and then save the plan. If a density model is
modified after being saved with a plan, when that plan is loaded again the
system loads the saved density model, not the modified model.
6. Print the Plan Overview Report to view the density model applied to the
plan, including the values in that model. If a density model is modified after
being saved with a plan, when that plan is loaded again the system loads
the saved density model, not the modified model.
376 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Density Model section in Setup > Machine step
Density Table
The Density table matches HU (Hounsfield Unit) values generated by the
CT scanner to the measured physical density (in grams per cubic
centimeter) of objects scanned. This table is used during optimization and
dose calculation to convert image values to density values.
Extension Method
From the drop-down list on the Density Table, select either Extrapolate or
Flat.
Extrapolate extends the mass/electron density curve up to the maximum
HU number by extrapolating via slope between the last two user entries.
Flat extends the mass/electron density curve up to the maximum HU
number by repeating the last user entries.
NOTE: Density override values greater than 0.001 for Outside All VOIs are not
allowed .
NOTE: Density override values less than air threshold (-801HU) for Skin VOI are
not allowed.
378 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Item Description
Priority Indicates which density override values will be used when VOIs
overlap. When two VOIs overlap, the density values of the VOI with
the higher priority will be used in the overlapping region.
Override check box When checked, the electron and mass density override properties
of this VOI will be applied.
Relative Electron Density The relative electron density value used during dose calculation for
the selected VOI.
Mass Density (g/cm3) The mass density value used during dose calculation for the
selected VOI.
Move Up button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one
row higher in the list.
Move Down button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one
row lower in the list.
Move to Top button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the
top of the list.
Move to Bottom button Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the
bottom of the list. If the Skin and Outside All VOIs exist in the list,
they are always listed at the bottom.
OK button Dismisses the Density Override Table and applies the current
value.
Cancel button Dismisses the Density Override Table and discards any changes
that were made after the dialog was opened.
WARNING: The InTempo System is only designed for prostate treatments and its
use for other anatomical locations is not supported.
380 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
enables automatic increased imaging frequency.The InTempo System
requires the use of fiducial tracking. For InTempo System plans, fiducial
placement must be in accordance with the following guidelines:
The InTempo System requires the use of fiducial tracking. For InTempo
System plans, fiducial placement must be in accordance with the following
guidelines:
• In order to compute rotations, at least three fiducials with the following
must be present:
– A minimum spacing between each other of 18 mm.
– A minimum angle between the lines connecting the fiducials of 15
degrees.
• The distance between the geometric centroid of the fiducial set and the
geometric centroid of the target must be 50 mm or less.
A fiducial validation warning appears when the fiducials do not meet the
placement requirements.
For a more detailed description regarding use of the InTempo System, refer
to the Treatment Delivery Manual.
Supine Prone
Skull Yes No No No
NOTE: If the Spine Prone feature is licensed, select Spine Prone with Respiratory
for Head First Prone (HFP) or Feet First Prone (FFP) cases.
WARNING: Never use the template path set for one anatomical site to treat another
anatomical site. Using the wrong template path set creates a risk of collision with
the patient because the couch model might not accurately represent the patient
position.
382 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
8. Select an entry on the Synchrony Method drop-down list.
NOTE: The defined treatment in the proceeding steps shows the entire treatment,
not the fraction.
NOTE: Rotations cannot be tracked if only one or two fiducials are used. When
three or more fiducials are identified, all combinations of three fiducials must form a
triangle where each angle is greater than or equal to 15 degrees, further, at least
one pair of fiducials must be at least 18 mm apart.
Fiducial step
384 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
The following tools are available on the Fiducials step.
Locate Fiducials Auto Center Instructs the Accuray Precision System to locate the
check box center of the fiducial at the center of the grayscale
intensity in a small volume around the
user-identified fiducial location.
Identify Fiducials
1. Click the Fiducials step.
2. To add a fiducial, choose a method:
• Double-click over the center of the fiducial.
• Click once over the center of the fiducial and click Add.
3. Click the center of a fiducial to mark it. The fiducial location is depicted by a
magenta marker on the 2D views.
NOTE: When auto centering is enabled, place the fiducial marker at the center of
the fiducial to ensure that the entire fiducial is included in the search for the center
of grayscale intensity.
When auto centering is disabled, the Accuray Precision System locates the
center of the fiducial at the user-identified fiducial location.
386 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Align Step
Use Align step to define the alignment center to ensure that the diagnostic
X-ray system can function accurately during treatment delivery.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Define the Alignment Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
WARNING: If fiducials are being used for tracking, verify that fiducial markers are
visible in the DRRs.
NOTE: The DRRs are quickly generated and should only be used to verify visibility.
The fiducial centroid positions may not be displayed clearly.
NOTE: Moving the image center during this step may lead to inaccurate treatment.
Current Center (IECp) X, Y, and Z Displays the coordinates of the current alignment
center.
Confirmed Center (IECp) X, Y, and Z Displays the coordinates of the current confirmed
alignment center.
Spine Supine ROI Height (mm) Defines the default tracking search range (ROI) used
slider during delivery for Synchrony Spine Tracking. The
value is for the height of ROI in millimeter that is
displayed as a blue mesh on the DRR images.
Reset to Default button Discards the changes and uses the original alignment
center coordinates.
WARNING: Prior to confirming the alignment center, verify that the appropriate
information is visible within the DRR per the alignment guidelines described in the
Treatment Delivery Manual.
The 2D views at the bottom of the image viewer are generated using the
current alignment center.
NOTE: The algorithm used to generate these DRRs is optimized for generating
instant updates of the DRRs. As a result, the image quality is not as detailed as that
on the treatment delivery system.
388 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. Evaluate the position of the alignment center on each DRR.
• For skull tracking, align the CT image so that the silhouette of the patient
has a 10-15 mm gap at the superior and anterior sides of the patient
anatomy in each view. A gap of 10 mm results in more accurate tracking
than does a larger gap.
• For fiducial and Synchrony System tracking, ensure that all required
fiducials for the plan are within the field of view and are visualized on the
DRRs. For fiducial tracking, the alignment center position is defined
automatically.
• For more information, see “Synchrony® Spine Tracking (CyberKnife
Option)” (page 715) and “Synchrony® Lung Tracking™ with Respiratory
Modeling (CyberKnife Option)” (page 725).
3. To save the new alignment center position, click Confirm.
The image display and the plan are updated according to the new alignment
center coordinates. The coordinates in the Current Center and Confirmed
Center boxes on the control panel are both set to the current confirmed
coordinates.
After you click Confirm, if you move the alignment center, the new
coordinates are displayed in the Current Center area on the control panel.
NOTE: You must confirm the alignment center before you can go to the Plan task.
NOTE: If any changes are made to the alignment center during or after plan
generation, the plan must be recalculated in high resolution and prescribed again
before saving the plan as deliverable.
NOTE: The DRR Review step is available when the Lung with Respiratory is
selected as Synchrony Method.
Tools
390 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section Label Function
DRR Type Full Content Displays the full content DRR images.
option
Default Mode
If only one VOI is defined as a target in the Contour task, that VOI is
automatically selected as the tumor tracking volume in the DRR Review
step.
On the DRR Review step, the default DRR type is Full Content. The name
of the tumor tracking volume and the centroid position point in CT space are
displayed on the left of the screen.
If multiple targets are defined in the Contour task, the DRR views are blank
when you switch to the DRR Review step. You must select a VOI as the
target from the Tracking Tumor drop-down list before DRR images can be
generated.
The DRR images are generated based on the centroid of the target VOI.
Therefore, the target VOI is always displayed at the center of the DRR
images.
3. Select the Invert DRR Images check box to invert the DRR images on the
display.
4. Click the Spine Removed option to generate DRR images with the spine
removed.
5. Click the Tumor Region option to generate DRR images with just the tumor
region showing.
6. If the tumor is clearly visible, click the Full Content option and click the Apply
button.
The DRR images have been confirmed.
NOTE: To save a plan as deliverable, you must first confirm the DRR.
NOTE: If DRR images are not defined, the VOI center may be beyond the imaging
center of the scan, and slices may need to be deleted before proceeding.
392 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 8
Plan Task
Section 8-1
Plan Task for Tomo® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Section 8-2
Plan Task for CyberKnife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
1079097-ENG A C ha p te r 8 : P l an T as k 393
394 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 8-1
Use Plan task for Plan Setup, Optimization, and Final Dose Calculation.
The processes for Plan task vary in complexity according to the
requirements of the case and the quality and complexity of the image series
available.
Plan Task Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Optimize Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
3DCRT Dose Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
TomoDirect Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Forward Planning (TomoDirect Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
VOLO Ultra Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 395
Plan Task Controls
The following controls may appear on any step of the Plan task, depending
on the conditions of the current plan.
Isocurves Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Isocurves Pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Prescription Dose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Dose Volume Histograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Plan Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Display Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Isocurves Legend
The isocurves legend displays the color and defined dose percentage or
absolute value for each isocurve. You can change the isocurve settings at
any time in any 2D image that contains this vertical bar. If no isocurve is
available, the Config Isocurve label appears instead.
Item Description
NOTE: When the status’ background color is yellow, the plan cannot be saved as deliverable.
Status prefix indicates:
• Opt for IMRT.
• Calc for 3DCRT and Forward Planning
• Final for final dose calculation.
Very Low Indicates the optimization process was performed at very low resolution.
396 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Very Low Indicates the final dose calculation was performed at very low resolution.
Low Indicates the final dose calculation was performed at low resolution.
Medium Indicates the final dose calculation was performed at medium resolution.
High Indicates the final dose calculation was performed at high resolution.
Isocurves Pane
Click the Isocurves legend to display the Isocurves pane. The Isocurves
pane displays the color, dose percentage relative to the normalization
mode set in the Isocurves pane, and line thickness for each isocurve. The
default is to display dose as absolute dose, in cGy or Gy as determined by
the dose units setting on the server for Tomo plans. This can be changed
by the user on a plan-by-plan basis. Use the Min/max dose check box to
view or hide the minimum and maximum dose for each VOI.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 397
Item Description
Check box column When selected, the corresponding isocurve appears. When at least one
check box is selected, the top check box is available. To select or clear all
individual check boxes, select or clear the top check box.
Color Indicates the color of the isocurve associated with the dose.
Min/max dose check box When selected, displays the minimum and maximum dose values for
each VOI and for the plan.
Normalize relative dose to Select Rx Dose or Max Dose to normalize the dose to.
drop-down list
Show dose outside of skin When selected, displays the dose distribution outside the skin.
check box
398 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Fill option Overlay color wash option that fills the entire interior of the isocurve lines.
Grid option Overlay color wash option that fills the interior of the isocurve lines
voxelized to the current dose calculation grid.
Dose Opacity slide bar Control the opacity of the color washes.
Prescription Dose
P on the Isocurves legend displays the prescription isocurve.
Click the Prescription button to open the Prescription dialog box to change
prescription dose percentage.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 399
Modify the IMRT Prescription Dose Percentage (P) of an
Isocurve
1. Go to Plan > Optimize.
2. Edit % Volume, Median, Maximum, and Minimum values in the Prescription
section.
400 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
DVH Properties button Click to view the DVH Properties dialog box.
Selected DVH Displays the current active DVH VOI. Select available DVHs from the
drop-down list drop-down list. To display dose (percentage and Gy/cGy) for each point on
the active curve, click on a curve and drag the point or vertical bar across the
panel.
DVH Displays
1. Select a structure from the Selected DVH drop-down list or click on the
corresponding curve in the graph to make it as active curve on DVH panel.
By default, the X-axis display relative dose (%).
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 401
3. Click the graph to view statistics for the active DVH:
• Dose in Gy/cGy corresponding to a given percentage dose.
• Amount of coverage of the displayed dose percentage.
When you click a point on the active isocurve, a vertical bar intersecting the
point and data for that point are displayed. Drag the bar or the point to a new
position on the curve. The display color for the vertical bar and isocurve
corresponds to the setting in the DVH Properties dialog box.
DVH Properties
Use the DVH Properties dialog box to select the display options.
402 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Color Displays the color for lines and curves for each VOI on the DVH image
viewer.
Snap dose value to When selected, snaps dose value to nearest whole percent when
nearest whole percent interrogating values in relative dose mode.
when interrogating
values in relative dose
mode check box
Manage display of VOI When the check box is cleared (the default), the VOI check boxes in the DVH
DVHs independent of Properties dialog box are synchronized with those in the VOIs tab. When
VOI Visibility Settings selected, the VOI check boxes in the DVH Properties dialog box are
check box independent of those in the VOIs tab.
Plan Statistics
For both TomoDirect and TomoHelical, the plan statistics panel displays the
Beam on Time (sec) and Actual Modulation Factor for IMRT plans and
Beam on Time (sec) for 3DCRT plans. For TomoHelical Estimated Gantry
Period (sec) and Active Rotations are also displayed for IMRT plans.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 403
Plan statistics panel for TomoDirect IMRT
Item Description
Estimated Gantry To determine the gantry period for a single rotation, the leaf with the longest
Period duration of open time (greatest non-zero intensity value) is multiplied by the
number of projections per rotation (51) and rounded up to an integer number
of seconds per rotation. If this value is less than the minimum allowed gantry
speed, the minimum allowed gantry speed is used.
Active Rotations An active rotation is defined as a gantry rotation that has at least one leaf
intensity value greater than zero.
Important: Accuray Incorporated recommends that you strive for a gantry period of
20 seconds. This results in the following:
• Shorter treatment duration.
• More efficient performance of the Tomo System during irradiation.
• Helps reduce unnecessary stress on Tomo System components.
The estimated treatment time helps you determine whether or not your desired
gantry period will require significant Modulation Factor adjustments.
• Use the Active Rotations (AR) that you recorded when the protocol was
optimized using Scatter.
404 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Display Tab
Before working on plan optimization and dose calculation, go to Plan >
Optimize > Display tab to select the display layout to use.
Available options are the followings. For the layout symbol description, refer
to “Display Layouts” (page 52).
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 405
Optimize Step
When you select Classic as a Planning Method on Setup task, Optimize
step appears in Plan task. Optimize step provides tools for Scripts, Plan
Setup, Optimization Resolution, and Final Dose Calculation.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Saving a Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Loading a Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Match VOI Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Deleting a Script . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Field Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Pitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Modulation Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Prescription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Target Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Critical Constraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Dose Statistics Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Dose Statistics Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Dx Vx Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Optimization Procedures (IMRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Optimize step
406 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
The following tools are available on the Optimize step.
Script Displays the Save Script dialog box. Saves a new or modified script.
Displays the Load Script dialog box. Loads a previously saved script.
Plan Setup Jaw Mode If the Dynamic Jaw mode is licensed, Jaw Mode consists of Dynamic
drop-down and Fixed. Otherwise, only Fixed is available.
list
Field Width All field widths commissioned for the machine are listed.
drop-down
list
Pitch text Pitch determines the amount of primary beam overlap along the Y axis.
field The maximum pitch allowed is 0.500.
Modulation Modulation Factor determines the optimizer's limit for the range of leaf
Factor text intensity values allowed in the optimized treatment plan. The default
field value is 2.0
Optimization Displays the selected resolution to use for optimization and a drop-down
Resolution list of alternatives (Very Low, Low, Medium, or High).
Start button Click to start the optimization. This button changes to Pause after
optimization starts. This button changes to Resume when the
optimization is paused.
Initiate Final (check box) Select to start the final dose calculation automatically after
Dose After the user specified number of iterations are completed.
(text input field) Enter a desired number of optimization iterations to be
performed before initializing the final dose calculation.
Show VOI This option is only available when Optimization Dose is being displayed.
Overlap When selected, all the views (including DVHs, Statistics and image
Effect check views) are updated to reflect the VOI overlap priorities as seen by the
box optimizer, not the normal VOI display overlap priorities specified in the
VOIs tab (or VOI Visibility Options dialog box).
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 407
Area Item Description
Final Dose Displays the selected resolution to use for final dose and a drop-down
Resolution list of alternatives (Very Low, Low, Medium, or High).
Calculate Click to start the final dose calculation. This button changes to Cancel
Final Dose when dose calculation starts. This button changes to Clear Final Dose
button when dose calculation is completed.
Show Updates and displays the DVH, isodose, statistics, Dx Vx Values, leaf
Optimizatio open times, and dose at POIs.
n Results
button
Saving a Script
The Save Script button allows you to save the following optimization
parameters currently set in the Optimize step as a script. The saved script
can be re-loaded and used for a similar plan and may contain the following
parameters: Delivery Mode, Plan Mode, Jaw Mode, Fractions, Pitch,
Synchrony Method, Final Dose Resolution, Modulation Factor,
Optimization Resolution, Initiate Final Dose After, and Constraints.
1. Click the Save Script button.
2. In the Save Script dialog box, type in a script name in the Script Name field.
3. (Optional) Type a script description in the Script Description section.
4. Click the Save button to save the script.
408 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Save Script Dialog box
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 409
Loading a Script
Use the Load Script button to load a saved script that can be used for a
similar plan.
410 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Match VOI Names
When you load a script, the Accuray Precision System compares the
names of the VOIs in the script to those in the current plan and attempts to
match the VOIs based on their names and types (Target or Critical). Review
the information displayed to ensure the matching is accurate.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 411
Deleting a Script
Use the Delete button to delete a saved script from the Precision
System. A deleted script is not recoverable.
412 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Field Width
Field Width is the longitudinal thickness of the treatment field (nominal full
width at half maximum) at the machine isocenter. Select a treatment field
width from the Field Width drop-down list. All field widths commissioned for
the machine are listed. 1 cm field width is available only for the Fixed Jaw
Mode.
Field Width
(cm) Fixed Dynamic
1.0 cm - Jaws x
(0.35, -0.35)
2.5 cm - Jaws x x
(1.00, -1.00)
5.0 cm - Jaws x x
(2.10, -2.10)
Pitch
Pitch determines the amount of primary beam overlap along the Y axis
(longitudinal extent).
For TomoHelical plans, pitch is the couch distance traveled per gantry
rotation/field width.
For TomoDirect, pitch is the couch distance traveled per projection (in cm).
The default pitch value is determined by the selected field width.
2.5 0.250
1.0 0.100
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 413
Modulation Factor
NOTE: You can adjust the Pitch and Modulation Factor values to improve treatment
time.
NOTE: Modulation Factor is for IMRT plans only. For 3DCRT plans, there is no
modulation factor.
Modulation Factor determines the optimizer's limit for the range of leaf
intensity values allowed in the optimized treatment plan. The modulation
factor applies if the plan includes one or more sensitive structures. The
default value is 2.0.
Accuray Incorporated suggests an initial value of 2.0 for the Modulation
Factor for TomoHelical and TomoDirect protocols.
Modulation factor = (RP x GRotS)/dose per fraction.
Variable Description
Dose Per Fraction The intended dose for each fraction to treat the target defined by the protocol.
Prescription
Use the Prescription fields to prescribe dose to a target based on a
percentage of the target volume or on volume statistics. Specify the
prescription target, prescription dose, and number of treatment fractions.
414 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
% Volume drop-down list Select % Volume to prescribe dose to a target based on the percentage
specified in the % will receive field that should receive at least the
Prescribed Dose.
Maximum, Median, Select Maximum, Median, or Minimum to base the prescription on volume
Minimum drop-down list statistics.
Select Median if 50% of the structure should receive at least the Prescribed
Dose.
Select Maximum if the structure should not receive more than the
Prescribed Dose.
Select Minimum if the structure should receive at least the Prescribed Dose.
% will receive The Volume Percentage field displays the percentage of the structure that
will receive at least the Prescription Dose (0.01 to 200 Gy or 20000 cGy). If
you choose %Volume, type the percentage dose in the field. If you choose
Maximum, Median, or Minimum, the field displays the calculated value.
Gy (or cGy) in Type the prescription dose (0.01 to 200 Gy or 1 to 20000 cGy) for the
prescription target.
Fraction Type the number of fractions that will be used to deliver the prescribed
dose.
Target Objectives
Use the options in the Target Objectives area to specify dose prescriptions
and constraints for Targets.
For Importance, Max Dose Penalty, Min Dose Penalty, the weights of these
constraints are relative to those of other VOIs. Values are compared
against those of other structures.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 415
Target Objectives and Critical Constraints share several of the same
controls. In the following table the controls apply to both unless otherwise
indicated:
Item Description
Color Displays the color of the VOI set in Contour task or VOI Visibility Options.
Overlap Priority When two or more structures of the same type overlap, the number in the Overlap
Priority column indicates which structure has priority (the lower the number, the
higher the priority). For each overlap, the calculation applies the dose and
constraints of the structure having the greatest priority.
Use Select the Use check box for a VOI if you want its constraint settings included in
the optimization process. By default, all VOIs are selected.
Importance The optimization process uses Importance as a relative weight to update leaf
intensity values with each iteration. The scale can range from 1 (the least
important) to over 2 billion.
For Target Objectives, this influences the Max Dose and Min Dose objectives.
For Critical Constraints, this influences Max Dose and DVH objectives.
Max Dose Use Max Dose (Gy/cGy) to specify the desired maximum dose that an VOI
(Gy/cGy) receives. You can specify a maximum dose up to 200 Gy.
Max Dose Penalty The optimization process uses Max Dose Penalty as a relative weight to update
leaf intensity values with each iteration. The scale can range from 1 (the lowest
penalty) to over 2 billion. This enforces the Max Dose (Gy/cGy) value.
DVH Vol (%) For a point on the DVH chart, DVH Vol (%) indicates the percentage of the overall
Target that should receive the specified DVH Dose (Gy/cGy).
DVH Dose Indicates the dose that the specified percentage (DVH Vol %) of the Target overall
(Gy/cGy) volume should receive.
Min Dose (Gy/cGy) Use Min Dose (Gy/cGy) to specify the desired minimum dose that a Target
(Target Only) receives.
Min Dose Penalty The optimization process uses Min Dose Penalty as a relative weight to update
(Target Only) leaf intensity values with each iteration. The scale can range from 1 (the lowest
penalty) to over 2 billion. This enforces the Min Dose (Gy/cGy) value.
DVH Constraint Use the DVH Constraint to create the point for the prescription dose and dose
volume. You can add up to two more points if you want the optimizer to attempt to
achieve a specific dose for a volume of the Target. The prescription point is the
only one that is guaranteed by the optimizer.
Add button Click to add a row for an additional DVH constraint. A VOI can have up to three
DVH constraints.
416 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Critical Constraints
Use the options in the Critical Constraints area to define and modify VOIs
for optimization. Once the constraints and other parameters are defined,
the plan is ready for Optimization.
NOTE: For Importance, Max Dose Penalty, and DVH Penalty, the weights of these
constraints are relative to those of other VOIs. Values are compared against those
of other structures.
Item Description
Exit Only: If a beam segment intersects the listed VOI before it intersects the
target, it will be disabled.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 417
Item Description
DVH Penalty The optimization process uses DVH Penalty as a relative weight to update
leaf intensity values with each iteration.The scale can range from 1 (the
lowest penalty) to over 2 billion. This enforces the DVH point specified by
DVH Dose (Gy/cGy) and DVH Vol (%).
418 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Acronyms and Definitions
Item Description
Vrx Volume of the isocurve that encompasses the plan’s prescription dose.
Tdi Target dose intent. Goal dose value that you have specified for an
individual target.
TVdi Target Volume dose intent. Volume of the isocurve that encompasses
the Tdi.
TVdi2 Volume of the isocurve that encompasses Tdi2 for an individual target.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 419
Parameters
Item Description
Name List of VOIs names. Double-click a VOI name to move the cross-hairs
to the centroid of the corresponding VOI.
Min (Gy/cGy) Minimum dose in Gy or cGy for each VOI. Double-click a Min dose
value to move the cross-hairs to that min dose point of the
corresponding VOI.
Max (Gy/cGy) Maximum dose in Gy or cGy for each VOI. Double-click a Max dose
value to move the cross-hairs to that max dose point of the
corresponding VOI.
Use the tooltip to view the Dose Intent value used for the calculation.
420 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
HI (Homogeneity Index) Maximum Dose of the target or target group / target-specific Tdi.
Coverage (%) Volume of the target or target group that receives Tdi / Total volume of
target.
Dx Vx Values
Dx Vx Values tables for customizable dose-to-volume analysis are
available wherever dose statistics are shown. In the Optimize, Calculate or
Forward Planning step, you can perform dose-to-volume analysis on active
plan VOIs, All Target Regions, or Soft Tissue. After selecting an option from
the drop-down list, enter one (of four) values to track: Dose (in Gy/cGy or
%) or Volume (in cm3 or %). The other three values are automatically
calculated. Entered values appear as bold text.
Item Description
Name Select VOIs names from the drop-down list to display Dx and
Vx values. Double-click the color box to move the cross-hairs
to the centroid of the corresponding VOI, and move the DVH
probe to the point on the DVH graph corresponding to the
current Dx Vx values (if specified).
Dose (Gy or cGy) Displays the dose of the selected VOIs in Gy or cGy. Entered
values appear in bold text.
Dose (%) Displays the dose of the selected VOIs in %. Entered values
appear in bold text.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 421
Item Description
Volume (cm3) Displays the volume of the selected VOIs in cm3. Entered
values appear in bold text.
Volume (%) Displays the dose value of the selected VOIs in %. Entered
values appear in bold text.
Criteria (double-click Double click to open the Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box, and
to edit) enter values to augment each DxVx value which you want to
evaluate against the active plan.
DxVx Criteria
Use the Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box to augment each DxVx value to
evaluate against the current active plan results. The evaluation results are
shown with pass, fail, and warning indicators.
You can specify dose/volume quantity, VOI mean dose or Cl (conformality
Index), relative comparison (<, <=, >, >= or within range), and min/max
warning values (optional).
422 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Indicator Description
Pass - Criteria is met. Place the mouse over the icon to view
the value used for the evaluation.
Warning - The main criteria is not met, but the value meets an
enabled warning min/max setting.
Fail - Criteria is not met. Place the mouse over the icon to view
the value used for the evaluation.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 423
– Evaluate the quality of the plan and modify the target objectives,
overlap priorities, critical constraints, and modulation factor to meet
the goal.
– Select the Final Dose Calculation Resolution from the drop-down
menu, and click Calculate Final Dose to initiate the final dose
calculation.
OR...
• If the final dose resolution was set before starting optimization, when
the optimization results meet the goals, click Calculate Final Dose.
When the final dose calculation is complete, the Calculate Final Dose
button becomes Clear Final Dose.
6. To switch the display results, do one of the following:
• Click Show Optimization Results to switch the display to the
optimization results.
• Click Show Final Dose Results button to switch the display to the final
dose calculation results.
424 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
3DCRT Dose Calculation
When 3DCRT is selected as the Plan Mode in Setup > Machine step,
Plan > Optimize step becomes Calculate step.
A 3DCRT plan is ideal when the Target is a simple shape and/or is isolated
from critical VOIs. A 3DCRT plan does not allow the assignment of
constraints, though critical VOIs may be blocked to avoid dose. Rather than
the modulation offered by IMRT, a 3DCRT plan uses an electronic
compensator, set to low or high beamlet weighting, to work toward a
homogeneous dose in the target volume. To determine which
compensation level to use in a plan, consider surface topography, target
shape, target depth, and beam arrangements. Consider a 3DCRT plan
when highly conformal dose may not be required. In such cases, sensitive
structures surrounding the Target are minimal or the prescription dose to
the Target does not reach the dose limit of the surrounding critical VOIs.
Only Overlap Priority, DVH VOI% and DVH Dose (Gy/cGy) can be set for
Target Objectives. Only the Beam Intersection can be set for Critical
Constraints.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Perform 3DCRT Dose Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 425
Tools
The following controls are available for 3DCRT, Plan > Calculate step.
Plan Compensation Compensation refers to the level of beam intensity variation allowed for the
Setup drop-down list plan. A higher level of compensation may produce more conformal dose
distributions but will usually require longer delivery times.
Select Low compensation for your initial calculation. Low compensation
may result in optimal treatment duration.
Select High compensation if DVH results from your initial calculation are
not acceptable. High compensation may result in more acceptable DVH
curves and longer treatment duration.
Calculate button Click to start the calculation. The calculation cannot be paused. User
needs to wait for the calculation to be completed, modify the parameters,
and re-calculate if necessary.
Normal Tissue Select the Normal Tissue Dose Uniformity check box if you want the
Dose Uniformity calculator to attempt to prevent hotspots from forming in normal tissue. A
check box skin VOI must be defined in order to use Normal Tissue Dose Uniformity.
Show VOI This option is only available when Optimization Dose is displayed. When
Overlap Effect the option is selected, all the views (including DVHs, statistics and image
check box views) are updated to reflect the VOI overlap priorities as seen by the
optimizer, not the normal VOI display overlap priorities specified in the
VOIs tab or VOI Visibility Options dialog box.
426 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• When the dose calculation is complete, Calculate Final Dose button is
available.
5. Evaluate the quality of the plan and modify the target objectives, overlap
priorities, critical constraints, pitch, and Compensation values to meet the
goal.
6. Select the Final Dose Calculation Resolution from the drop-down list, and
click Calculate Final Dose button to initiate the final dose calculation.
• When the final dose calculation is complete, the Calculate Final Dose
button becomes Clear Final Dose.
• Use Show Optimization Result button to switch the display to the
optimization results.
• Use Show Final Dose Results button to switch the display to the final
dose calculation results.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 427
TomoDirect Plans
A TomoDirect plan delivers dose to the Target with fixed beam angles. Both
IMRT and 3D Conformal (3DCRT) are available for TomoDirect plans.
Beam Angle Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
NOTE: Forward Planning plans are also TomoDirect plans, but don't use the Beam
Angle and Optimize/Calculate steps and are therefore described separately in this
manual. See “Forward Planning (TomoDirect Only)” (page 434),
428 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The following tools are available in the Beam Angles > Tools step.
Angles Reset Angles button If you make any changes after the angle is applied,
you can click the Reset button to go back to the state
where the angle was applied.
Apply Angles button Click to apply the angle defined in the Angle table.
Script Save Script To save, load, or delete a script, click the appropriate
Load Script button.
Notice text area If one of more of the following occur, a notice appears.
• One or more angles pass through the couch before
reaching the Target.
• One or more angles do not have the necessary
leaves to apply +/- Xg settings from at least one
projection.
• The beam expansion (+/- Xg setting) for one or
more angles is blocked by the current Beam
Intersection settings. An asterisk appears in the
affected angle’s Xg field.
Show Lines and Wash option Select to display the beams in lines and wash.
Entire Treatment check Once all the beams have been applied, this check box
box becomes available to display the beams angles for the
entire treatment.
Machine Geometry Select the check box to display the machine geometry.
check box
Lasers check box Select the check box to display the green and red
lasers.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 429
Area Item Description
Plan Setup Jaw Mode drop-down If the Dynamic Jaw mode is licensed, Jaw Mode
list consists of Dynamic and Fixed. Otherwise, only Fixed
is available.
Field Width drop-down Lists the field widths commissioned for the machine.
list Select a treatment field width from the Field Width
drop-down list.
430 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Angle Add the angle value in the cell, and the beam moves to
the defined angle. Or, drag the beam on the image to
the desired angle, and the value is automatically filled
on the table.
-Xg (leaves) Select the amount of beam expansion leaves you want
to attempt to add from the -Xg (leaves) drop-down list.
You can add up to 5 leaves (beamlets) on the following
edge of the beam angle.
+Xg (leaves) Select the amount of beam expansion leaves you want
to attempt to add from the +Xg (leaves) drop-down list.
You can add up to 5 leaves (beamlets) on the leading
edge of the beam angle.
VOIs check box All target VOIs whose objectives are marked as Used
on the Optimize step have check boxes.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 431
NOTE: Beam angles are listed in the order in which they are added. The maximum
number of beam angles per plan is determined by the Beam Number license which
could have the values of 9, 12, or 15.
• Select the amount of beam expansion leaves you want to attempt to add
from the +Xg (leaves) drop-down list. Up to 5 leaves can be added.
• Select the amount of beam expansion leaves you want to attempt to add
from the -Xg (leaves) drop-down list. Up to 5 leaves can be added.
6. Click Apply Angles button to apply the angle.
NOTE: For TomoDirect plans, when beam angles are applied, a notice is displayed
indicating the beam angle of any beams that pass through or intersect with the
couch. Ensure that these beams will not result in significant differences between
planned and delivered dose.
• You can make changes after the angle has been applied. However,
you'll need to re-apply the angles after you modify the beam angle. Use
the Reset Angles button to go back to where the angle was applied.
• To delete a beam angle, select the angle and click the Remove Angles
button.
NOTE: To ensure that the beam angles sufficiently cover the prescribed area,
select the Entire Treatment check box to view the full longitudinal extent of the
beam (including beam expansion) in the Image Viewer.
432 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
7. For IMRT plans, go to Plan > Optimize step. Follow the Optimization
procedure, optimize and run the final dose calculation.
For 3DCRT plans, go to the Plan > Calculate step and follow the 3DCRT
Calculate procedure.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 433
Forward Planning (TomoDirect Only)
Forward Planning step is available in Plan task when Forward Planning is
selected as the Plan Mode in Setup > Machine step.
No target or critical VOI is required for this feature.
Beam Angle and Field Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Beams Eye View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Dose Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Display Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Create a Plan Using Forward Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
434 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Dose Groups button Click to open the Dose Group dialog box. Dose Group allows
the user to select the group of angles that will be weighted
together.
Add Dose Point Move the crosshair to a point where you want to prescribe the
button dose, and click the Add Dose Point button to add a dose point.
Angle Table Displays and allows editing of data describing the beam angles.
Defines the currently selected angle.
Angle Add the angle value in the table, and the beam moves to the
defined angle. Or, or drag the center line of the beam image to
define the angle.
Group drop-down list Select a Dose Group from the drop-down list.
Weight Percent relative weight of this angle relative to the total fluence
from all angles in the same Dose Group.
Locked check box Indicates that the relative weight of the field will not change
when a weight changes for another field in the Angle.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 435
Area Item Description
Dose Groups button Click to open the Dose Group dialog box. Dose Group allows
the user to select the group of angles that will be weighted
together.
Add Dose Point Move the crosshair to a point where you want to prescribe the
button dose, and click the Add Dose Point button to add a dose point.
Angle Table Displays and allows editing of data describing the beam angles.
Defines the currently selected angle.
Angle Add the angle value in the table, and the beam moves to the
defined angle. Or, or drag the center line of the beam image to
define the angle.
Group drop-down list Select a Dose Group from the drop-down list.
Weight Percent relative weight of this angle relative to the total fluence
from all angles in the same Dose Group.
Locked check box Indicates that the relative weight of the field will not change
when a weight changes for another field in the Angle.
436 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Dose Groups button Click to open the Dose Group dialog box. Dose Group allows
the user to select the group of angles that will be weighted
together.
Add Dose Point Move the crosshair to a point where you want to prescribe the
button dose, and click the Add Dose Point button to add a dose point.
Angle Table Displays and allows editing of data describing the beam angles.
Defines the currently selected angle.
Angle Add the angle value in the table, and the beam moves to the
defined angle. Or, or drag the center line of the beam image to
define the angle.
Group drop-down list Select a Dose Group from the drop-down list.
Weight Percent relative weight of this angle relative to the total fluence
from all angles in the same Dose Group.
Locked check box Indicates that the relative weight of the field will not change
when a weight changes for another field in the Angle.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 437
Area Item Description
Fields Table Displays and allows editing of data describing the fields of the
selected angle. There is a list of fields for each beam angle.
When a field is selected the user is able to draw curves to
define the blocks that determine fluence.
Name The name of the field with a unique name here, or use the
default names.
Weight Percent relative weight of the field relative to the total fluence
from all fields in the same Angle.
Locked check box Indicates that the relative weight of the field will not change
when a weight changes for another field in the Angle.
The following tools are available in the Forward Planning > Tools step.
Plan Setup Jaw Mode If the Dynamic Jaw mode is licensed, Jaw Mode consists of
drop-down list Dynamic and Fixed. Otherwise, only Fixed is available.
Field Width Lists the field widths commissioned for the machine. Select a
drop-down list treatment field width from the Field Width drop-down list.
Fractions Type the number of fractions that will be used to deliver the
prescribed dose.
Final Dose Calculate Final Click to start the final dose calculation.
Resolution Dose button
438 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Open Field check Select the check box to draw within a blocked region.
box
Capture ISO Line as Click to open the dialog box that allows the user to select a ISO
Block button dose curve to use as a block.
Capture VOI as Click to open the dialog box that allows the user to select a VOI
Block button to use as a block.
NOTE: Beams Eye View is available from the layouts in Display tab for any
TomoDirect plans.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 439
View Projections of Leaf Openings
1. On the BEV image, right click to open the BEV Display Properties dialog
box.
2. In the BEV Display Properties dialog box, select the Projections check box.
3. Use the up and down arrow keys to view the leaf openings.
440 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
BEV leaf openings projections
Dose Group
Use Dose Group to prescribe dose to a desired area.
There are two types. Use Dose Point to specify a particular point to receive
a certain dose level. Use DxVx to scale the dose so that a certain VOI’s
volume receives a specified dose value.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 441
Display Tab
Click the Forward Planning > Display tab for available layouts.
442 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
10. Select the Final Dose Resolution from the drop-down list, and click
Calculate Final Dose to run the final dose calculation.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 443
VOLO Ultra Step
When you select VOLO Ultra as a Planning Method on Setup task, VOLO
Ultra step appears in Plan task. Optimize step provides tools for Scripts,
Plan Setup, Optimization Resolution, and Final Dose Calculation.
VOLO Ultra uses a quasi-Newton optimizer (L-BFGS-B) for rapid
convergence. VOI importance factors and overlap priorities are removed,
and objectives can be modified while the optimizer is running.
For more details on VOLO Ultra optimization and algorithm, refer to the
Radixact Physics Essentials Guide.
444 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Helical IMRT Plan
Display
Use Display tab to select a display layout.
For more details on the display layout options, see “Display Layouts” (page
52) for details.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 445
Tools
Script Click to save a new or modified script from the Save Script
dialog box.
Prescription
Fx: text box Enter the desired number of fractions for the plan. The
allowed number of fractions are between 1-200.
Dose: Enter value for prescription dose. The allowed range for
(cGy/Gy) the absolute dose field is 0 to 200 Gy (or 0 to 20,000 cGy).
text box
Plan Step Jaw Mode If the Dynamic Jaw mode is licensed, Jaw Mode consists
drop-down of Dynamic and Fixed. Otherwise, only Fixed is available.
list
Field Width Displays the current Field Widths and you can edit among
drop-down any of the available Field Widths.
list
Pitch text Displays the current Patch and you can edit within the
field range of 0.010 to 0.500. Pitch determines the amount of
primary beam overlap along the Y axis. The default pitch
for VOLO Ultra is set to one tenth of the resulting beam jaw
width.
Calc button Click to calculate the pitch. The patch calculation sets the
pitch to the interleaf reducing pitch nearest to the current
value of the pitch.
Accelerate Use this slider with the Auto option in the Parameter tab. 0
Treatment is no acceleration and 10 is the maximum acceleration.
slider See Physics Essential Guide for more details.
446 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Icon Description
Optimize: Click to start optimization. At least one “Min” goal and one
“Max” goal are required to start the optimization. Once the
optimization is started, this button changes to the Pause
button.
Snapshots
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 447
Area Item Icon Description
Final Dose drop-down Displays the current resolution. Select an alternative from
Resolution list the drop-down list. (Very Low, Low, Medium, or High).
Rescale Click to open the Rescale Dose dialog box. See “Rescale
Dose button Dose” (page 459) for more details.
448 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Interactive Dose Volume Histogram
When dosimetric results are available, the DVH graph shows each DVH
goal as a triangle marker pointing right for a “Min” dose goal and pointing
left for a “Max” dose goal.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 449
Prescription
You must enter the Prescription values in this dialog box to start
optimization. The entered values are used for computation of the Coverage
and CI as reported in the dose statistics table and used as the default
values. Use Rescale Dose to edit these values. Prescription values are not
used during optimization as for the Classic VOLO optimizer.
Item Description
Number of Frac- Enter the number of fractions you want to prescribe for this
tions text box plan. Allowed range is between 1 to 200.
Prescribed Dose Enter a numeric value to set the prescribed dose (Gy/cGy)
text box for the VOI coverage percentage. The allowed range for
the absolute dose field is 0 to 200 Gy (or 0 to 20,000 cGy).
Its initial displayed value is the current prescribed dose
value if a target VOI is specified.
Prescribed Target Select a primary target VOI you want to apply the
drop-down list prescription to.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Prescription dialog
box.
450 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Goals Tab
The Tools > Goals screen displays two tables, one for Target Goals and the
other for Critical Goals. Use these tables to specify DVH goal for each VOI.
VOI Add button Click to add a new VOI to the Target Goals
table.
DVH Goal Add button Click to add a new DVH Goal to a selected
VOI.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 451
Area Item Description
Volume (%) Set the volume (%) of the selected goal, the
volume (cm3) is automatically calculated.
VOI Add button Click to add a new VOI to the Target Goals
table.
DVH Goal Add button Click to add a new DVH Goal to a selected
VOI.
452 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Volume (%) Set the volume (%) of the selected goal, the
volume (cm3) is automatically calculated.
NTO
Use the NTO tab to add an objective to control the dose gradient outside
the target VOIs. The goal is applied within a user defined critical VOI and
you can set the falloff function. See Physics Essentials Guide for more
details.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 453
Area Item Description
Normal Tissue Normal Tissue VOI Select a VOI to use as the normal tissue
Objective drop-down list representation. Selecting a VOI actives the NTO
(On/Off).
Distance Form • Start: Enter the distance from which the dose
Target (mm): falloff function starts.
• Mid: Enter an intermediate distance between
the start and end distances used to define the
shape of the dose falloff function.
• End: Enter the distance to which the dose falloff
function ends.
Parameter Tab
Define the following additional parameters to be used for optimization in the
Tools > Parameters tab. These parameters provide nominal defaults and
enforce range checking of valid ranges, which are editable when the
optimization is not running.
454 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Range Default Description
Delivery Leaf Open/Close 18-60 20 Specify the maximum leaf open time
Time Cut-Off: cut-off bound you want to allow for
(ms) an individual leaf in an individual
projection during optimization.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 455
Area Item Range Default Description
Max Beam On 60-6000 116 Specify the amount of time you want
Time: (sec) to allow the beam to be on during
treatment. If the Auto is selected,
this text box displays the
auto-computed maximum beam on
time, and the beam on time may
exceed your input because of the
system limitations. This value
cannot be edited.
Note that in the absence of an
explicit optimizer reset (Trash or
Alt-Trash operation) or one of a few
other operations (e.g., change of
Pitch, Field Width, Accelerate
Treatment setting etc.) then this
value is not recomputed and acts as
a constraint to be applied during
follow-on optimization activities.
456 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Beam Intersection
Use Beam Intersection tab to define the beam intersection option for each
VOI.
• Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Never: Does not allow individual MLC leave intersects the listed VOI.
• Exit Only: If an individual MLC leave intersects the listed VOI before it
intersects the target, it will be unavailable.
Snapshots
Use Snapshots to capture the optimization state of a plan at a point in time
so that you can restore it later for comparison purposes or to backtrack on
changes to a plan that you do not like. You can take up to 4 snapshots at a
time, numbered 1 through 4. Each snapshot has a capture and a recall
button associated with it. You can only use Snapshots while the
optimization is in the paused or stopped state. Snapshots only capture the
optimization result. If you capture in a state with final dose present, only
the optimization result is restored, and you lose the final dose result.
The captured state includes the optimization settings and inputs, beam
intersection settings, optimization results, the beam angles for Direct
plans, Dose, DVH, and Statistics. Dx Vx inputs are not captured with
snapshots.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 457
Snapshots are not saved with a plan. Captured snapshots are not available
when you reload the plan.
Compare Snapshots
When you click the button, Compare Snapshots dialog box appears
and displays a comparison between the current planning optimization
state with the states captured in all available snapshots.
Selecting a row in the table highlights the corresponding curves in the
graph. Toggling the check boxes hide/show the corresponding curves in the
graph.
458 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Rescale Dose
Use Rescale Dose to achieve a desired coverage to a particular dose level
and target. The default values presented in the dialog are pulled from the
Prescription, but the changes made here do not modify the Prescription.
Rescale Dose button is only available when a final dose exists. When your
treatment delivery machine data is applied during the final dose calculation,
the delivery constraints can prevent the desired dose/coverage value to be
achieved. The overall dose rescale factor for the coverage should not exceed
the allowed +/- 10% of the original final dose.
Direct Plans
Display
Go to Plan > VOLO Ultra> Display tab to select a display layout to use. For
the layout symbol description, refer to “Display Layouts” (page 46) in the
Treatment Planning Manual.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 459
460 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Direct IMRT Plan
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 461
Additional Tools for 3DCRT Plans
Beam Angles
When you select VOLO Ultra as Planning Method, you can set the beam
angles in VOLO Ultra step.
Go to the Display Tab to select a Show option for TomoDirect Angles.
NOTE: Tools for Beam Angles appear on the main screen as default or it
appears as a tab next to Goals tab depending on the layout you select.
Tools
You can only use the Beam Angle controls (except for the Name field and
the Display check boxes) when there is no optimization result exist.
Once you run the optimization, Beam Angle controls are disabled until the
optimization results are first discarded by clicking the button.
After the optimization, Balance Beams button becomes available to adjust
the beam weights.
462 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 463
Area Item Description
464 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. Click the Add Angle icon to add a new row in the table. Beam angles
are always applied automatically. There is no pending state, and you do not
need to apply the angle.
• A target VOI requires minimum of two beam angles.
• (Optional) Enter name for the added angle.
• Add the value for the Angle in the table or just drag the beam on the
image to adjust.
3. If needed, extend the beam to either edge of the beam angle by editing the
value on the table or using the slide bars on the image.
• Select the amount of beam expansion flash you want to add from the +Xg
(leaves) drop-down list. Up to 5 leaves can be added.
• Select the amount of beam expansion flash you want to add from the -Xg
(leaves) drop-down list. Up to 5 leaves can be added.
4. To delete a beam angle, select the angle and click the button.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 465
Add Optimized Beam Angles
Use this dialog box to add the optimized beam angles to minimize a cost
function based on the inputs for avoidance critical VOI.
You can set which VOI to avoid, expand a VOI by a specific number of mm,
or you can set the weight for each VOI avoidance. Flash is also an input and
it is applied to all beams created. The inputs also include a number of
beam-pairs and an offset between beams pointed from the same quadrant.
The optimizer creates a cost based on those inputs, and then creates
beams that minimize that cost. This should help reduce critical VOI dose for
TomoDirect plans.
Optimization Procedures
1. Prescription dialog box appears when you enter the VOLO Ultra step for the
first time when no prescription has been entered previously. Enter the
prescription values for your plan and click Set. Or click Cancel to close the
dialog box and load an existing script.
2. (Optional) Modify Plan Setup settings.
3. Define Target and Critical goals.
4. (Optional) Turn on NTO by selecting a VOI and enter the weight value to
scale the NTO. Review the automatically filled default values for Distance
From Target (mm) and Dose % and edit if desired.
5. (Optional) Select Beam Intersection options.
6. Define Parameters.
7. For Direct plan, add Beam Angles.
466 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
8. Select Resolution for Optimize (IMRT) or Calculate (3DCRT).
9. (Optional) Select Compensation (Low or High) and the check box for
Normal Tissue Dose Uniformity for 3DCRT.
10. (Optional) Select Auto Final Dose if you want the final dose calculation to
start automatically once the optimizer completes the total number of
defined iterations (Min # of Iteration Rounds x 20) or converges on a
solution.
11. Click to start Optimize (IMRT) or Calculate (3DCRT).
• For IMRT, the button will resume any pre-existing optimization.
• For 3DCRT, you must discard the optimization results by clicking the
button before starting a new calculation. The status bar indicates the
progress of the optimization.
12. Do one of the following:
• Evaluate the quality of the plan and modify the target objectives, critical
constraints, treatment time, and other parameters to meet the goal. For
3DCRT, adjust the Compensation value if necessary.
• Use Snapshots to compare different optimization states and select the
one you like.
• Select the Final Dose Calculation Resolution from the drop-down menu
and click Calculate Final Dose to initiate the final dose calculation.
Or
• When the final dose calculation is complete, the Calculate Final Dose
button becomes Clear Final Dose.
13. To switch the display results, do one of the following:
• Click Show Optimization Results to switch the display to the
optimization results.
• Click Show Final Dose Results to switch the display to the final dose
calculation results.
14. (Optional) Use Rescale Dose to rescale the dose volume. Prescription
values are not modified by a rescale dose operation. You can also use the
Prescription button to adjust the prescription (scaling) for the final dose.
See earlier section on the Prescription and Rescale functions.
15. Review the results. Repeat Optimize (IMRT) or Calculate (3DCRT) to meet
the clinical goals or proceed to Evaluate step to save the plan as deliverable
if the results are acceptable.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 8 - 1 : P l a n T as k f or T o m o ® 467
468 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 8-2
Use the Plan task to create, evaluate, refine, and review treatment plans.
The processes of creating, evaluating, refining, and saving a plan vary in
complexity according to the requirements of the case and the quality and
complexity of the image series available. This chapter describes plan setup
and optimization using the Ray-Tracing and Monte Carlo Dose Calculation
(Option) algorithms for use with fixed and Iris Collimators; and Finite Size
Pencil Beam (FSPB) and Monte Carlo dose calculation algorithm used only
with the multileaf collimator (MLC) which is an optional feature of the
CyberKnife System.
Plan Task Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Settings Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Isocentric Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Sequential Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
VOLO Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 469
Plan Task Controls
The following controls appear on any step of the Plan task, depending on
the optimization method and the conditions of the current plan.
Dose Calculation Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Isocurves Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Collimators (Fixed and Iris Collimators Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Scripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Auto-shells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Dose Volume Histograms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Plan Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Dose Statistics Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Dose Statistics Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Dx Vx Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Plan Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Dose at POIs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Prescription. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
WARNING: If the dose calculation box does not cover all defined structures or the
entire patient surface, then it is possible to miss regions of dose that may be higher
than clinically desired. Always enlarge the calculation box before completing plan
evaluation and approval to ensure adequate review of the dose throughout the
entire patient. You can modify the dose calculation box on the Plan task or Review
and Finetune step on the Evaluate task.
Use the dose calculation box to define the volume within which dose is
calculated at the currently selected algorithm (Ray-Tracing or FSPB),
resolution (High, Medium, or Low), and from which constraint points are
extracted for each VOI used for optimization.
Accuray Precision System maintains separate dose calculation boxes for
the optimization and final dose calculation. The dose calculation box used
for optimization appears as dotted lines in Evaluate > Review step and the
final dose calculation box appear as solid lines.
If you run a final dose calculation in Evaluate > Review or Finetune step and
go back to the Plan task, the dose calculation box used for optimization
appears in solid lines and the dose calculation box used for final dose
calculation appears in dotted lines.
NOTE: VOLO Optimization does not use the dose calculation box. Dose calculation
box is used for the final dose calculation after VOLO optimization is completed.
470 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Monte Carlo dose calculation box is not editable and always corresponds to
the entire volume defined by the primary CT image series.
NOTE: Only structures that are wholly or partially inside the dose calculation box
have dose displayed in the DVH panel and Dose Statistics Table.
• CT: Sets the dose calculation box to the size of entire CT volume.
• Skin: Sets the dose calculation box to the size of skin VOI. Skin VOI
must be predefined.
• VOIs: Sets the dose calculation box to encompass all VOIs.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 471
• Move: Drag an edge of the box to a new location.
2. Review all planar views.
3. Ensure that all target and critical structures that should be constrained
during dose calculation are inside the dose calculation box.
NOTE: If you resize or move the dose calculation box, any existing dose volume is
deleted. Recalculate the dose volume on Isocentric, Sequential, or VOLO step on
Plan task, or Review or Finetune step on Evaluate task.
For information regarding the dose calculation box, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Isocurves Legend
NOTE: The isocurves legend and Isocurves panel do not appear on the Setup step
for a new plan. They appear when a plan has beams with dose.
The isocurves legend displays the color and defined dose percentage or
absolute value for each isocurve. You can change the isocurve settings at
any time in any 2D image that contains this vertical bar. If no isocurve is
available, the Config Isocurve label appears instead.
472 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
NOTE: When the status’ background color is yellow, the plan cannot be saved as
deliverable. Text indicates either Opt for optimization or Final for final dose calculation.
Ray Low Indicates the Ray-Tracing dose calculation process was performed
at low resolution.
Ray Medium Indicates the Ray-Tracing dose calculation process was performed
at medium resolution.
Ray High Indicates the Ray-Tracing dose calculation process was performed
at high resolution.
Ray Low (C) Indicates the low-resolution Ray-Tracing dose calculation process
was performed with Contour correction turned on.
Ray High (C) Indicates the high-resolution Ray-Tracing dose calculation process
was performed with Contour correction turned on.
MC Low Indicates the Monte Carlo dose calculation process was performed
at low resolution.
MC Medium Indicates the Monte Carlo dose calculation process was performed
at medium resolution.
MC High Indicates the Monte Carlo dose calculation process was performed
at high resolution.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 473
3. To close the Isocurves panel, click on the image viewer outside the Isocurves
panel. The Isocurves panel closes.
The isocurves legend is closed, and the Config Isocurve label appears in its
place. The dose calculation resolution label also appears.
Item Description
Check box column Select to view the corresponding isocurve. When at least one
check box is selected, the top check box is available. To
select or clear all individual check boxes, select or clear the
top check box.
Color Indicates the color of the isocurve associated with the dose.
474 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Min/max dose check Select to view the minimum and maximum dose values for
box each VOI and for the plan.
Normalize relative dose Select Rx Dose or Max Dose as a value to normalize the
to drop-down list relative dose to.
Show dose outside skin Select to view the dose distribution outside the skin.
check box
Fill option Select to view an overlay color wash option that fills the entire
interior of the isocurve lines.
Grid option Select to view an overlay color wash option that fills the
interior of the isocurve lines voxelized to the current dose.
Dose Opacity vertical Move the slider to control the opacity of the color washes.
slider
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 475
Item Description
Show both option Select to view both smoothed and raw dose.
Smoothing Method drop-down list Displays current smoothing method. Select to view another
smoothing method: Average, Weighted, Gaussian, Clipped
Gaussian, or Desparkled Only.
Sigma drop-down list This drop-down list is only available if the Smoothing Method
selected is Gaussian or Clipped Gaussian. Select the Sigma level
(0.10 - 3.0).
Show uncertainty check box When selected, displays the uncertainty level as a color wash on
the 2D image display.
476 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Select a color.
3. To modify the dose of an isocurve, click the value in the adjacent Dose
column and enter a new value.
4. To modify the display thickness of an isocurve, click the value in the Line
column and enter a new value.
5. To display minimum and maximum dose for each VOI and for the plan,
select the Min/max dose check box.
6. To hide or display an individual isocurve, clear or select the adjacent check
box.
7. To close the Isocurves panel, click anywhere outside the panel.
8. To modify the dose display, choose a method:
• To display absolute dose, select the Gy/cGy option.
• To display the relative dose values, select (%) option.
NOTE: Changing between absolute (Gy/cGy) and relative (%) Isocurve mode can
slightly change the Isocurve values to maintain the display accuracy with respect to
the actual isocurve lines.
Prescription Dose
P on the Isocurves legend displays the prescription isocurve.
Click the Prescription button to open the Prescription dialog box to change
prescription dose percentage.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 477
If the plan contains a dose volume, the uncertainty legend appears on the
lower-right side of each 2D view.
478 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Automatic Target Displays the list of target VOIs for the current plan.
Collimator drop-down list
Selection
Method Displays the list of methods for the current plan.
drop-down list • Conformality (2 collimators)
• Homogeneity (2 collimators)
• Conformality (3 collimators)
• Homogeneity (3 collimators)
Collimator Select up to 3 collimators per target and per path with Fixed
(mm) collimators and up to 12 collimators per target and per path with
the Iris collimator.
TmP1 TmP2 Displays check boxes for collimators per template path.
TmP3
OK button Click to save settings, close the Collimators dialog box, and
generate a set of zero-dose beams for the plan.
Output Factor
Although the Iris Collimator is designed and capable of collimating beams
down to a 5 mm diameter at 800 mm SAD, it is advantageous to limit the
use of 5 mm Iris collimated beams. See the Physics Essentials Guide for
more details.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 479
Scripts
Saving a Script
Click the Save Script icon to save the parameters for future use.
The following values are saved. Collimator size is not saved in the script.
Collimator selections and Beam Intersection settings can be saved in the
Plan Template.
480 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
1. Click the Save Script icon. The Save Script dialog box appears.
2. Enter a unique name in the Script Name text box.
3. Enter a description in the Script Description text box.
4. Review the settings for the active plan on the Script Summary panel.
5. Click Save. The script is saved and the Save Script dialog box is closed.
Loading a Script
Click the Load Script icon to load a script that has been saved. The script
can be used for a similar plan.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 481
1. Click the Load Script icon. The Load Script dialog box appears.
2. Select a script from the Script Name drop-down list.
NOTE: The Script Name drop-down list of Load Script and Delete Script are filtered
to display only scripts related to the currently selected collimator type.
3. To ensure the script is appropriate for the current case, review the Script
Description and Script Summary.
4. To ensure the settings are appropriate for the current case, review the
settings in the Script Summary dialog box.
5. Click Load. The VOI names in the script are matched to those in the plan.
The Match VOI Names dialog box appears.
Match VOI Names
When you load a script, the Accuray Precision System compares the
names of the VOIs in the script to those in the current plan and attempts to
match the VOIs based on their names and types (Target or Critical). Review
the information displayed to ensure the matches are accurate.
482 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
For those VOIs in the script that are not automatically matched, the VOIs
need to be manually selected from the drop-down list for each VOI before
the script can load. The OK button is available only after all the script VOIs
are matched with the plan VOIs.
VOLO allows multiple plan VOIs to be assigned to a single script VOI.
Deleting a Script
Click the Delete Script icon to delete a saved script. A deleted script is
not recoverable.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 483
1. Click the Delete Script icon. The Delete Script dialog box appears.
2. Select a script from the Script Name drop-down list.
NOTE: The Script Name drop-down list of Load Script and Delete Script are filtered
to display only scripts related to the currently selected collimator type.
Auto-shells
Click the Auto-shells button to add, delete, or modify auto-shells for the
current plan. Auto-shells settings are saved with the script and are used to
recreate the auto-shells when you load the script for a plan and during a
subsequent Sequential Optimization procedure. Auto-shells are visible on
the image viewer. Dose statistics and DVHs are calculated for auto-shells.
484 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Typically, auto-shells are used to control dose distribution both close to and
farther away from a target. An auto-shell close to a target can control
conformality. A shell distant to a target can be used to control low dose
distribution or remote hot spots.
Item Description
Auto-shell Name Sets the name of the auto-shell. The name is generated
automatically and cannot be edited.
Anterior (mm) Set directional parameters for the dimensions of the auto-shell.
Posterior (mm) Enter a unique dilation value per parameter or select
Symmetric to apply one value to all parameters for the
Right (mm) auto-shell.
Left (mm)
Inferior (mm)
Superior (mm)
OK Click to save the settings for the auto-shells. After you click
OK, auto-shells are created and the Auto-shells dialog box is
closed.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 485
Dose Volume Histograms
The Accuray Precision System calculates a Dose Volume Histogram (DVH)
for each VOI that is defined in a plan. DVH is only calculated within the dose
volume which covers the dose calculation box for a Ray-Tracing and FSPB
plan, and the entire CT volume for a Monte Carlo plan. Voxels of a VOI that
are outside of the dose volume are not counted in the DVH for that VOI
either as dose or volume.
The DVH calculation divides the minimum to maximum dose range for each
VOI into 256 evenly spaced bins.
The DVH image viewer displays a DVH for each delineated target and
critical VOI that are used for optimization goals. When you perform
Sequential Optimization, the DVH image viewer is updated after each
iteration of the optimization process or every 20 seconds, whichever is
longer. Refer to “Dose-Volume Histogram in Sequential Step” (page 530)
for more details.
In the VOLO step, the DVH graph shows each DVH goal as a triangle
marker pointing right for a “Min” dose goal and pointing left for a “Max” dose
goal. You can manipulate the triangle markers in the DVH graph by
dragging them into a new position. Refer to “Interactive Dose Volume
Histogram in VOLO Step” (page 553) for more information.
All DVH for contoured VOIs that are included in the optimization goals
appear on the DVH image viewer. You can click and view point/dose
information for the active curve selected from the drop-down list.
486 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
DVH Properties button Click to view the DVH Properties dialog box.
Selected DVH Displays the current active DVH VOI. Select available DVHs from the
drop-down list drop-down list. To display dose (percentage and Gy/cGy) for each point on
the active curve, click on a curve and drag the point or vertical bar across the
panel.
DVH Displays
1. Select a structure from the Selected DVH drop-down list or click on the
corresponding curve in the graph to make it as active curve on DVH image
viewer. By default, the X-axis displays relative dose (%).
2. (Optional) To modify the X-axis display, click the isocurves legend. Select
the cGy (or Gy) check box in the Isocurve panel to display and close the
Isecurve panel. The X-axis on the DVH image viewer updates to display
absolute isocurve (Gy/cGy) for all VOI.
3. Click the graph to view statistics for the active DVH:
• Dose in Gy/cGy corresponding to a given percentage dose.
• Amount of coverage of the displayed dose percentage.
When you click a point on the active isocurve, a vertical bar appears. Drag
the bar or the point to a new position on the curve. The display color for the
vertical bar and isocurve corresponds to the setting in the DVH Properties
dialog box.
DVH Properties
Use the DVH Properties dialog box to select the display options. Refer to
“DVH Properties for VOLO” (page 555) for DVH Properties for VOLO
optimization.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 487
Item Description
Background Color drop-down Select a background color on the DVH image viewer.
list
Color Displays the color for lines and curves for each VOI on the DVH
image viewer.
488 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Constraints and Objectives Hide All: Neither constraints nor objectives appear.
Display Show All: Constraints appear as “X” and objectives appear as arrows.
The colors are the same as the contour and the goal is positioned at
the volume and the dose.
Show only for Active DVH: Appears only for the active DVH.
Snap dose value to nearest When selected, snaps dose value to nearest whole percent when
whole percent when interrogating values in relative dose mode.
interrogating values in relative
dose mode check box
Manage display of VOI DVHs When the check box is cleared (the default), the VOI check boxes in
independent of VOI Visibility the DVH Properties dialog box are synchronized with those in the
Settings check box VOIs tab. When selected, the VOI check boxes in the DVH Properties
dialog box are independent of those in the VOIs tab.
Plan Statistics
The plan statistics area displays the number of nodes, number of non-zero
beams, maximum dose (Gy/cGy), total monitor units (MU), minimum
non-zero and maximum MU of all currently existing beams. Isocentric
beams are included in these calculations. These statistics are updated at
the end of each planning iteration during iterative optimization, and at the
end of each update interval or step during Sequential Optimization. For
VOLO, Plan Statistics are only displayed for the delineated target and
critical VOIs that are used as optimization goals. The full set of VOIs are
displayed once final dose is calculated.
The plan statistics area also displays the estimated treatment time per
fraction based on the Accuray Precision System’s default setup time and
the image time interval for a given tracking method. The treatment time
estimate appears read-only when the treatment plan dose information is
available.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 489
For multileaf collimator, the plan statistics area displays Segments.
Segments are defined as unique radiation deliveries by the MLC which
share the same source and target points but have different leaf positions.
These segments have different leaf positions. Beams for the MLC are
defined as a collection of all segments with the same source and target
points.
NOTE: The setup time is applied only to the first path. For additional paths, setup
time is not included in the treatment time estimation. In addition, the time spent
handling E-Stops is also not included in the time estimation.
1. Click the Estimated Treatment Time Inputs icon. The Estimated Treatment Time
Inputs dialog box appears.
490 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. Set the new treatment times as necessary.
If InTempo Imaging has been selected in Setup > Machine step, the InTempo
check box is available.
3. Click OK to save the treatment time inputs. The new treatment time settings
will be used when the treatment plan is saved.
NOTE: Minimum, mean, and maximum dose statistics for auto-shells generated
during the sequential planning process appears in the Dose Statistics Table. The
conformal shell icon is indicated by a green rectangle.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 491
Acronyms and Definitions
Item Description
Vrx Volume of the isocurve that encompasses the plan’s prescription dose.
Tdi Target dose intent. Goal dose value that you have specified for an
individual target or target group.
TVdi Target Volume dose intent. Volume of the isocurve that encompasses
the Tdi.
TVdi2 Volume of the isocurve that encompasses Tdi2 for an individual target
or target group.
492 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Parameters
Item Description
Name List of VOIs names. Double-click a VOI name to move the cross-hairs
to the centroid of the corresponding VOI.
Min (Gy/cGy) Minimum dose in Gy or cGy for each VOI. Double-click a Min dose
value to move the cross-hairs to that min dose point of the
corresponding VOI.
Max (Gy/cGy) Maximum dose in Gy or cGy for each VOI. Double-click a Max dose
value to move the cross-hairs to that max dose point of the
corresponding VOI.
Use the tooltip to view the Dose Intent value used for the calculation.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 493
Item Description
HI (Homogeneity Index) Maximum Dose of the target or target group / target-specific or target
group-specific Tdi.
Coverage (%) Volume of the target or target group that receives Tdi / Total volume of
target or target group.
Dx Vx Values
Dx Vx Values tables for customizable dose-to-volume analysis are available
wherever dose statistics are shown. In the Isocentric, Sequential, or VOLO
step, you can perform dose-to-volume analysis on active plan VOIs, All
Target Regions, or Soft Tissue. After selecting an option from the
drop-down list, enter one (of four) values to track: Dose (in Gy/cGy or %) or
Volume (in cm3 or %). The other three values are automatically calculated.
Entered values appear as bold text.
Item Description
Name Select VOIs names from the drop-down list to display Dx and
Vx values. Double-click the color box to move the cross-hairs
to the centroid of the corresponding VOI, and move the DVH
probe to the point on the DVH graph corresponding to the
current Dx Vx values (if specified).
Dose (Gy or cGy) Displays the dose of the selected VOIs in Gy or cGy. Entered
values appear in bold text.
Dose (%) Displays the dose of the selected VOIs in %. Entered values
appear in bold text.
Volume (cm3) Displays the volume of the selected VOIs in cm3. Entered
values appear in bold text.
494 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Volume (%) Displays the dose value of the selected VOIs in %. Entered
values appear in bold text.
Criteria (double-click Double click to open the Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box, and
to edit) enter values to augment each DxVx value which you want
to evaluate against the active plan.
DxVx Criteria
Use Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box to augment each DxVx value to evaluate
against the current active plan results. The evaluation results are shown
with pass, fail, and warning indicators.
You can specify dose/volume quantity, VOI mean dose or Cl (conformality
Index), relative comparison (<, <=, >, >= or within range), and min/max
warning values (optional).
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 495
Indicator Description
Pass - Criteria is met. Place the mouse over the icon to view
the value used for the evaluation.
Warning - The main criteria is not met, but the value meets an
enabled warning min/max setting.
Fail - Criteria is not met. Place the mouse over the icon to view
the value used for the evaluation.
Plan Information
The Plan Information table displays the following parameters for the active
plan:
• Plan Name
496 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Plan Type
• Prescription
• Treatment Machine
• Number of Fractions
• Final Total MU
• Fraction MU
• Dose Calculation Algorithm
• Density Model
• Density Overrides (electron, mass)
• Dose Calculation Resolution
• Dose Volume Spacing (mm)
• Dose Volume Size (voxels)
• Treatment Anatomy
• Template Path Set
• Synchrony Method
• InTempo Imaging
• Collimator Type
• Collimators Used (mm) - Fixed and Iris only
• Number of Segments - MLC only
• Number of Beams- Fixed and Iris only
• Number of Nodes
• Minimum MU/Beam- Fixed and Iris only
• Maximum MU/Beam- Fixed and Iris only
• Minimum MU/Segments- MLC only
• Maximum MU/Segments- MLC only
• Estimated Treatment Time (min)
• Add Fraction Original Plan Name
Dose at POIs
The Dose at POIs tab contain the dose points that you have defined for the
active plan.
• Click Add to add dose points.
• Click Delete to remove dose points that you have added.
• Click Update to update dose points that you have added.
Prescription
Use the Prescription dialog box to define the isocurve-based prescription
dose parameters. Or, click the Target Coverage button to prescribe dose to
a target based on a percentage of the target volume in the Set Isocurve
Prescription from Target VOI Coverage dialog box.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 497
Isocurve-based Prescription
Item Description
Number of Fractions Displays the number of fractions defined in the Setup > Machine step. You can
text box edit the number of fractions here to scale the final segment/beam weights
resulting from the optimization to achieve the prescribed dose.
Prescribed Isocurve Enter a numeric value to set the prescribed isocurve percentage of max dose.
text box
Prescribed Dose text Enter a numeric value to set the prescribed dose (Gy/cGy) for the prescribed
box isocurve percentage.The allowable range for the absolute dose field is 0.01 to
200 Gy (or 1 to 20000 cGy). Its initial displayed value is the current prescribed
dose value if a target VOI is specified.
Target Coverage Click to open the Set Isocurve Prescription from Target VOI Coverage dialog
button box.
Set button Click to save values displayed and re-normalize the dose based on the
prescription.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Prescription dialog box.
NOTE: The parameters entered in the Set Isocurve Prescription from Target VOI
Coverage dialog box are not saved with the plan.
498 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
% Volume text box Enter a numeric value to set the percentage of a VOI volume, which
applies to the selected Target from the drop-down list in order to receive
the prescribed dose.
Target drop-down list Select a target VOI from the drop-down list to apply the prescription.
Gy (or cGy) Enter a numeric value to set the prescribed dose (Gy/cGy). The allowable
range for the absolute dose field is 0.01 to 200 Gy (or 1 to 20000 cGy).
Set button Click to save values displayed and re-normalize the dose based on the
prescription.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Set Isocurve Prescription from
Target VOI Coverage dialog box.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 499
Settings Step
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Setting Step Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Overview
Use the Settings step to:
• View the current density model.
• Select a density model.
• Enter or modify density overrides.
• Select the contour correction.
• Define the beam intersection options for each VOI.
• Evaluate and modify the location and the size of the dose calculation
box.
500 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Density Model drop-down list Displays the current density model.Select from a list of
alternatives. A typical density model contains a mass
density model curve and a relative electron density model
curve. Both curves are displayed on the graph.
Dose Calculation Box Size to Fit • CT: Sets the dose calculation box to the size of entire
CT Volume.
• Skin: Sets the dose calculation box to the size of Skin
VOI. Skin VOI must be predefined.
• VOIs: Sets the dose calculation box to encompass all
VOIs.
Beam Intersection Displays a list of VOIs and the options for beam
intersection.
• Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed
VOI.
• Exit Only: If a beam or segment intersects the listed
VOI before it intersects the target, it will be
unavailable.
For segments, only the portion that intersects with the
VOI is blocked, not the whole segment.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 501
Ray-Tracing and Finite Size Pencil Beam Calculations
The Ray-Tracing and FSPB dose calculation algorithms uses the relative
election density to determine the effective depth for any beam at any point
in the patient anatomy. A density model with a valid mass density curve is
required when you select MLC as Collimator on the Machine step regardless
of Lateral Scaling selection.
The relative election density is defined as the electron density value for a
given HU value relative to the electron density of water.
The beam list on the Evaluate task reports both this effective depth and the
central axis (CAX) depth. The CAX depth is the Euclidean distance along
the beam between the surface of the patient and the point in the patient
anatomy.
The surface point, which is the intersection of each beam with the patient,
is detected by applying an intensity threshold to the HU values. The
minimum threshold is a HU value of -800. All relative electron density
curves should set the relative electron density to zero (0) for HU value -801
or less. See the Physics Essentials Guide for more information.
Contour Correction
Contour Correction is an option for the Ray-Tracing algorithm. When Contour
Correction is available, it estimates the off-axis effective depth for each
beam at each calculation point by modeling changes in depth over the
cross-section of the beam. In a plan that has beams with oblique angles to
the patient surface, or large-diameter beams that pass through
inhomogeneous tissue, contour correction improves the accuracy of the
dose calculation.
The Monte Carlo algorithm implicitly accounts for surface obliquity;
therefore, no contour correction option is necessary. See the Physics
Essentials Guide for more information.
502 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Detect Padding Pixels in CT Images
This setting is only available when the CT images have padding pixels. CT
Scanner can add padded pixels to convert the circular scan to a rectangular
image. When this check box is selected, the Accuray Precision System
checks the beam intersection within the region of the padded pixels. This
helps to assure that beams do not intersect the patient at a point that is not
seen in the CT image, especially if the patient is larger than the CT field of
view.
Beam Intersection
The Accuray Precision System provide you with the options to determine
which critical VOIs can be intersected by beams during plan optimization.
There are following beam intersection options. The default is Allowed.
• Allowed: The beam intersection is not restricted.
• Exit Only: Allows the beam intersection only after the beam exits a target
VOI.
• Never: Beam intersection is not allowed.
NOTE: When you load a plan, if the density model of the plan is not found on the
current Accuray Precision System, the new plan density model is added to the
Density Model list. The name of the new model is the original model name with a
prefix ([plan])
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 503
View Density Model Data for a HU Value
CAUTION: Using a density model that is inappropriate for a plan can cause
unexpected results in planning. Review the density model carefully to ensure it is
appropriate for the current plan.
Point anywhere over the density model graph to view the mass density
value and relative electron density value for a given HU value.
CAUTION: Do not select this check box for computer generated CT series that are
used for QA purposes.DICOM padding tags are not present.
Select the Detect Padding Pixels in CT Images check box to verify that the
beams do not intersect the patient at a point that is not visible in the CT
image.
CAUTION: For previously saved deliverable plans, if you change the intersection
property of a VOI to Never or Exit Only, the dose of any non-zero intersecting beam
may be changed to zero, which can degrade the quality of the plan.You must
re-optimize the plan in order to save it as deliverable. To assign zero dose to
beams that intersect a critical structure after the plan has been generated, go to the
Evaluate > Finetune. step.
The default beam intersection option for each critical VOI is Allowed.
Highlight the VOI and select the beam intersection option from the
drop-down list.
504 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Isocentric Step
Use the Isocentric step to create an isocentric plan. There are two kinds of
isocentric plans: isocentrically targeted beams equally and weighted and
isocentrically targeted beams with conformal weights
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Isocentric Planning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
NOTE: The isocurves legend is displayed only when the plan has beams with dose.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 505
Tools
Isocenter drop-down list Displays the current isocenter.Select a different isocenter from
the drop-down list for the current plan.
Color drop-down Select the display color for the isocenter, for both the circle on the
list 2D views and the 3D object on the 3D view. Does not affect
planning.
Dose (Gy or cGy) Set the beam weights so that the total dose at the isocenter
text box matches the value you enter.
All Isocenters Conformal Weights Select to generate isocentric beams and allow conformal
check box weighting of dose for the isocentric beams.
The beam geometry (the target and collimator size of the beam
set) is created on the Isocentric step and the beam weights are
assigned on the Sequential step.
Apply button Click to generate beam set for each selected isocenter.
506 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Display Layouts The following layouts are available for isocentric planning on
Display tab:
5. To change the display color of the collimator, select a new color from the
Color drop-down list. The color appears as a circle on the 2D views and as
a 3D object on the 3D view.
6. To change the size of the isocenter, drag an edge of the selected isocenter
to a new location.
As you drag the isocenter, the size of the circle and the collimator size
legend change in increments according to the set of available collimator
sizes. The minimum and maximum isocenter sizes are constrained by the
smallest and largest collimator sizes.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 507
7. To move the isocenter, drag it to a new location.
Select an Isocenter
Select an entry on the Isocenter drop-down list. The selected isocenter
becomes activate and appears in color on the 2D images.
NOTE: The Dose (Gy/cGy) setting cannot be used in conjunction with the
Conformal Weights selection. When the Conformal Weights check box is selected,
the Dose (Gy/cGy) text box is unavailable.
508 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
4. To generate beams, click Apply.
If the existing dose at the center is already higher than the selected value,
all beam weights are set to zero for the active isocenter.
Delete an Isocenter
NOTE: After you delete an isocenter, do not add, delete, or modify an isocenter
until the light stops flashing in the status bar.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 509
Sequential Step
About Sequential Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
MLC Settings (MLC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Relaxed Convergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Time Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Beam Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Node Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Segment Reduction (MLC only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Dose-Volume Histogram in Sequential Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Data Saved in a Sequential Optimization Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Sequential Optimization Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
510 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
of optimization objectives (steps). For fixed and Iris Collimator plans,
collimator(s) must be selected for each plan. Collimator settings are not
saved with the script. A script can be modified during planning to address
the specific requirements of a given case. For MLC plans, set parameters
to generate leaf shapes. These parameters are saved and then reloaded
with the script.
During Sequential Optimization, you can pause, review progress, jump to
the next step, and restart the process from the beginning after modifying the
script.
Display
Go to Plan > Sequential > Display tab to select the display layout to use.
Tools
Collimators Fixed and Iris Collimators only: Click to open the Collimators
button dialog box.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 511
Area Item Description
512 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
MLC Settings Click to open the MLC Settings dialog box, which allows you to
button (MLC set the maximum number of nodes for the plan and the leaf
only) segment generation methods.
VOI, Displays the name of VOI and its dose objectives that you have
Objective defined in the Constraints and Steps. You can select a step to
run or run all the steps continuously in the order. If you select the
Pause at end in Constraint and Steps, the check box is selected
in the pause column to indicate that the optimization pauses at
the end of the step.
Quits the current step and starts the next step. Step Forward
cannot be used during the final step of a script.
Time Click to open the Treatment Time Reduction dialog box. This
Reduction button is only available when a dose volume exists and contains
button one or more beams with the number of MU greater than 0. Set a
goal delivery time per treatment fraction. The number of beams
and nodes in the solution will be reduced iteratively.
Node Click to open the Node Reduction dialog box. Set the desired
Reduction number of nodes and re-optimize.
button
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 513
Area Item Description
Beam Fixed and Iris Collimators only: Click to open the Beam
Reduction Reduction dialog box. Set a cutoff (MU), delete beams with MU
button below the cutoff, and re-optimize.
Segment MLC only: Click to open the Segment Reduction dialog box.
Reduction
button
Uncertainty Monte Carlo only: Sets the uncertainty level used for calculating
(%) text box dose. (0.1% - 4.0%)
The Uncertainty setting is available after you perform a
Ray-Tracing dose calculation and select Monte Carlo on the
Algorithm drop-down list.
MU Limits
Use the MU Limits dialog box to set and view Total MU for the plan, Max MU
per Beam (Max MU per Segment for MLC), and Max MU per Node. These
settings are used as constraints and applied to all steps in the script. The
plan will not exceed these limits.
514 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Control Description
Max MU per Beam For Ray-Tracing and Monte Carlo: Enter value for maximum MU per beam.
Max MU per Segment For MLC only: Enter value for maximum MU per segment.
OK button Click to save the settings for MU limits. After you click OK, the MU limits are
set and the MU Limits dialog box is closed.
Cancel button Click to cancel the entered MU limit settings and return to the Sequential step
screen.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 515
Maximum Dose Constraints and Dose Volume Constraints
A maximum dose constraint can be defined for any target, critical VOI, or
auto-shell. If a maximum dose constraint is not defined for a VOI or an
auto-shell for which a dose volume constraint or dose objective is defined,
the system will automatically create a constraint according to the following
rules when you click the Update or OK button.
• For critical VOIs: The maximum dose will be set to the highest dose
from all steps and constraints.
• For target VOIs: The maximum dose will be set to the highest OHI goal
value if there are OHI steps defined for the VOI. If there are no OHI
516 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
steps defined for the VOI, then the maximum dose will be the highest
dose from all steps and constraints multiplied by 1.5.
• For auto-shells: The maximum dose will be the highest dose from all
steps and constraints.
Automatically generated constraints are listed in a message at the right side
of the Maximum Dose Constraints and Dose Volume Constraints table.
Maximum dose constraints are allowed for target and critical VOIs; and
dose-volume constraints are only allowed for critical VOIs. Dose-volume
constraints can be in cm3 or %, the default is %. The maximum dose and
dose-volume constraints are applied to all steps in the script. The plan will
not exceed these constraints subject to dose calculation resolution and
sampling consideration.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 517
Define or Edit Maximum Dose and Dose Volume Constraints for
VOIs
1. Click the Constraints and Steps button. The Constraints and Steps dialog box
appears.
2. To add a VOI to the VOI Name column, click the Add button.
3. In the VOI Name column, select a VOI from the drop-down list.
4. Enter the dose.
5. (Optional) For critical VOIs, select the units from the drop-down list,% or
cm3, and enter volume.
6. To delete a VOI, select the VOI and click the Delete button.
Dose Objectives
Use the Dose Objectives table to set goals for the VOIs, auto-shells, and MU
to be used in the Sequential Optimization steps. A Sequential Optimization
plan can have up to 20 steps. The first step must be for a target VOI
selected from the drop-down list for step 1. All other steps can have either
a target VOI, a critical VOI, an auto-shell, or MU.
518 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Objective Targets
drop-down list Optimize Minimum Dose (OMI): Maximizes the minimum dose
value to be as close as possible to the entered goal.
Optimize Maximum Dose (OMA): Minimizes the maximum dose
to be as close as possible to the entered goal.
Optimize Coverage (OCO): Maximizes the total dose to all
calculation sample points that receive less than the entered dose
goal. As a result, it maximizes the volume that receives at least
the entered goal.
Optimize Homogeneity Index (OHI): Maximizes the total dose to
all calculation sample points that receive less than the entered
dose goal. As a result, it maximizes the volume that receives at
least the entered goal.
Dose Volume Lower Limit (DVL): Optimizes the dose volume
histogram of the target toward the specified dose volume
objective.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 519
Area Item Description
Critical Structures
• Optimize Maximum Dose (OMA): Minimizes the maximum
dose to be as close as possible to the entered goal.
• Optimize Mean Dose (OME): Minimizes the total dose to all
calculation sample points that receive greater than the entered
dose goal. As a result, it minimizes the volume that receives
more than the entered goal.
• Dose Volume Upper Limit (DVU): Optimizes the dose volume
histogram of the critical structure toward the specified dose
volume objective.
Auto-shells
Optimize Conformality Index (OCI): Minimizes the maximum dose
to be as close as possible to the entered goal.
MU
Optimize Monitor Units (OMU): Minimizes the total number of
MUs in the plan.
Goal text box Sets the goal dose (Gy/cGy) for targets, critical structures, and
auto-shells, and the goal MU for Total MUs.
Volume text box Displays volume goals for plan target or critical VOIs.
Relaxation Sets the maximum value by which the script will relax the
Value text box optimized objective for the VOI or the Total MU to be used as
constraints in subsequent steps. If the step objective is either
DVU or DVL, the unit of relaxation is that of the volume unit (% or
cc). For all other objectives the relaxation value is Gy/cGy and
MU for OMU.
Pause at end Select to pause the script after the step has been optimized.
check box
Move Down Click to move the selected step down one row.
button
520 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Add a Step for Sequential Optimization
Click the Add button, and select a VOI from the drop-down list in the VOI
Name column.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 521
Area Item Description
Sampling Total Number of Displays total number of sample points used for plan VOIs.
Sampling Points
Update button Updates total number of sample points for plan VOIs.
Show VOI Setup/ Click to show or hide the VOI Setup table. The default setting is
Hide VOI Setup Hide VOI Setup. The VOI Setup table appears if Boundary Only is
button selected for one or more VOI or a Skip Factor greater than one is
set for one or more VOI.
Boundary Only When selected, constrains a VOI for boundary voxels only.
check box
Skip Factor text Sets the skip factor for changing the sample points-to-volume
box ratio for plan VOIs. At the default skip factor of one, each voxel
where the dose calculation volume overlaps the VOI is
constrained. To reduce the total number of constrained points,
increase the skip factor.
Sample Points Displays the sample points used for a VOI based on all the
constraints defined by you and the system.
Sample Points/ Displays the sample points-to-volume ratio for plan VOIs in units
Volume of 1/cm3.
522 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Use the VOI Boundary Only Option for Sampling a VOI
Select the Boundary Only check box, and then click the Update button. The
total number of sampling points for the plan is recalculated and appears in
the Total Number of Sample Points field.
Item Description
Maximum Number Set maximum number of nodes used to generate segments that will be optimized.
of Nodes text box The range is determined by the number of nodes in the selected path.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 523
Item Description
Leaf Segment Methods \ Targets: Lists the available segmentation methods. Select the check
Methods box to generate beam segments (Isocentric Conformal and Conformal
Avoidance), set a margin around the target VOI, and set a Leaf Margin (mm) and
a Lead Leaf Justification convention.
Avoidance Control OARs \ Targets: Only active if a target uses Conformal Avoidance segment
generation and the Beam Intersection for the selected VOI is not set to Never.
Use this control to include segments that specifically do not intersect the selected
VOIs.
NOTE: Some segments may intersect the VOIs. If you do not want any segments
to intersect a specific VOI, it should be turned off in the Settings step.
Clear Settings Click to discard the changes and use a default method avoidance control that is
button generated from the constraints and steps in the sequential script.
OK button Click to save the settings. If the settings have changed, any existing beams are
deleted.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the MLC Settings dialog box.
Relaxed Convergence
The Relaxed Convergence applies convergence testing during optimization.
Convergence testing may decrease optimization time by evaluating the
objective value of each step at each update to determine if the objective
value is slowly changing (as it often does when close to the optimum value).
If changes in the objective value are below the change threshold of the
convergence test, optimization of the step will end at the update.
You can select the Relaxed Convergence prior to the optimization, after
optimization has been completed, or during the Pause state. The check box
setting is applied throughout the optimization and the setting does not
change even when you exit the Sequential step and re-enter or when the
plan is saved and reloaded.
Time Reduction
Time Reduction iteratively reduces the number of available beams and
nodes and runs the Sequential Optimization script to make the plan’s
treatment time less than or equal to the desired treatment time. The solution
space consists of a set number of beams and nodes. The minimum solution
space is determined automatically based on the template path or the
desired treatment time per fraction. If these limits are reached and the
estimated time per fraction is greater than the goal, the time reduction
process terminates. To further reduce time, use either the node or beam
reduction tools.
524 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
WARNING: Treatment time reduction of the treatment plan can degrade the quality
of the plan. You must review the treatment plan using Evaluate > Review step.
Item Description
Estimated Treatment Goal: Enter the value for the desired treatment time (in minutes) per
Time Per Fraction fraction.
(minutes) text box NOTE: The minimum goal treatment time, minimum allowed threshold, 10
minutes, plus user-defined patient setup time.
Current: Read-only display of the estimated treatment time per fraction of
the current plan.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 525
Item Description
Solution History button Available only when there are solution records stored from the previous
time reduction process. When clicked, the Treatment Time Reduction
dialog box expands showing the solution records saved during the
previous time reduction process.
The history is cleared in the following instances:
• Collimator settings are modified.
• Reset button is clicked.
• When a treatment plan is deleted outside of Sequential.
• When a new time reduction is started.
Index: Identifies the solution records saved during the time reduction
process. Index 0 indicates the treatment plan state before the time
reduction process begins. Index 1 indicates the solution record after
iteration 1 has completed, etc.
Time (minutes): Estimated delivery time of the solution record.
Set Highlighted as Current and Load:button: When this button is clicked,
the system sets the highlighted solution record as the current solution
record and reloads the saved beams and weights. Then dose is
recalculated.
Reduce and Optimize Click to validate the goal value. If valid, the time reduction process starts.
button
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Treatment Time Reduction dialog
box.
Beam Reduction
Beam Reduction reduces the total number of beams in the treatment plan.
Set a cutoff value for MU per beam to exclude beams below the MU cutoff.
Select to remove those beams and calculate dose for the remaining beams,
or remove those beams and then repeat the optimization script using the
remaining beams.
NOTE: Typically, the resulting minimal MU per beam is higher than that in the
original plan. However, the re-optimization option can cause the MU value for some
remaining beams to be below the Beam Reduction MU Cutoff value.
NOTE: If the MU cutoff is set too high, it can result in a significant degradation of
the quality of the plan.
526 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Beam Reduction Enter minimum value (MU) for beams to be retained in the plan. All beams with
MU Cutoff text box dose below this value will be removed from the current plan.
Calculate button Click to calculate the beam and node statistics resulting from application of the
beam reduction with the entered MU cutoff. No beams are removed by this
calculation.
Reduce button Click to accept changes, remove beams whose MU are below the cutoff, and
recalculate the remaining non-zero beams without re-optimization. If the
optimization was previously in a Paused state, this will result in going back to the
Ready state with the step being reset to 1.
Reduce and Click to accept changes, removes beams whose MU are below the cutoff, and
Optimize button start re-optimization with the first step.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Beam Reduction dialog box.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 527
Node Reduction
Node Reduction reduces the total number of nodes in the treatment plan.
You can delete nodes based on the Lowest MU or Lowest Area-Weighted MU.
Item Description
Desired Number of Enter the desired number of nodes to be retained in the plan.
Nodes text box
Calculate button Click to calculate the number of beams, nodes, and monitor units that will be
removed for the desired number of nodes. No nodes are removed by this
calculation.
Delete Nodes Based On • Lowest MU: Delete nodes that have the lowest total MU.
options • Lowest Area-Weighted MU: Delete nodes that have the lowest product of
beam area multiplied by the beam MU.
Reduce and Optimize Click to accept changes, remove nodes according to the lowest MU or the
button lowest area-weighted MU, and start re-optimization with the first step.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Node Reduction dialog box.
528 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Segment Reduction (MLC only)
Segment Reduction reduces the total number of segments in the treatment
plan.
Item Description
Segment Reduction Enter minimum value (MU) for segments to be retained in the plan. All beams
MU Cutoff text box with dose below this value will be removed from the current plan.
Calculate button Click to calculate the segments and node statistics resulting from applying beam
reduction with the entered MU cutoff. No segments are removed by this
calculation.
Reduce button Click to accept changes, remove the segments whose MU are below the cutoff,
and recalculate the remaining non-zero segments without re-optimization. If the
optimization was previously in a Paused state, this will result in going back to the
Ready state with the step being reset to 1.
Reduce and Click to accept changes, remove segments according to lowest MU or lowest
Optimize button area-weighted MU, and start re-optimization with the first step.
Cancel button Click to discard changes and close the Segment Reduction dialog box.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 529
Status Indicators
During Sequential Optimization, color is applied to the steps on the VOI,
Objective list to indicate the status of each step.
Blue Default The step is in default status before you click Play.
Yellow Paused Indicates the step is paused, either after you click Pause or at the end of a
step.
Orange Invalid Indicates the step failed validation. An invalid step does not meet
requirements. Modify the step and click Play to perform validation again.
530 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Selected DVH Displays the current active DVH VOI.Selectan available DVH from the drop-down
drop-down list list. To display dose (percentage and Gy/cGy) for each point on the active curve,
click a point on a curve, and a vertical bar appears. Drag the point or the vertical bar
across the image viewer.
3. Select the Show absolute dose check box and dismiss the Isocurves panel.
The X-axis on the DVH image viewer updates to display absolute dose
(Gy/cGy) for all VOI.
4. Click the graph to view statistics for the active DVH:
• Dose in Gy/cGy corresponding to a given percentage dose.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 531
• Amount of coverage of the displayed dose percentage.
When you click a point in the active DVH, a vertical bar appears. The
display color for the vertical bar and isocurve corresponds to the setting in
the DVH Properties dialog box.
DVH Properties Dialog Box
In the Sequential step, the DVH Properties dialog box displays settings and
controls for the display properties of VOIs on the DVH image viewer. It also
gives options to hide all, show all, or only active DVH for constraints and
objectives.
Item Description
Background Color From the drop-down list, select a background color for the DVH image
viewer (gray, white, or black).
532 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Color Displays the color for lines, curves, and text for each VOI on the DVH
image viewer.
Constraints and Objectives • Hide All: Neither constraints nor objectives appear.
Display options • Show All: Constraints appear as “x” and objectives appear as arrows.
The colors are the same as the contour and the goal is positioned at
the volume and the dose.
• Show only for Active DVH: Only appears for the active DVH.
Snap dose value to When selected, snaps dose value to nearest percent when interrogating
nearest whole percent values in relative dose mode.
when interrogating values
in relative dose mode
check box
Manage Display of VOI When the check box is clear (the default), the VOI check boxes in the
DVHs independent of VOI DVH Properties dialog box are synchronized with those in the VOIs tab.
Visibility Settings check When the check box is selected, the VOI check boxes in the DVH
box Properties dialog are independent of those in the VOIs tab.
Collimators Fixed and Iris Collimator only: Collimator selection information, Target
Boundary Distance for each target VOI.
MU Limits Maximum total MU for the plan, Max MU per Beam, Max MU per Node.
Maximum Dose and Dose Maximum Dose and Dose Volume Constraints setting including the VOI
Volume Constraints names, Dose, Volume and Volume Units.
Dose Objectives Steps settings including the VOI Names, Objectives, Goals, Volumes
Volume Units, Relaxation Values, and Pause at the End settings.
Sampling Sampling setting including the boundary only and the skip factor.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 533
Setting Data Saved
MLC Settings MLC only: Maximum number of nodes for the plan and the leaf segment
generation methods.
Dose Calculation Monte Carlo only: Dose Calculation setting including algorithm, resolution,
uncertainty.
Estimated Treatment Estimated Treatment Time Inputs including the Estimated Patient Setup
Time Inputs Time and the Estimated Image Time Interval.
Dx Vx VOI dose, volume data, and criteria settings as entered and calculated.
NOTE: The collimators are selected according to the Method that you select. The
selected collimators appear with check marks on the Collimator list in Collimators
dialog box. These can be edited manually if necessary.
534 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. In the Target Boundary Distance box, modify the default values for the
displayed target if necessary.
6. Click OK.
A zero-dose beam set is generated for the defined collimators. During beam
generation, the cursor takes the form of an hourglass.
7. (Optional) Select the Show Collimator Overlay check box to view the selected
collimator sizes graphically on the main anatomical view as a guide.
Loading a Script
1. Click the Load Script button. The Load Script dialog box appears.
2. Select a script on the Script Name drop-down list. The Script Name
drop-down list is filtered to display only scripts specific to the selected
collimator type.
3. To ensure the script is appropriate for the current case, review the Script
Description and Script Summary, which are read-only when loading an
existing script.
4. To ensure the settings are appropriate for the current case, review the
settings in the Script Summary dialog box.
5. Click the Load button. The Match VOI Names dialog box appears.
The VOI names in the script are matched to those in the plan.
Defining MU Limits
1. Click the MU Limits button. The MU Limits dialog box appears.
2. For each category you want to use, select the check box and enter a value.
3. Click OK. The settings are saved and the MU Limits dialog box is closed.
Creating Auto-shells
1. Click the Auto-shells button. The Auto-shells dialog box appears.
2. Click the Add button. A new row for an auto-shell appears.
3. To select a different target VOI, select an entry on the Source drop-down list.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 535
4. To create a symmetrical auto-shell, select the check box in the Symmetric
column. When you enter a value in a text box, the value is applied to all
direction. The range for dilations is 0 mm to 100 mm.
5. To delete an auto-shell, select the row and click Delete.
6. Click OK. The settings are saved, and the auto-shells are generated.
3. Enter a value in the Goal field. DVU and DVL require values for Volume and
Volume Unit for dose-volume objectives.
536 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Steps objectives
Objective Application
Target, Critical Structure, Enter a Skip Factor value Defines the relative number of voxels to be
or Auto-shell sampled. If you enter 5, only one in 5
voxels will be sampled during
optimization.
Target or Critical Structure Select the Boundary Only Only boundary voxels will be calculated for
check box the selected VOI.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 537
MLC Settings (MLC only)
1. To optimize the plan, set the Maximum Number of Nodes to generate beams.
The nodes are assigned randomly to evenly sample the complete
workspace of the selected pathset.
2. Determine which target VOIs to use to shape beams.
3. Select methods to generate beam segments:
• Isocentric Conformal: Creates conformal segments in which all segments
have the same isocenter. That isocenter is the geometric center of the
target VOI. Because only one isocenter is allowed per target, the target
projection must not be bigger than the maximum projected MLC field
dimensions. The target used is the selected target minus any
unavailable VOI. (The unavailable VOIs are selected in Plan > Settings.)
Options for avoiding other VOIs or using other generation methods
(peripheral, eroded, or random) are unavailable.
• Conformal Avoidance: Allows multiple isocenters per target. This allows
selection of a VOI that some segments will avoid. (An avoidance VOI
would be selected for which dose should be limited, but its geometric
position is such that you cannot fully treat the target if no segments
could pass through that VOI.) This method allows you to select the other
generation methods. If Conformal Avoidance is selected, the apertures
for beams can be added.
4. Set the Leaf Margin (mm), which is the distance outside (positive) or inside
(negative) the target VOI that forms the conformal edge.
5. Set the Leaf Justification.
• Leading Edge: the furthest outside intersection with the target VOI.
• Trailing Edge: the most inside intersection with the target VOI.
• Middle: the midpoint projection between the Leading Edge and the
Trailing Edge.
6. If the method to generate beam segments is Conformal Avoidance for a target
VOI, one or more Critical VOI(s) can be selected to avoid. Some segments
will be shaped to not intersect with the user-selected avoidance VOI.
7. Select OK to saves the settings.
538 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Pausing the Script
The Pause at end check box must be selected in the Constraints and Steps
dialog box to pause a script after the selected step has been optimized.
Stepping Forward
Click the Step Forward icon to jump forward to the next step. When the last
step is in Play mode, clicking Step Forward has no effect.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 539
3. Click Reduce and Optimize. The Treatment Time Reduction dialog box closes.
The beams and nodes revert to the previous state and a Ray-Tracing dose
calculation is performed at the resolution indicated from the Resolution
drop-down list.
The plan is optimized and the Estimated Treatment Time per Fraction updates.
4. (Optional) To stop the time reduction process, click the Stop Time Reduction
icon. It may take a few minutes for the process to stop. The optimization
stops and uses the currently-displayed plan.
540 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Reducing the Number of Beams (Fixed and Iris Only)
Beams that are removed through Beam Reduction are not used during
optimization. Subsequent Sequential Optimization steps are performed
using the reduced beam set. The removed beams will not be used unless
you delete the existing (reduced) beam set and create a new beam set. This
option is only available when a dose volume exists and contains one or
more beams with MU greater than 0.
1. Click Beam Reduction. The Beam Reduction dialog box appears.
2. Enter a value in the Beam Reduction MU Cutoff text box.
3. Click Calculate. The predicted reductions appear in the text boxes below.
Predicted beam reductions are calculated based on the Beam Reduction MU
Cutoff value.
4. If the predicted reductions are unacceptable, modify the value in the Beam
Reduction MU Cutoff text box, and click Calculate again.
The plan is only recalculated when Reduce is selected. When Reduce and
Optimize is selected, the plan is re-optimized beginning with the first step.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 541
Setting the Prescription Dose
1. Click the Prescription button. The Prescription dialog box appears.
2. Accept the current value or enter a new value for Number of Fractions,
Prescribed Percentage, and Prescribed Dose (Gy/cGy).
3. Click Set. Prescription dose values are applied to the plan, and beam
weights are scaled.
When the plan is acceptable, go to the Evaluate > Review step to perform
more detailed evaluation and modifications.
542 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
VOLO Step
About VOLO Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Tools for Multileaf Collimator (MLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Tools for Fixed and Iris Collimator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Plan Setup - Max Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Target Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Interactive Dose Volume Histogram in VOLO Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Compare Optimization Snapshots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
VOLO Optimization for Multileaf Collimator (MLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
VOLO Optimization for Fixed and Iris Collimators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
VOLO Optimization Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 543
For the multileaf collimator, VOLO optimization has two phases. The first
phase is the fluence map optimization (FMO). A fluence map is a
rectangular grid of beamlets. The FMO optimizes the intensities of each
beamlet. The second phase begins with sequencing of the fluence map into
apertures and then optimizing the dose intensity for these apertures.
VOLO optimization for Iris and fixed collimators has only the single beam
optimization phase.
For VOLO optimization, you define the maximum number of nodes, and set
the maximum and minimum dose goals for target VOIs and maximum dose
goals for critical VOIs. These goals can either be absolute goals or goals for
specified volumes of a VOI.
For Iris and fixed collimators, you also need to specify the collimator
diameters to use for each target VOI. As with Sequential Optimization, you
can create and optimize the dose to conformality shells around any target
VOI.
During optimization only the VOI to be optimized are sampled and those
VOI have DVH and dose statistics generated. You can also see another
VOI's DVH and statistics by adding that VOI to the goal list and specifying
its type as "Stats Only”.
For more details on VOLO optimization and algorithm, refer to the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Display
Go to Plan > VOLO > Display tab to select the display layout to use. For more
details on the display layout options, see “Display Layouts” (page 52).
544 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools for Multileaf Collimator (MLC)
The following tools are available at Plan > VOLO > Tools.
Plan Setup Max Number of Enter a value for desired max nodes to be used
Nodes text box for the plan. The allowed range for the selected
robot path appears next to the text box. See
“Plan Setup - Max Nodes” (page 549) for more
details.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 545
Area Item Description
546 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Size to fit buttons Use the Size to fit buttons (CT, Skin, VOIs) to
set the dose calculation box size.
Collimators Collimators Fixed and Iris Collimators only: Click to open the
button Collimators dialog box. In VOLO step, you can
select a Target Group for Automatic Collimator
Selection or add a Target Group in the collimator
selection table.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 547
Area Item Description
Plan Setup Max Number of Enter a value for desired max nodes to be used for
Nodes text box the plan. The allowed range for the user-selected
robot path appears next to the text box. See “Plan
Setup - Max Nodes” (page 549) for more details.
548 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Uncertainty (%) Monte Carlo only: Sets the uncertainty level used
text box for calculating dose. (0.1% - 4.0%)
Size to fit Use the Size to fit buttons (CT, Skin, VOIs) to set
buttons the dose calculation box size.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 549
NOTE: Double-check the displayed range on the screen. The range may vary
depending on your treatment machine configuration.
Short_Path 1 - 64
InTempo_Short 1 - 38
Short_Path 1 - 87
Prostate 1 - 101
Prostate_Short 1 - 73
Reduced_Prostate 1 - 23
Prostate_InTempo_Short 1 - 49
Reduced_Prostate_InTempo 1 - 20
InTempo 1 - 82
InTempo_Short 1 - 61
SingleBeam 1-1
Short_Path 1 - 73
550 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Treatment Anatomy Template Path Set Max Number of Nodes (range)
InTempo_Short 1 - 46
Short_Path 1 - 76
Prostate 1 - 91
Prostate_Short 1 - 69
Reduced_Prostate 1 - 24
Prostate_InTempo_Short 1 - 50
Reduced_Prostate_InTempo 1 - 23
InTempo 1 - 71
InTempo_Short 1 - 55
Target Groups
Use Target Groups to set up a group of VOIs with a single associated name
and dose intent value (0-200Gy).
Once a Target Group is defined, you can add one or more shells to a group
in the Auto-shell dialog box, and select Collimators to a group using
Collimator dialog box (available for Fixed/Iris Collimators only).
DVH for each Target Group is displayed in the DVH graph as a transparent
triangle marker.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 551
Area Column Description
Targets
Target Groups
Add button Click to add a Target Group in the table. You can
click the Group Name field to edit the name and
select a color from the drop-down list.
Remove button Select a group from the table and click Remove
button to remove the group.
Group Name Displays the Group Name. Click the field to edit the
name.
552 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Column Description
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 553
• Press Shift and move a triangle marker on the DVH graph to limit the
drag to be either all horizontal (dose change only) or all vertical (volume
change only).
• Press Alt and click in the DVH graph to add a new DVH goal. The point
for the VOI is represented by the currently selected DVH curve except
for the All Target Regions and Soft Tissue curves. The goal is a “Min” goal
for a Target, and a “Max” goal for critical. Alt + Ctrl and click removes an
existing DVH goal.
Note that the Target Groups are not included in the Selected DVH
drop-down list, and you cannot add a new DVH goal using Alt and click.
You can still move the triangle markers to adjust the goals.
DVH Displays
1. Select a structure from the Selected DVH drop-down list. The VOI curve is
now active on the DVH image viewer. By default, the X-axis displays
relative dose (%).
2. (Optional) To modify the X-axis display, click the isocurves legend. The
Isocurves panel appears.
3. Select the Gy (or cGy) option and dismiss the Isocurves panel. The X-axis on
the DVH image viewer updates to display absolute dose (Gy/cGy) for all
VOI.
4. Click the graph to view statistics for the active DVH:
• Dose in Gy/cGy corresponding to a given percentage dose.
• Amount of coverage of the displayed dose percentage in both % and
cm3.
When you click a point on the active DVH, a vertical bar appears. The
display color for the vertical bar and isocurve corresponds to the setting in
the DVH Properties dialog box.
554 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
DVH Properties for VOLO
Use the DVH Properties dialog box to adjust DVH display settings.
Item Description
Background Color Displays selections for the background color on the DVH image viewer
drop-down list (gray, white, or black).
Color Displays the color for lines, curves, and text for each VOI on the DVH
image viewer.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 555
Item Description
Target and Critical Goals Select a category to show optimization goal markers for VOI:
Display options • Hide All: No target or critical goals are displayed.
• Show All: Both target and critical goals are displayed as arrows. The
colors are the same as the contour, and goals are positioned at the
volume and the dose.
• Show only for Active DVH: Displays goal markers for the active DVH
only.
Hide Fluence when Dose is Select to hide the Fluence DVH when dose is displayed. The intermediate
displayed check box (MLC fluence results are displayed as dashed curves in the DVH graph.
only)
Snap dose value to nearest Select to snap dose value to nearest percent when interrogating values in
whole percent when relative dose mode.
interrogating values in
relative dose mode check
box
Manage Display of VOI When the check box is clear (the default), the VOI check boxes in the DVH
DVHs independent of VOI Properties dialog are synchronized with those in the VOIs tab.
Visibility Settings check When the check box is selected, the VOI check boxes in the DVH
box Properties dialog are independent of those in the VOIs tab.
Snapshots
Use Snapshots to capture the optimization state of a plan at a point in time
so that you can restore it later for comparison purposes or to backtrack on
changes to a plan that you do not like. You can take up to 4 snapshots at a
time, numbered 1 through 4. Each snapshot has a capture and a recall
button associated with it. You can only use Snapshots while the
optimization is in the paused or stopped state.
The captured state includes the optimization settings and inputs, current
prescription settings, optimization results, beam/segment counts, total MU,
and estimated treatment time. The dose volumes are not captured with
snapshots.
Snapshots are not saved with a plan. Captured snapshots are not available
when you reload the plan.
556 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Compare Optimization Snapshots
When you click the button, Compare Optimization Snapshots dialog
box appears and displays a comparison between the current planning
optimization state with the states captured in all available snapshots.
Selecting a row in the table highlights the corresponding curves in the
graph. Toggling the check boxes hide/show the corresponding curves in the
graph.
The VOI selected in the Compare Optimization Snapshots table is the first
Target VOI listed in the Target Goal table if it is the same across all captured
snapshots. If the first Target Goal is not the same across all captured
snapshots, the first Target VOI listed in the Target Goal table of each
corresponding snapshot is selected, and the column label shows as
Various.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 557
VOLO Optimization for Multileaf Collimator (MLC)
Goals
The Tools > Goals screen displays two tables, one for Target Goals and the
other for Critical Goals. Use these tables to specify DVH goals for each VOI
and sampling resolution.
You can specify up to five Max and/or Min goal types per VOI.
If you have Target Groups defined,
• For a "Stats Only" Goal Type, both the goal of a target group VOI and any
individual VOI inside the group must match.
• A goal for a VOI group and a goal for an individual VOI inside the VOI group
must have the same sampling resolution.
• For Achieved Dose and Volume (cm3), if the Goal is for a Target group, then
the tooltip displays the value for individual target in the group.
558 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Goal Type For Target Goals, select Min or Max from the
drop-down list.
You can specify up to five Min and/or Max DVH
goals for each VOI. New DVH goals for a VOI
defaults to a Min goal type for targets and a Max
goal type for critical.
For Critical Goals, you can select Mean dose,
which optimizes the mean dose for the VOI. When
Mean option is selected, the volume fields are
disabled and the mean value does not appear in
DVH.
When you select the Stats Only option as a goal
type, this indicates that the VOI does not participate
in optimization. However, the intermediate
dosimetric results are calculated and displayed.
When Stats Only is selected, no other goals can be
set for that VOI.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 559
Area Item Description
Volume (%) Set the volume (%) of the selected VOI, the volume
(cm3) is automatically calculated.
Volume (cm3) Set the volume (cm3) of the selected VOI, the
volume (%) is automatically calculated.
560 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Normal Tissue Normal Tissue Select a VOI to use as the normal tissue
Objective VOI drop-down representation.
list
Distance Form • Start: Enter the distance from which the dose
Target (mm): falloff function starts.
• Mid: Enter an intermediate distance between the
start and end distances used to define the shape
of the dose falloff function.
• End: Enter the distance to which the dose falloff
function ends.
VOI Add button Click to add a new VOI to the goal table.
Remove button Click to remove the selected VOI from the goal
table.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 561
Area Item Description
DVH Goal Add button Click to add a new DVH Goal to a selected VOI.
Parameters
Define the following additional parameters to be used for optimization in the
Tools > Parameters tab. These parameters provide nominal defaults and
enforced range checking of valid ranges, which are editable when the
optimization is not running.
562 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Parameter Range Default Description
Max Segments per Beam 1-50 5 Limits the number of segments that can be
generated from each fluence map.
Max Segments 20-500 300 Controls the pruning that is done after each
segment weight optimization. If the number
of non-zero segment is greater than the
specified number, segments with the least
product of MU and area are pruned.
Min Segment MU per 2-100 2 Controls the pruning after each segment
Fraction weight optimization. Segments below this
value are removed.
Beam Intersection
Use Beam Intersection tab to define the beam intersection option for each
VOI. You can also set the beam intersection options at Plan > Settings step.
• Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Exit Only: If a beam or segment intersects the listed VOI before it
intersects the target, it is unavailable.
For segments, only the portion that intersects with the VOI is blocked, not
the whole segment.
Fluence Optimization
The Fluence optimization controls consists of two buttons and one check
box options.
• The goals tables (Target Goals and Critical Goals) must be fully
populated, and at least one Min and one Max goal must be specified to
start the fluence optimization. Any pre-existing segments results and/or
final dose results are discarded when fluence optimization begins.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 563
• Select the Auto Proceed check box to automatically initiate the segments
optimization phase after the fluence optimizer is automatically paused.
• The status bar indicates the progress of the optimization including
informing you when it has converged.
Segments Optimization
Segments optimization is available when fluence results are available and
the optimizer is paused.
Dose Calculation
At the end of Segments optimization, the final dose with the current dose
calculation box is automatically calculated. If the dose calculation resolution
is set to Medium or High, you can proceed to the Evaluate task and
immediately save the plan as deliverable without needing to re-compute the
dose again.
564 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• You can also use the Calculate Final Dose button to re-calculate final
dose after changing the Dose Calculation Algorithm, Resolution, or
Uncertainty in the case of Monte Carlo dose calculation.
• When you select Monte Carlo as the dose calculation algorithm for
VOLO, the Monte Carlo algorithm is used as follows:
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 565
Goals
The Tools > Goals screen displays two tables, one for the Target Goals and
the other for the Critical Goals. Use these tables to specify DVH goals for
each VOI and sampling resolution.
You can specify up to five Min and/or Max goals per VOI.
If you have Target Groups defined,
• For a "Stats Only" Goal Type, both the goal of a target group VOI and any
individual VOI inside the group must match.
• A goal for a VOI group and a goal for an individual VOI inside the VOI group
must have the same sampling resolution.
• For Achieved Dose and Volume (cm3), if the Goal is for a Target group, then
the tooltip displays the value for individual target in the group.
566 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Volume (%) Set the volume (%) of the selected VOI, the volume
(cm3) is automatically calculated.
Volume (cm3) Set the volume (cm3) of the selected VOI, the volume
(%) is automatically calculated.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 567
Area Item Description
VOI Add button Click to add a new VOI to the goal table.
Remove Click to remove the selected VOI from the goal table.
button
DVH Goal Add button Click to add a new DVH Goal to a selected VOI.
Normal Tissue Normal Tissue Select a VOI to use as the normal tissue
Objective VOI drop-down representation.
list
568 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Distance Form • Start: Enter the distance from which the dose
Target (mm): falloff function starts.
• Mid: Enter an intermediate distance between the
start and end distances used to define the shape
of the dose falloff function.
• End: Enter the distance to which the dose falloff
function ends.
Parameters
Define the following additional parameters to be used for optimization in the
Tools > Parameters tab. These parameters provide nominal defaults and
enforced range checking of valid ranges, which are editable when the
optimization is not running.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 569
Parameter Range Default Description
Max Beams 20-500 300 Controls the pruning that is done after each
beam weight optimization. If the number of
non-zero beam is greater than the specified
number, beams with the least product of
MU and area are pruned.
Max Beam MU 100-5000 500 Applies the upper limit on beam MU during
each beam weight optimization.
Min Beam MU per Fraction 2-100 2 Controls the pruning after each beam
weight optimization. Beams below this
value are removed.
Beam Intersection
Use Beam Intersection tab to define the beam intersection option for each
VOI. You can also set the beam intersection options at Plan > Settings step.
• Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Exit Only: If a beam or segment intersects the listed VOI before it
intersects the target, it is unavailable.
For segments, only the portion that intersects with the VOI is blocked, not
the whole segment.
Optimization
If necessary, beam optimization begins with node selection, beam
generation, and dose calculation. Then it proceeds to the beam weight
optimization. The optimization runs to completion unless manually stopped
or an error occurs. Intermediate dosimetric results are updated while the
optimizer is running. The status bar indicates the progress of the
optimization.
570 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Once final dose has been calculated, all on-screen dosimetric displays are
updated to reflect the final dose results. Isocurves are also displayed on the
image views. You can use the Prescription button to adjust the prescription
for the final dose.
If you run the dose calculation with Medium or High resolution and you are
satisfied with the results, then you can proceed to the Evaluate > Review step
and save the plan as deliverable without re-computing the final dose.
When you select Monte Carlo as the dose calculation algorithm for VOLO,
the Monte Carlo algorithm is used as follows:
• Ray-Tracing is used for the initial set of candidate beams.
• One round of optimization with limited pruning is done.
• Monte Carlo is used to calculate the dose for the remaining beams and
then the optimization continues.
• Monte Carlo is used for the final volumetric dose calculation at the end of
optimization.
NOTE: The collimators are selected according to the Method you select and appear
on the Collimator table. The collimator size(s) can be edited manually if necessary.
If you change a collimator setting parameter during the planning process, all
existing beams are deleted and new beams are created based on the new
collimator size settings and target boundary distance.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 571
• Automatic collimator selection: Select from the Target drop-down list
and from the Method drop-down list. Click Apply.
4. Use the Target Boundary Distance to modify surface at which the beam is
targeted. Negative values target inside the physical target surface. Positive
values target outside the physical target surface.
5. Click OK to confirm the beam generation configuration to apply.
6. (Optional) Select the Show Collimator Overlay check box to view the selected
collimator sizes graphically on the 2D anatomical view.
Loading a Script
NOTE: Sequential scripts are not available for VOLO. The list only displays the
scripts for the matching collimator type (Fixed/IRIS or MLC).
1. Click the Load Script button. The Load Script dialog box appears.
2. Select a script from the Script Name drop-down list. The Script Name
drop-down list is filtered to display only scripts specific to the selected
collimator type.
3. To ensure the script is appropriate for the current case, review the Script
Description and Script Summary, which are read-only when loading an
existing script.
4. Click the Load button. The Match VOI Names dialog box appears.
The VOI names in the script are matched to those in the plan.
572 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Define Max Nodes
Enter a value for desired max nodes to be used for the plan. The allowed
range for the selected robot path is displayed right next to the text box.
Turn on NTO
1. Click the NTO tab. The NTO becomes On when you select a VOI from the
Normal Tissue VOI drop-down list.
Define Parameters
1. Click the Parameters tab. The sets of additional optimization parameters are
displayed.
2. Review the automatically filled default values, and edit if desired.
Saving a Script
After defining all the optimization parameters, you can save all those
settings as a script. Click the Save Script icon to save the script. Save Script
is not available when Target Groups are defined. Target Groups cannot be
saved as part of a script.
1079097-ENG A S ec t i on 8- 2 : Pl a n T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 573
4. Review the results. Repeat the iterations to meet the clinical goals, or
proceed to Evaluate step to save the plan as deliverable if the results are
acceptable.
5. Click to start the Segments optimization (if you did not select the Auto
Proceed).
574 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 9
Evaluate Task
Section 9-1
Evaluate Task for Tomo® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Section 9-2
Evaluate Task for CyberKnife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 577
Review Step
Use the Review step to review and modify details of a plan, perform a final
dose calculation using different resolutions, save the plan as deliverable
and authorize for treatment, and print treatment plan reports.
Review Step - Tools Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Display Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
Viewing and Printing Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
The following options are available on the Tools tab of the Review step.
Final Dose Resolution Displays the selected resolution. Click the drop-down list to
Resolution drop-down list select another resolution: Very Low, Low, Medium, or High.
Clear Final Dose Click the button to clear the existing dose distribution.
button
578 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Reference Use max dose Select the check box to use the point of maximum dose as the
Point point check box plan reference point.
Go to >> button Click the button to set the cross-hair to the current reference
point. The field below the Go to >> button updates to show the
X, Y, and Z coordinates of the reference point.
Set to Cross-hair Click the button to set the reference point value to the
Point button coordinates of the current cross-hair position.
Save Plan Save Plan button Click the button to open the Save Plan dialog box.
View Machine Geometry Select Machine Geometry to display green circles that
Options check box indicate the gantry bore (large circle) and MLC field of view
(small circle) in the image viewer.
Entire Treatment Select the Entire Treatment check box to display the beams
angles for the entire treatment (TomoDirect plans only).
Reference Point
The reference dose for a plan is calculated at the reference point. Use the
Reference Point options to set the reference point manually or
automatically. You can also view the reference point dose and the X, Y, and
Z coordinates of the reference point.
Method Instructions
Automatic Select the Use max dose point check box. The reference point is set at the
maximum dose point on the dose grid.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 579
Save a Plan
A plan can be saved as deliverable if it meets the following criteria:
• Couch image is inserted and accepted.
• Patient position (green laser) and red lasers are set.
• Final dose calculation is completed.
• No inconsistencies have been found. Inconsistencies include a primary
CT study that is tagged with a different medical ID than the patient
medical ID.
After the plan is saved as deliverable, it can be approved for treatment. See
the Data Management Manual for more information.
580 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: When the density of VOIs are changed, review density models before
saving the plan as Deliverable.
5. Click Save.
If Make Deliverable or Make Deliverable and Approve Treatment is
selected, a Warning dialog box appears that asks you to confirm that the
density model selected for the plan is appropriate for the CT image that will
used for dose calculation.
6. Review the density model that appears in the Warning dialog box for the
maximum HU value of the image in relation to the points defined in the
density model.
7. Click Yes to confirm the density model to complete the plan saving process.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 581
Overwrite a Previously Saved Plan
WARNING: If you save a copy of a plan under a new name, all fractions in the new
plan are deliverable, regardless of how many fractions were delivered in the
original plan. Delivering more fractions than intended may cause patient injury or
death. Discontinue any fractions that should not be delivered.
If you overwrite a plan that has been previously approved for treatment, the
plan cannot be used for treatment unless you overwrite it and then
re-approve the plan.
If you overwrite a plan that has associated QA plans, a warning message
appears and the QA plans are deleted.
You cannot overwrite a plan for which any dose has been delivered.
582 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. Click Select ICD Code. The Select Treatment Site dialog box appears.
5. Review the displayed density model, and click Yes to confirm that the
selected density model is appropriate for the plan.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 583
Display Tab
Use the Display tab to manipulate the views on the Evaluate > Review step.
The following options are available on the Display tab of the Review step.
Item Description
584 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The 3D View
The 3D view can be used for plan evaluation. For information on modifying
this view, see “3D Filter Step” (page 662).
If two images are loaded and fused, you can switch between the primary,
secondary, and mixed series displays by clicking on the icon in the
upper-left corner of the 3D view.
WARNING: All treatment plan reports must be approved by trained personnel prior
to plan treatment. Use of treatment planning reports by unqualified personnel could
result in patient mistreatment. Users are solely responsible for determining
appropriate data values for any given situation.
NOTE: To view the description of a report, click on a report name from the list.
If you double-click the Plan Overview report, the parameters for the report appear.
You cannot print planning reports for new plans that have not been saved.
1. Click Print . The Reports Viewer appears.
2. Review the patient information and plan name, and then select the Optional
Chapters available.
3. Click View Report. The report will be generated according to the specified
parameters and displayed in the report viewer.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 585
Confirm Angles Step
This step appears when you are using a Synchrony Method (licensed
option) in the plan, and it is enabled when the final dose calculation has
been completed. Use this step to confirm the imaging angles you have
defined in the Setup > Angles step. The Tools are exactly the same as what
are provided in Setup > Angles.
One of the differences between the Setup > Angles and this step is the
validation algorithm of the angles. Plan dose and treatment delivery
information are used in this step to validate the imaging angles. You cannot
save the plan as deliverable with invalid imaging angles.
A vertical slider appears next to the DRR which shows the actual couch
motion defined in the final dose calculation.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Validate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
CAUTION: Tracking target VOI and the fiducials should be visible for each imaging
angle in the DRR views. If they are not visible for each imaging angle in the DRR
views, it could result in patient mistreatment.
586 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Confirm Angles Step for Fiducial and Fiducial with Respiratory Tracking
Tools
Tracking Tumor drop-down list Select a VOI that you want to track from the drop box. The
Volume (For Lung with tracking VOI must be a target VOI.
Respiratory only)
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 587
Area Item Description
Imaging Angles Presets buttons The buttons with icons indicate the numbers of angles on a
circle.
Auto Select Select the number of angles that you want the system to
drop-down list automatically select. Angles are chosen based on their color
on the Score Wheel and the spacing of the angles around
the gantry.
Table The table displays the angular values in degrees of the added
or selected angles and the score as a color.
Validate button Click to validate the current imaging angles. See “Validate”
(page 590) for details.
588 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
View Options Fiducials check Select to display the fiducials that are defined in the Fiducial
box step.
(For Fiducial and 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a sphere of 2 cm
Fiducial with radius around each fiducial. Use 2 cm of Motion display to
Respiratory only) visualize whether each fiducial remains within the Tracking
Zone box if there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Centroid Select to display the centroid of the tracking tumor in the plus
check box (+) mark.
(For Lung with 2cm of Motion check box: Select to display a sphere of 2-cm
Respiratory only) radius around the Tracking Centroid. Use 2 cm of Motion to
visualize whether the Tracking Centroid remains within the
Tracking Zone if there is up to 2 cm of motion.
Tracking Zone Select to display the red outlines of the active imaging area
check box where the fiducials and tracking volume are tracked within.
The tracking zone is defined by your Treatment Delivery
System configuration.
Score Wheel Select to display the color-coded ring. The colors are based
check box on the heuristic result. Green indicates a good imaging angle,
and red indicates a low correlation score and makes a poor
imaging angle.
DRR Type Displays the DRR of the selected imaging angle. When the
(For Lung with angle is updated through the table or the image angle control,
Respiratory only) the DRR is updated automatically.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 589
Validate
When you click Validate, the system enforce the following requirements.
If you don’t click Validate, the system will enforce the same requirements
when you save the plan as deliverable.
Use the couch travel slider on DRR to view the couch positions used during
the treatment, and visually verify the validation checks made by the
Validate button.
590 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• For plans that do not use fiducials:
– The centroid of the tracking volume should be located within 5 cm of
the centroid of the prescription volume.
– The entire Tracking Tumor Volume should be visible from all angles
for the entire planned couch travel (i.e., must be visible from
beginning and end couch positions). If this recommendation is met,
visibility will also be verified with a 2-cm margin around the Tracking
Tumor Volume for expected motion.
– The Tracking Reference Point with 2 cm of margin for expected
motion should be within the Tracking Zone box for all imaging angles
for the entire planned couch travel (i.e., must be visible from
beginning and end couch positions).
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 591
MultiSlice Step
Use the MultiSlice step to choose image viewer layouts using a
combination of multiple planar slices in axial, coronal, or sagittal image
orientations. The planar slices contain dose distribution and VOI
information.
View Multiple Planar Slices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
592 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. On the Display tab, select the desired layout to display on the image viewer.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 593
Compare and Sum Plans Step
You can compare an Active Plan and a previously-saved Reference Plan
that are based on the same patient CT data set. You can also sum dose
distributions when two or more reference plans are loaded. The plan list
displays plans associated with the current patient.
In the default layout mode, when a reference or sum plan is loaded, the
Active Plan appears on the left image viewer, and the Reference Plan or
Sum Plan appears on the right image viewer. The bottom image viewer is
a single DVH chart that compares isodose curves from both plans. Below
the DVH chart are tabs with additional information for plan comparison.
A wide variety of plans can be loaded and compared or summed. Loaded
plans may have VOIs that are not comparable. VOIs are comparable if VOIs
have matching names and contours. The Comp column in the Dose
Statistics Table and the Comparable column in the DVH Properties dialog
box indicate if VOIs from plans are comparable.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Perform a Reference Plan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Perform a Sum Plan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Create a Summation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
594 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Load Reference Click to open the Load Reference Plan dialog box, which lists
Plan button available reference plans to load.
Sum Plans Click to open the Sum Plan dialog box, which lists available
button plans for summation.
Active Plan Max Dose field Displays the Max Dose of the Active Plan.
Reference Max Dose field Displays the Max Dose of the Reference Plan.
Plan
Rx Dose field Displays the Rx Dose of the Reference Plan.
Contributing Displays the names of plans used for summation and its
Plans contributing dose of each plan.
NOTE: This area appears when plan summation is completed.
Tab Description
Dose Statistics Dose Statistics Table includes Active and Reference or Sum plan dose
Table statistics that are presented side-by-side. The Comp column indicates if the active
and reference plans are comparable. Plans are comparable if VOIs have matching
names, contours, and density overrides.
Dx Vx Values Dx Vx Values lets you customize dose-to-volume analysis using both the Active
and Reference or Sum VOIs. The user adds a VOI of interest and specifies a VOI
and 1 of 4 values to track or compare:
• Dose (in Gy/cGy or %)
• Volume (in cm3 or %)
The other values are automatically calculated. Any values that you enter appear
as bold text.
Plan Information Displays Active and Reference or Sum plan information side-by-side.
Leaf Open The vertical axis displays the percentage of leaves open for the duration specified
Times on the horizontal axis.
Dose at POIs Displays the dose points that you have defined on Plan task, Forward Planning
step, or Evaluate > Review step for the active plan.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 595
Display Tab
Additional layouts are available on the Display tab of Compare and Sum
Plans step.
• Use the Dose Probe tool to compare dose values at points of interest in
the Active and Reference plans. When a point is selected in one image,
the corresponding point in the other image is also selected and the
difference in dose between the plans is shown.
596 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Use the normalization modes to synchronize normalization of the
isodose curves in the Active and Reference plans.
• Use the DVH to compare dose-volume values in the Active and
Reference plans.
• Use the following tabs to compare plan data: Dose Statistics Table, Dx
Vx Values, Plan Information, Leaf Open Times, and Dose at POIs.
Sum Plans
NOTE: The active plan is not incorporated in the summation of multiple plans. If you
want to include the active plan in the evaluation, you must first save the plan and
then include the saved plan when you select the plans to sum.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 597
4. Click Sum Plans. The summed plan appears on the right image viewer with
all its plan characteristics maintained and its VOIs.
If the Active plan is one of the plans chosen for the summation, and with the
Active and Sum plans showing, you can:
• Use the Dose Probe tool to compare dose values at points of interest in
the Active and Sum plans. When a point is selected in one image, the
corresponding point in the other image is also selected and the
difference in dose between the plans is shown.
• To scale the summation dose, enter an absolute dose or % of
Prescription in the Isdose Legend Panel. The system will scale the
contribution accordingly.
• Use the DVH to compare dose-volume values in the Active and Sum
plans.
• Use the following tabs to compare plan data: Dose Statistics Table, Dx
Vx Values, Plan Information, Leaf Open Times, and Dose at POIs.
598 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Image Tools
Dose Probe Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Isocurves / Dose Difference Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Dose-Volume Histogram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Dose Statistics Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Dx Vx Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Plan Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Leaf Open Times. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Dose at POIs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 599
600 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Isocurves Check boxes When selected, the color assigned to a color wash value appears.
When at least one check box is selected, the column header check
box is available. To select or clear all individual check boxes, select
or clear the column header check box.
Color Indicates the color that represents a point in the range of Gy/cGy or
drop-down menu % color wash values.
Gy/cGy option Select this option to update the Isocurves legend and the
corresponding Dose Gy/cGy values in the image viewers.
% option Select this option to update the Isocurves legend and the
corresponding Dose % values in the image viewers.
Min/max dose Select to show the minimum and maximum dose values for each
check box VOI in the corresponding plan.
Normalize Select one of the available options from the drop-down list:
relative dose to • Active Max Dose
drop-down list
• Active Rx Dose
• Ref Max Dose
• Ref Rx Dose
• Custom [100% =]
Gy/cGy field The Gy/cGy field updates in correspondence to what you have
selected from the Normalize relative dose to drop-down list.
Show dose Select the check box to show dose outside the skin.
outside skin
check box
Lines check box Select the check box to show dose lines.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 601
Area Item Description
Dose Check boxes When selected, the color assigned to a color wash value appears.
Difference When at least one check box is selected, the column header check
Map box is available. To select or clear all individual check boxes, select
or clear the column header check box.
Color Indicates the color that represents a point in the range of Gy/cGy or
% color wash values.
Show dose Displays a dose difference color wash on the image viewers.
difference
check box
The Dose Difference Map defines the colors used in the color wash to
highlight the dose difference between points on Active and Reference
images when the Show dose difference check box is selected. Pixels
shaded in red have higher dose values in the dose distribution relative to
the plan being compared. If the Active plan has higher dose at a given pixel,
that pixel will be shaded with red on the Active plan image, but will be blue
on the Reference plan image.
Color Wash on an Active Plan Image Comparing Dose to the Reference Plan Image
602 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The value assigned to a color is in either Gy/cGy or % depending on the
dose normalization mode selected. When the dose normalization mode is
changed, the Dose Difference Map values are updated to be consistent with
the normalization mode.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 603
Display a Dose-difference Color Wash on an Image
1. Click the Isocurves legend on the image viewer.
2. Select the Show dose difference check box.
3. Click in the image viewer to close the Isocurves / Dose Difference Map
dialog box.
Dose-Volume Histogram
In the Compare and Sum Plans step, the Dose-Volume Histogram (DVH)
chart displays a DVH for each delineated target and critical VOI in the
Active plan and Reference or Sum plan. You can use the DVH chart to
compare the DVHs of VOIs in the plans.
Click on a point in the selected DVH curve to display Active and Reference
or Sum plan dose and volume data (% and Gy/cGy) and the difference
between the two. To move the point along an active curve, drag the vertical
bar left or right.
Item Description
DVH Properties button Click to open the DVH Properties dialog box.
604 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Selected DVH drop-down The VOI selected from the Selected DVH drop-down list is the active VOI
list on the DVH chart. Click a point in the selected DVH curve to display Active
and Reference plan dose and volume data (percentage and Gy/cGy) and
the difference between the two. To move the point along an active curve,
drag the vertical bar left or right.
You can set or change the DVH chart properties of the Active and
Reference or Sum plan structures. It includes columns indicating available
structures, the source plan, whether a structure in a Reference or Sum plan
is comparable with a structure in the Active plan, and check boxes to show
structures on the DVH chart.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 605
NOTE: Only the portion of a VOI that is enclosed by the dose calculation grid is
used to determine the DVH and dosimetric statistics. Therefore, if a volume is
partially enclosed by the grid, the apparent total volume of the VOI for DVH
calculation will be less than the volume calculated.
606 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Dose Statistics Table
The target volumes in the Dose Statistics Table have calculations for the
parameters listed in the following table for Active and Reference or Sum
plans that are compared side-by-side.
NOTE: For sum plans, the CI, nCI, GI, HI, and Coverage statistics for targets will
show as n/a because the statistics require a prescription isodose line and one is
unavailable for a sum plan.
Item Description
Name Lists the name of VOIs in Active and Reference or Sum plans.
Comp Comparable. Indicates whether the VOI from a reference or sum plan is
comparable to the same VOI from the Active plan. VOIs are comparable if they
have matching names and contours.
Min (Gy/cGy) Minimum dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan (Min), Reference
Min r (Gy/cGy) plan (Min r), or Sum plan (Min s).
Min s (Gy/cGy)
Mean (Gy/cGy) Mean dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan (Mean), Reference
Mean r (Gy/cGy) plan (Mean r) or Sum plan (Mean s).
Mean s (Gy/cGy)
Max (Gy/cGy) Maximum dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan (Max), Reference
Max r (Gy/cGy) plan (Max r) or Sum plan (Max s).
Max s (Gy/cGy)
CI, CI r, CI s CI refers to the Active Plan, CI r refers to the Reference Plan, and CI s
(Conformality Index) refers to the Sum Plan. See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 418) for
details.
nCI, nCI r, nCI s nCI refers to the Active Plan, nCI r refers to the Reference Plan, and nCI s
(New Conformality refers to the Sum Plan. See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 418) for
Index) details.
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 607
Item Description
GI, GI r, GI s GI refers to the Active Plan, GI r refers to the Reference Plan, and GI s
(Gradient Index) refers to the Sum Plan. See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 418) for
details.
HI, HI r, HI s HI refers to the Active plan, HI r refers to the Reference plan, and HI s
(Homogeneity Index) refers to the Sum plan. See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 418) for details.
Coverage (%) Coverage refers to the Active plan, Coverage r refers to the Reference
Coverage r (%) plan, and Coverage s refers to the Sum plan. See “Dose Statistics Table”
(page 418) for details.
Coverage s (%)
Dx Vx Values
NOTE: Dx Vx values that are entered are copied from the active plan to the
reference plan with the automatically calculated values derived from the
corresponding DVH curves. As a result, either the dose difference or volume
difference will be always zero for each row.
TIP: Double-click the color box next to the Name column to move the crosshairs on
the images to the centroid of the corresponding VOI and move the DVH graph
cursor to the corresponding point (if the corresponding DVH curve is currently
visible and the selected VOI is not All Target Regions or Soft Tissue).
608 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Name Select a VOI,All Target Regions, or Soft Tissue from the drop-down list
to display and customize Dx and Vx fields for dose-to-volume analysis of
Active and Reference or Sum plans.
Dose (Gy/cGy) Displays the dose of the selected DVH option in Gy/cGy for the Active
Dose r (Gy/cGy) plan (Dose), Reference plan (Dose r) or Sum plan (Dose s).
Dose s (Gy/cGy)
Dose (%) Displays the dose of the selected DVH option in % for the Active plan
Dose r (%) (Dose), Reference plan (Dose r) or Sum plan (Dose s).
Dose s (%)
Volume (cm3) Displays the volume of the selected DVH option in cm3 for the Active plan
(Volume) and Reference plan (Volume r) or Sum plan (Volume s).
Volume r (cm3)
Volume s (cm3)
Volume (%) Displays the dose value of the selected DVH option in % for the Active
Volume r (%) plan (Volume) and Reference plan (Volume r) or Sum plan (Volume
s).
Volume s (%)
Active-Ref Dose Displays the dose difference in Gy/cGy between the Active and
(Gy/cGy) Reference or Sum plans for the selected DVH option.
Active-Sum Dose
(Gy/cGy)
Active-Ref Volume (cm3) Displays the dose difference in cm3 between the Active and Reference
Active-Sum Volume or Sum plans for the selected DVH option.
(cm3)
1079097-ENG A S e c t i o n 9 - 1 : E v a l u a t e T as k f or T o m o ® 609
Plan Information
Plan Information displays information for Active and Reference or Sum
plans side-by side.
NOTE: If approved, a plan that contains a high count (40-50%) of leaf open times
approaching the minimum limit may create a discrepancy between planned and
delivered dose. Increase (loosen) your pitch value if it is unnecessarily tight (for
example, less than 0.287). This may decrease treatment time without affecting
treatment quality.
Dose at POIs
The Dose at POIs tab contain the dose points that you have defined for the
active plan. Dose at POIs cannot be defined in Compare and Sum Plans
step.
610 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Section 9-2
612 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tools
Calculate Final Calculates the final dose for the plan using the
Dose button selected dose calculation settings.
Reference Use max dose Select the check box to use the point of
Point point check box maximum dose as the plan reference point.
Point (mm IECp) Click the button to set the cross-hair to the
current reference point. The field below the Go
to >> button updates to show the X, Y, and Z
Go to >> button coordinates of the reference point.
Set to Cross-hair Click the button to set the reference point value
Point button to the coordinates of the current cross-hair
position.
Save Plan Save Plan button Click the button to open the Save Plan dialog
box.
When the progress bar reaches the end, the calculation is complete.
Medium or High resolution dose isocontours and statistics are displayed
and the resolution labels indicate that medium or high resolution was used.
614 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Monte Carlo Dose Calculation
NOTE: The values of the reference point dose and the maximum dose for
Monte Carlo Dose Calculation will be the dose values after any smoothing
has been applied to the raw dose distribution calculation performed by the
Monte Carlo Dose Calculation.
When the progress bar reaches the end, the calculation is complete.
Medium or High resolution dose isocontours and statistics are displayed
and the resolution labels indicate that medium or high resolution was used.
Most actions that modify scaling alone, such as changing the prescription
dose or percentage, do not invalidate the high resolution dose calculation.
616 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Lateral Scaling
When Lateral Scaling is applied to the FSPB algorithm, the lateral scaling
broadens the kernel based on local regional density. The broadened kernel
improves the agreement between measurement and calculation in
low-density regions like the lung and directly upstream from the low density.
For more details on Lateral Scaling, see the Physics Essentials Guide.
3. Click Set. The dialog box closes. Prescription dose values are applied to
the plan, and beam weights are scaled.
Reference Point
The reference dose for a plan is calculated at the reference point. Use the
Reference Point options to set the reference point manually or
automatically. You can also view the reference point dose and the X, Y, and
Z coordinates of the reference point.
Method Instructions
Automatic Select the Use max dose point check box. The reference point is
set at the maximum dose point on the dose grid.
Save a Plan
618 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Save a Deliverable Plan
1. Click Save Plan. The Save Plan dialog box appears.
NOTE: When the density of VOIs are changed, review density models before
saving the plan as Deliverable.
5. Click Save.
If Make Deliverable or Make Deliverable and Approve Treatment is
selected, a Warning dialog box appears that asks you to confirm that the
density model selected for the plan is appropriate for the CT image that will
used for dose calculation.
6. Review the density model that appears in the Warning dialog box for the
maximum HU value of the image in relation to the points defined in the
density model.
7. Click Yes to confirm the density model to complete the plan saving process.
WARNING: If you save a copy of a plan under a new name, all fractions in
the new plan are deliverable, regardless of how many fractions were
delivered in the original plan. Delivering more fractions than intended may
cause patient injury or death. Discontinue any fractions that should not be
delivered.
If you overwrite a plan that has been previously approved for treatment, the
plan cannot be used for treatment unless you overwrite it and then
re-approve the plan.
If you overwrite a plan that has associated QA plans, a warning message
appears and the QA plans are deleted.
You cannot overwrite a plan for which any dose has been delivered.
620 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Approving Plans for Treatment
A plan can be authorized for treatment while saving a plan. The User ID and
Password of an authorized user is required.
1. After you have selected the Make Deliverable and Approve for Treatment
option and clicked Save, the Approve for treatment dialog box appears.
2. Click Select ICD Code. The Select Treatment Site dialog box appears.
5. Review the displayed density model, and click Yes to confirm that the
selected density model is appropriate for the plan.
622 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Viewing and Printing Reports
NOTE: The Monte Carlo dose listed in reports are smoothed dose values.
TIP: To view the description of a report, click on a report name from the list.
If you double-click the Plan Overview report, the parameters for the report
appear.
You cannot print planning reports for new plans that have not been saved.
1. Click Print . The Reports Viewer appears.
• For deliverable plans, the Plan Overview, Path Check List, Beam Data
List, and Commissioning reports are available. If an MLC plan is loaded,
the Segment Report is also available.
• For non-deliverable plans, only the Plan Overview and Beam Data List
reports are available.
2. Review the patient information and plan name, and then select the Optional
Chapters available.
3. Click View Report. The report will be generated according to the specified
parameters and displayed in the report viewer.
Item Description
CI (Conformality Index) See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
nCI (New Conformality Index) See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
GI (Gradient Index) See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
HI (Homogeneity Index) See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
Coverage (%) See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
DxVx Criteria
Dx Vx Values tables for customizable dose-to-volume analysis are
available wherever dose statistics are shown.
Use Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box to augment each DxVx value to evaluate
against the current active plan results. The evaluation results are shown in
pass, fail, and warning indicators. See “Dx Vx Values” (page 494) for more
details.
Display Tab
Use the Display tab to manipulate the views on the Evaluate > Review step.
624 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The following options are available on the Display tab of the Review step.
Option Description
Show Isocenters check box Select the check box to show isocenters on the
image viewers.
626 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Compare and Sum Plans Step
You can compare an Active Plan and a previously-saved Reference Plan
that are based on the same patient CT data set. You can also sum dose
distributions when two or more reference plans are loaded. The plan list
displays plans associated with the current patient.
In the default layout mode, when a reference or sum plan is loaded, the
Active Plan appears on the left image viewer, and the Reference Plan or
Sum Plan appears on the right image viewer. The bottom image viewer is
a single DVH chart that compares isodose curves from both plans. Below
the DVH chart are tabs with additional information for plan comparison.
A wide variety of plans can be loaded and compared or summed. Loaded
plans may have VOIs that are not comparable. VOIs are comparable if VOIs
have matching names and contours. The Comp column in the Dose
Statistics Table and the Comparable column in the DVH Properties dialog
box indicate if VOIs from plans are comparable.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Perform a Reference Plan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Perform a Sum Plan Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Create a Summation Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Sum Plans button Click to open the Sum Plan dialog box, which
lists available plans for summation.
Active Plan Max Dose field Displays the Max Dose of the Active Plan.
Reference Plan Max Dose field Displays the Max Dose of the Reference Plan.
Tab Description
Dose Statistics Dose Statistics Table includes Active and Reference or Sum plan
Table dose statistics that are presented side-by-side. The Comp column
indicates if the active and reference plans are comparable. Plans
are comparable if VOIs have matching names, contours, and
density overrides.
628 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Tab Description
Dose at POIs Displays the dose points that you have defined on Plan step or
Evaluate > Review step for the active plan.
• Use the Dose Probe tool to compare dose values at points of interest in
the Active and Reference plans. When a point is selected in one image,
the corresponding point in the other image is also selected and the
difference in dose between the plans is shown.
630 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Use the normalization modes to synchronize normalization of the
isodose curves in the Active and Reference plans.
• Use the DVH to compare dose-volume values in the Active and
Reference plans.
• Use the following tabs to compare plan data: Dose Statistics Table, Dx
Vx Values, Plan Information, and Dose at POIs.
• Use the Dose Probe tool to compare dose values at points of interest in
the Active and Sum plans. When a point is selected in one image, the
corresponding point in the other image is also selected and the
difference in dose between the plans is shown.
• To scale the summation dose, enter an absolute dose or % of
Prescription in the Isdose Legend Panel. The system will scale the
contribution accordingly.
• Use the DVH to compare dose-volume values in the Active and Sum
plans.
• Use the following tabs to compare plan data: Dose Statistics Table, Dx
Vx Values, Plan Information, Leaf Open Times, and Dose at POIs.
632 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Finetune Step
Use the Finetune step to review existing treatment beams and make
detailed changes to certain properties of the beams. The Finetune step only
appears when the current treatment plan has one or more beams.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
3D Beam Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
BEV Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
Dose Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
List Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
BEV Display BEV The view, from the perspective of looking through
Controls the beam onto the patient, allows you to see the
button outline of the beam over the patient anatomy.
List Tools Sort button Sorts the beam list in ascending or descending
order based on the selection made from the Sort
by drop-down list.
Beam List Panels Invert Reverses the selection status of the beams from
Selection selected to not settled and vice versa.
button
634 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Fixed and Iris Collimators Only
Dose Calculation Uncertainty (%) Sets the uncertainty level used for
text box calculating dose. (0.1% - 4.0%)
The Uncertainty setting is available after
you perform a Ray-Tracing dose calculation
and select Monte Carlo on the Algorithm
drop-down list.
List Tools Select and Modify Select allows selection of beams with the
button user selected criteria.Modify allows the
target positions and MUs to be modified.
Beam List Panels Frame Displays the current frame of reference and
a drop-down list of available frames of
reference. (CT or Robot)
Beams Selected check box Select this check box to select all beams.
MLC Only
Dose Calculation Uncertainty (%) text box Sets the uncertainty level used for calculating
dose. (0.1% - 4.0%)
The Uncertainty setting is available after you
perform a FSPB dose calculation and select
Monte Carlo on the Algorithm drop-down list.
List Tools Select and Modify button Select allows selection of beams with the user
selected criteria.Modify allows the target
positions and MUs to be modified. MU
modifications can be applied to a group of
beams.
Beams Selected check box Select this check box to select all beams.
636 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Segments Segment Key A unique number identifying a particular
segment. This value appears on reports used to
identify individual segments.
Leaf Positions Bank X1 & X2 The side of the MLC collimator the leaf is
located.
Layouts
Individual Modification
Use the beam list to modify MU or Target values. Values that can be edited
on the beam list are displayed with a light background; the read-only items
are displayed with a darker background.
To modify the MU or Target coordinates on the beam list:
1. Click to select a row.
2. Double-click the parameter.
The text box is activated for editing and the current value appears.
BEV Display
BEV Display allows you to view the outline of the beam over the patient
anatomy.
638 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: Clear the VOI Projection check box to turn off the VOI projections
even if VOI Visibility Options is turned on. However, VOI Projections does
not show the VOIs that have VOI Visibility Options turned off.
Dose Calculation
After making changes on the Finetune step, you must calculate the dose
based on the current beam data. You can perform low, medium, or high
resolution dose calculation. To save the plan as deliverable, you must
perform a medium or higher resolution for Ray-Tracing and FSPB dose
calculation.
List Tools
Sort
Use the Sort dialog box to sort the beam list in Ascending or Descending
order based on the criteria displayed on the Sort by drop-down list.
• Selected Beams in ascending order: The beams that are not selected
are grouped at the top and the selected beams are grouped at the
bottom.
• Path/Node in ascending order: The beams are sorted by Path ID first.
Beams with the same Path ID value are then sorted by Node ID.
• Blocked Imaging in ascending order: The unblocked beams are
grouped at the top and the blocked beams are grouped at the bottom.
Yes and No are then sorted in alphabetical order.
Select and Modify dialog box for Fixed and Iris collimator
640 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Select and Modify dialog box for Multileaf Collimator
NOTE: For Fixed and Iris Collimators, Modify allows the target positions and
MUs to be modified. For MLC, only MU modifications can be applied to a
group of beams.
NOTE: When using Finetune step for an MLC QA Plan, Modify allows
selection, but no modification.
642 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Modify Selected Beams for Fixed and Iris Collimators
Automatic Updates
Dose contours are not displayed after a modification because the current
calculated dose no longer applies to the beam set. Perform a low, medium,
or high resolution dose calculation to view newly-generated dose contours.
The controls are unavailable until the beams have been generated.
When pointing to a critical intersection whose value is greater than 0, the
system displays a tooltip with the names of the critical VOIs intersected by
a beam.
644 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Beams Step
The Beams step displays a list of beams and geometric parameters
associated with them. The controls enable you to perform hand calculations
to verify that the reference dose for each beam is consistent with the
number of MUs for that beam. For additional information, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
About the Beams Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Print the Beam Data List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Sorting Order of Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
646 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Multileaf Collimator (Option): The beams are sorted first by template
path ID, then by node number, and the Equivalent Square Length (mm)
field.
648 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
1079097-ENG A Sec ti on 9 -2 : E v al u at e T a s k fo r Cy be rK ni f e 649
Area Item Description
Isocurves Check boxes When selected, the color assigned to a color wash
value appears. When at least one check box is
selected, the column header check box is
available. To select or clear all individual check
boxes, select or clear the column header check
box.
Show dose Select the check box to show dose outside the skin.
outside skin
check box
Lines check box Select the check box to show dose lines.
650 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Dose Check boxes When selected, the color assigned to a color wash
Difference value appears. When at least one check box is
Map selected, the column header check box is
available. To select or clear all individual check
boxes, select or clear the column header check
box.
The Dose Difference Map defines the colors used in the color wash to
highlight the dose difference between points on Active and Reference
images when the Show dose difference check box is selected. Pixels
shaded in red have higher dose values in the dose distribution relative to
the plan being compared. If the Active plan has higher dose at a given pixel,
that pixel will be shaded with red on the Active plan image, but will be blue
on the Reference plan image.
652 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Custom [100% =] field. Dose difference values appear as relative
percentages of the value entered in the Custom [100% =] field.
The prescription isodose line is a special case. Regardless of the
normalization scheme selected, the prescription isodose line represents
the prescribed dose for the plan displayed. The Active plan and Reference
plan images always show the prescription isodose line for their respective
prescription doses. Therefore, even when the selected normalization mode
is relative to the Reference plan or a custom max, the calculated
percentage value for the Active plan prescription isodose line represents
the prescription dose of the Active plan. The same is true for the Reference
plan's prescription isodose line when normalization is set to the Active
plan's max or a custom max.
If the prescription doses of the Active and Reference plans do not match,
the Reference plan's prescription dose appears in green to indicate the
lines that represent different absolute doses.
Finally, the Sum plan's first entry in the isodose line list is equivalent to the
prescription dose of the Active plan.
In the Compare and Sum Plans step, the Dose-Volume Histogram (DVH)
chart displays a DVH for each delineated target and critical VOI in the
Active plan and Reference or Sum plan. You can use the DVH chart to
compare the DVHs of VOIs in the plans.
Click on a point in the selected DVH curve to display Active and Reference
or Sum plan dose and volume data (% and Gy/cGy) and the difference
between the two. To move the point along an active curve, drag the vertical
bar left or right.
Item Description
DVH Properties button Click to open the DVH Properties dialog box.
Selected DVH drop-down The VOI selected from the Selected DVH drop-down list
list is the active VOI on the DVH chart. Click a point in the
selected DVH curve to display Active and Reference plan
dose and volume data (percentage and Gy/cGy) and the
difference between the two. To move the point along an
active curve, drag the vertical bar left or right.
654 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
View or Modify DVH Properties
You can set or change the DVH chart properties of the Active and
Reference or Sum plan structures. It includes columns indicating available
structures, the source plan, whether a structure in a Reference or Sum plan
is comparable with a structure in the Active plan, and check boxes to show
structures on the DVH chart.
NOTE: Only the portion of a VOI that is enclosed by the dose calculation grid
is used to determine the DVH and dosimetric statistics. Therefore, if a
volume is partially enclosed by the grid, the apparent total volume of the VOI
for DVH calculation will be less than the volume calculated.
656 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Dose Statistics Table
The target volumes in the Dose Statistics Table have calculations for the
parameters listed in the following table for Active and Reference or Sum
plans that are compared side-by-side.
NOTE: For sum plans, the CI, nCI, GI, HI, and Coverage statistics for targets
will show as n/a because the statistics require a prescription isodose line and
one is unavailable for a sum plan.
Item Description
Name Lists the name of VOIs in Active and Reference or Sum plans.
Min (Gy/cGy) Minimum dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan
Min r (Gy/cGy) (Min), Reference plan (Min r), or Sum plan (Min s).
Min s (Gy/cGy)
Mean (Gy/cGy) Mean dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan (Mean),
Mean r (Gy/cGy) Reference plan (Mean r) or Sum plan (Mean s).
Mean s (Gy/cGy)
Max (Gy/cGy) Maximum dose in Gy/cGy for each VOI in the Active plan
Max r (Gy/cGy) (Max), Reference plan (Max r) or Sum plan (Max s).
Max s (Gy/cGy)
nCI, nCI r, nCI s nCI refers to the Active Plan, nCI r refers to the Reference
(New Conformality Plan, and nCI s refers to the Sum Plan. See “Dose
Index) Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
Coverage (%) Coverage refers to the Active plan, Coverage r refers to the
Coverage r (%) Reference plan, and Coverage s refers to the Sum plan.
See “Dose Statistics Table” (page 491) for details.
Coverage s (%)
Dx Vx Value
NOTE: Dx Vx values that are entered are copied from the active plan to the
reference plan with the automatically calculated values derived from the
corresponding DVH curves. As a result, either the dose difference or volume
difference will be always zero for each row.
TIP: Double-click the color box next to the Name column to move the
crosshairs on the images to the centroid of the corresponding VOI and move
the DVH graph cursor to the corresponding point (if the corresponding DVH
curve is currently visible and the selected VOI is not All Target Regions or
Soft Tissue).
658 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Item Description
Dose (Gy/cGy) Displays the dose of the selected DVH option in Gy/cGy for
Dose r (Gy/cGy) the Active plan (Dose), Reference plan (Dose r) or Sum plan
(Dose s).
Dose s (Gy/cGy)
Dose (%) Displays the dose of the selected DVH option in % for the
Dose r (%) Active plan (Dose), Reference plan (Dose r) or Sum plan
(Dose s).
Dose s (%)
Volume (cm3) Displays the volume of the selected DVH option in cm3 for the
Active plan (Volume) and Reference plan (Volume r) or Sum
Volume r (cm3)
plan (Volume s).
Volume s (cm3)
Volume (%) Displays the dose value of the selected DVH option in % for
Volume r (%) the Active plan (Volume) and Reference plan (Volume r) or
Sum plan (Volume s).
Volume s (%)
Active-Ref Dose Displays the dose difference in Gy/cGy between the Active
(Gy/cGy) and Reference or Sum plans for the selected DVH option.
Active-Sum Dose
(Gy/cGy)
Active-Ref Volume Displays the dose difference in cm3 between the Active and
(cm3) Reference or Sum plans for the selected DVH option.
Active-Sum Volume
(cm3)
Dose at POIs
The Dose at POIs tab contain the dose points that you have defined for the
active plan. Dose at POIs cannot be defined in Compare and Sum Plans
step.
660 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 10
Utilities Task
The Utilities task provides tools for analyzing the quality of various aspects
of a plan. 3D Filter step displays tools for viewing 3D images in W/L, Color,
and Flythrough layout which provides a unique view of the plan and dose
distribution. Ball-cube Plan step provides tools to create a test plan to be
used to verify the geometric accuracy of the CyberKnife System.
3D Filter Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Flythrough. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
3D Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
Color 3D Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
Ball-cube Plan Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
3D Filter step
Tools
The following tools are available on the 3D Filter step.
Layout W/L option Allows the user to adjust window/level based on histogram.
Selection
Color option Allows the user to define customized 3D filter preset.
Flythrough Allows navigation through 3D images from both outside and inside.
option
662 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
NOTE: Because the distance between the viewer and object determines the size in
perspective view, the Zoom tool cannot be used with Flythrough.
664 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
3D Filter also displays flythrough image sets in synchronized mode. When
two or more image sets are loaded, flythrough mode allows the user to
inspect the image sets from any angle and position either inside or outside
the patient data.
The following example screen depicts the 3D Filter layout for a plan with two
sets of fused image series. This view displays three volume renderings:
666 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Primary image series (A)
• Mixed fusion of the primary and secondary image series (A/B)
• Secondary image series (B)
If two images are loaded and fused, you can switch between the primary,
secondary, and mixed image series displays by clicking on the icon in the
top left corner of the image pane.
The prescription dose isocontour and the regions that were selected on the
3D Filter step are rendered in the 3D volume.
3D Display Options
3D Filter allows color 3D filter presets to be defined. Customized presets
can be defined based on factory presets and then saved with a meaningful
name. These presets are then displayed in a preset gallery with a skull
image and labeled with a red "C".
668 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Color 3D Filter
With the Color option selected as the Layout Selection, the user can assign
different color and opacity to different intensity value of 3D images. For
example, in certain instances, it may be useful to display vascular
structures in red.
The bottom panel displays the image histograms, color palette selector,
final color bar, histogram scale control, and a curve to represent opacity and
color information.
Use the Color 3D Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
670 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Ball-cube Plan Step
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Overview
The Ball-cube plan test procedure is a quality assurance tool that enables
you to create a dose distribution at the center of the film-cube with a
spherical target. Use this test to verify the geometric accuracy of the
CyberKnife System.
For more information on using the Ball-cube Plan step, see the Physics
Essentials Guide.
Settings Task
The Settings task allows you to set display preferences and defaults for the
Accuray Precision System.
The Settings task can be accessed when a plan is being viewed or click
Planning Settings from the home page.
Preferences Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Maintenance Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Plan Template Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Plan Template Parameters for Tomo® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Plan Template Parameters for CyberKnife . . . . . . . . . . . 697
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 673
Preferences Step
Use the Preferences step to set display and planning parameters.
Display Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Planning Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Display Parameters
The appearance of the display can be customized by setting the
parameters in the Isocurve Templates, Rendering, and VOI Set Templates
sections.
The following parameters can be set on Preferences > Display Parameters.
674 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Isocurve Use the Isocurve Templates area to set the current isocurve
Templates template or update the default isocurve template. Set the
percentage of the maximum dose for each curve, the isodose line
width, the color, and show/hide setting for any or all of the dose
curves.
Load Factory Click to reset all default Isocurve Templates to factory settings.
Settings button
Share pan and Select to apply pan and zoom settings to all 2D views on a step.
zoom factors
between 2D views
check box
Default SUV Select the default method for calculating SUV from the drop-down
Method drop-down list.
list
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 675
Area Item Description
VOI Set Use the VOI Set Templates area to select a VOI template set from
Templates a list of saved VOI Set Templates. When you select a template,
the properties update for all VOIs that do not have a defined
contour. If a VOI has been previously delineated, that VOI will
retain its current properties (including the VOI name).
Template Click to select a template from the list of saved VOI Set
drop-down list Templates. By default, Empty template is selected.
Set Default button Click to set the selected VOI template as default.
Delete button Click to remove the selected VOI from the template.
Load Factory Click to reset all default VOI Templates to the factory settings.
Settings button
Planning Parameters
The planning parameters can be customized by setting the Treatment Time
Parameters (CyberKnife plans only), Density Models, Window/Level
Presets, and Miscellaneous sections.
676 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Miscellaneous Enable The Accuray Precision System automatically saves the current plan
Auto-save at regular intervals. The interval length can be modified or the
check box function disabled.
NOTE: If Auto-save is disabled, the plan is not saved and any
changes are unrecoverable.
Enable Select this option if you want to automatically unenroll the treatment
Auto-unenroll plans from PreciseART® when the free disk space threshold is
check box exceeded. Only the plans with completed treatments are unenrolled
(Tomo only) in chronological order by the date of the patient's last delivered
fraction.
Minimum free Enter a value to use as a threshold for Auto-unenroll to start. When
disk space the threshold is exceeded and Enable Auto-unenroll is selected,
(GB) one or more patients whose treatment has been completed are
automatically unenrolled.
Expected MIM Displays expected MIM build number.The information only appears
build if PreciseART® or PreciseRTX® is licensed.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 677
Area Item Description
Treatment For each tracking method for the CyberKnife System, the default
Time patient setup time and image time intervals are modified here.
Parameters
CyberKnife Load Factory Resets all Treatment Time Parameters to the factory settings.
Only Settings
button
Density Models
The Model drop-down list in the Planning Parameters tab shows the
following sample models:
• Water/Air (sample)
• Lung Standard (sample)
• Body Standard (sample)
Sample models cannot be changed and cannot be used to create
deliverable patient plans. You can create and name up to seven custom
models for a total of 10 density models.
Density Definitions
• Relative Electron Density: The electron density value for a given CT
number relative to the electron density of water.
678 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Mass Density: The mass per unit volume in units of g/cm3.
CAUTION: When you are defining the density model, include a point defined as
follows: HU value for air -1000 at air density 0.001 g/cc. Otherwise, there is a risk
that an interpolated value will have too high a density and the beam attenuation in
air will be overestimated. Failure to use the appropriate density model may result in
incorrect dose distributions.
NOTE: If you generate and save a plan that uses a specific density model and then
change the curve associated with that model, when you reload the plan it will reuse
the curve saved with the plan. The name of the density curve in the Plan > Setup
will be bracketed to indicate that the parameters differ from the default density
curve with the same name.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 679
Density Models panel with Full Range
5. (Optional) Click Set Default to set a new density model as the default.
6. Enter values in the HU and Density fields for each point in the model.
• Maximum relative electron density of 10.
• Maximum mass density 22.6.
• Maximum HU value of 31743. Minimum HU value of -1024.
680 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Model displayed as point to point line segments.
7. (Optional) To delete a point in the model, select the point and click Delete
Point.
8. (Optional) To reset the model to the default system values, click Reset
Model.
IMPORTANT: The initial values of the custom models are quite different from any
real-world model. Therefore, be careful to avoid accidentally resetting any custom
model you enter. There is no confirmation message for the reset model command,
and in the normal planning workflow, there is no display of the model currently in
use.
If you click Reset Model, all values revert to the default values except for the
model name. When you reset a modified model, evaluate the resulting
model carefully before applying that model to a plan.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 681
Maintenance Step
Use the Maintenance step to delete images from the workstation if the
image is stored locally on the Accuray Precision System, and delete the
remote host setup for DICOM transfer.
Delete an Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Delete a Remote Host. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
NOTE: Patient images are stored on the iDMS System. The data deleted here is
duplicate data.
Maintenance Step
Delete an Image
To delete an image, select the patient or patients associated with the
images to be deleted and click Remove.
682 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Delete a Remote Host
To delete a remote host, select a host name to be deleted and click
Remove.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 683
Plan Template Step
Use the Plan Template step to review, create, edit, and delete plan
templates. Plan templates are saved when leaving the Plan Template step.
Use the Save As function to change a plan template and then save it as a
new plan template. When using Save As, the originally modified plan
template does not change.
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Managing Plan Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
General Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
NOTE: Changes to a plan template are automatically saved either when navigating
away from the Plan Template step or when a different plan template is selected.
684 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Plan Template Step for CyberKnife
Tools
The following controls are available on the Plan Template step.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 685
Area Item Description
Quick Plan Validation Summary Checks the plan template for use with QuickPlan.
button Not available for Tomo templates.
NOTE: The Plan Template step displays tools for managing template contents. For
information on selecting a template for a plan, see “Complete Creating a Standard
Treatment Plan With a Template” (page 74).
686 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Control buttons to create, delete, copy, and edit the current template.
• A template properties section that includes name, the anatomical
region, machine type, the author, and the status of password protection.
The plan template view (in the center of the window) displays a series of
tabs that correspond to types of parameters that are part of the plan
template. These parameters can be edited to set different parameters in a
given view.
2. Click Yes to create a new template with all the settings of the currently
loaded plan, or click No to create a new empty template.
When a new template is created, an automatically generated name is
assigned to the template. You can change the name in the Name field of
Template Properties.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 687
Delete a Plan Template
1. Select the template to delete from the Plan Template drop-down list.
2. Click Delete. If the template is not password-protected, the template is
deleted.
If the template is password protected, the Plan Template Password dialog
box appears. Once the correct password is entered, the template is deleted.
1. Select the template to edit from the Plan Template drop-down list.
• If the plan is not password protected, you can edit the fields.
• If the plan is password protected, click the Edit button, enter the
password in the password prompt, and click OK.
2. (Optional) Select the Password Protection check box to add password
protection.
You can also replace an existing password by clicking the Change
Password button under the check box.
688 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
3. Edit the template fields.
Any changes immediately update the template contents. Changes are not
applied to previously saved plans using the template. To change the
settings saved with a plan, you must update the plan.
General Tab
The General tab allows you to configure isocurve and VOI definitions and
allows Autosegmentation for a plan template.
The following parameters can be set on the General tab.
Add VOI button Click to add a VOI to the selected VOI template.
Delete VOI button Click to remove the selected VOI from the
template.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 689
Set General Template Parameters
1. Select the Show check box in the Isocurve Definitions section for each
isocurve definition you want displayed for the plan.
2. Click the Load Definitions from a VOI Set Template button if using VOI
definitions from an existing template.
3. Select the Perform Autosegmentation check box if you want automatic
segmentation to be performed.
4. Select Brain, Head and Neck, or Male Pelvis from the Anatomic Region
drop-down list.
5. Select the Bladder contains air check box if CT images show air in the
bladder.
690 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Plan Template Parameters for Tomo®
Plan Setup Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Planning Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
Evaluate Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
VOI Name Matching Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
The following parameters can be set on the Plan Setup Parameters tab.
Density Model drop-down Displays the current density model and a list of alternatives. A typical
list density model contains a mass density model curve and a relative
electron density model curve. Both curves are displayed on the graph.
Tomo plans only require mass density values.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 691
Area Item Description
Density Priority Indicates which density override values will be used when VOIs
Overrides overlap. When two VOIs overlap, the density values of the VOI with the
higher priority, in descending order from the top, will be used in the
overlapping region.
Move to Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the
Bottom bottom of the list.
button
Move Down Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one row
button lower in the list.
Move Up Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one row
button higher in the list.
Move to Top Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the top
button of the list.
Beam Name Name of the critical VOIs that beams can intersect.
Intersection
Allow Beam Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
Intersection Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed VOI.
Exit Only: If a beam intersects the listed VOI before it intersects the
target, the beam is disabled.
NOTE: Beam/VOI intersection check is performed at projection plane
at 800 mm depth.
NOTE: The beam intersection table on the Plan Setup Parameters tab is hidden if a
script is applied to a template. The script’s beam intersection settings have priority
over the template settings.
1. Select the density model for the treatment plan from the Density Model
drop-down list.
2. Select the corresponding Enabled check boxes for density overrides.
3. Set density overrides priorities using the Move buttons.
4. Highlight the VOI and select the beam intersection option from the
drop-down list.
• Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
692 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Exit Only: If a beam intersects the listed VOI before it intersects the
target, the beam is disabled.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 693
Evaluate Parameters Tab
Use the Evaluate Parameters tab to predefine dose volume analysis for
VOIs (all target regions or soft tissue). After selecting a VOI from the
drop-down list, decide which parameter to track and enter a value for one
of the following:
• Dose (Gy/cGy)
• Dose (%)
• Volume (cm³)
• Volume (%)
When a template is applied to a new plan, these values are included. Once
dose has been calculated in the plan, the other three values are
automatically computed based on the DVH for the selected VOI.
694 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
DxVx Values Name Select VOIs from the drop-down list to display Dx and Vx values.
Dose (Gy/cGy) Displays the dose of the selected VOI in Gy/cGy. Manually entered
values appear in bold text.
Dose (%) Displays the dose of the selected VOI in %. Manually entered values
appear in bold text.
Volume (cm3) Displays the volume of the selected VOI in cm3. Manually entered
values appear in bold text.
Volume (%) Displays the dose value of the selected VOI in %. Manually entered
values appear in bold text.
Criteria Double click to open the Edit DxVx Criteria dialog box, and enter
(double-click to values to augment each DxVx value which you want to evaluate
edit) against the active plan. See “DxVx Criteria” (page 422) for more
details.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 695
VOI Name Matching tab
The following parameters can be set on the VOI Name Matching tab.
696 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Plan Template Parameters for CyberKnife
Planning Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Plan Setup Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Script Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Evaluate Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
VOI Name Matching Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
QuickPlan Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 697
Planning Parameters tab controls
Treatment Treatment Select a treatment delivery machine. What you select affects what
Parameters Machine other settings are available, depending on the machine
drop-down list configuration and licenses.
Collimator Type Displays current collimator type and a drop-down list of available
drop-down list collimators.If the Accuray Precision System is not licensed for
either the Iris Collimator or MLC Collimator, Fixed appears.
InTempo Imaging When selected, the InTempo Adaptive Imaging System path sets
check box will be used. The check box is unavailable unless the CyberKnife
System is licensed for the InTempo System and “body” is selected
in Treatment Anatomy.If the InTempo Imaging check box is
selected, the Tracking Method must include fiducial tracking, and
the Template Path Set defaults to an InTempo System specific
path set.
Template Path Displays the current selection and drop-down list to change the
Set drop-down template path set. Available choices depend on the selected
list treatment anatomy.
Optimization Optimization Displays the current selection and a drop-down list of available
Resolution resolution settings for the Ray-Tracing dose calculation algorithm,
drop-down list Monte Carlo Dose Calculation, and FSPB dose calculation
algorithm for optimization (Low, Medium, or High).
Prescription Prescription Dose Sets the numerical value for the prescribed dose (Gy/cGy).
(Gy/cGy)
Prescription Sets the numerical value for the prescription dose percentage.
Isocurve (%)
698 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Selection Method Select a Selection Method for each target VOI. If the Selection
drop-down list Method is Manual, set the collimator size for each of the treatment
path (TmP1, TmP2, TmP3).
• Manual
• Conformality (2 collimators)
• Homogeneity (2 collimators)
• Conformality (3 collimators)
• Homogeneity (3 collimators)
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 699
Plan Setup Parameters Tab
The Plan Setup Parameters tab allows you to select a density model,
enable contour correction, select density overrides, and set allowed beam
intersections for critical structures.
700 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Plan Setup Parameters tab
Density Model drop-down list Displays the current density model and a list of alternatives. A
typical density model contains a mass density model curve and a
relative electron density model curve. Both curves are displayed on
the graph.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 701
Area Item Description
Density Priority Indicates which density override values are used when VOIs
Overrides overlap. When two VOIs overlap, the density values of the VOI with
the higher priority, in descending order from the top, are used in
the overlapping region.
Move to Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the
Bottom button bottom of the list.
Move Down Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one
button row lower in the list.
Move Up Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override one
button row higher in the list.
Move to Top Adjusts the priority by moving the selected density override to the
button top of the list.
Beam Name Name of the critical VOIs that beams can intersect.
Intersection
Intersection • Allowed: Allows beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Never: Does not allow beams to intersect the listed VOI.
• Exit Only: If a beam or segment intersects the listed VOI before
it intersects the target, the beam will be disabled.
NOTE: For segments, only the portion that intersects with the VOI is blocked, not
the whole segment.
702 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
• Exit Only: If a beam intersects the listed VOI before it intersects the
target, the beam is disabled.
Show Sequential option Select either option to filter the scripts available from the Script
VOLO option Name drop-down list.
Script Name drop-down list Select from the list of available optimization scrips for the
selected optimization method.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 703
Area Item Description
NOTE: The Script Name drop-down list of Load Script and Delete Script are filtered
to display only scripts specific to the selected collimator type.
704 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Evaluate Parameters tab controls
DxVx Values Name Select VOIs from the drop-down list to display Dx
and Vx values.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 705
VOI Name Matching Tab
When a plan is created, there can be as many as four different names for a
given VOI. For a given VOI, the names include:
• The name specified in the Plan Template.
• The name from a Optimization Script which should be associated with
the VOI.
• The name used by Autosegmentation associating the contours
produced by the AutoSegmentation algorithm with the VOI.
• The name for the VOI that is contained in the RTSS imported when the
plan was created.
AutoSegmentation and RTSS names can be considered the source of
contours for a VOI. VOI names defined by the Plan Template can be
considered the source of contours for Auto Margin rules and for the VOIs
used in optimization script. The Manual check box and the Generate Skin
Automatically check box are also sources of contours for VOIs.
Before a Plan Template can be valid for use with QuickPlan, all sources of
contours (AutoSegmentation Names, RTSS Names, Automatic Skin
Generation and Manual if checked) must be matched with some VOI name
from the Plan Template. No VOI can have more than one source of
contours. All VOI names from the Plan Template or optimization script must
have a source of contours matched to it.
The QuickPlan Validation Summary specifically indicates where there are
problems involving VOIs that are inadequately matched (either as sources
or destinations of contours).
706 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
VOI Name Matching tab controls
VOI Operation When selected, indicates that the VOI name in this row is the
Destination destination of an VOI Operation defined in the QuickPlan tab.
Manual When selected, manually contour the VOI before QuickPlan can
proceed automatically.
Name in script VOI names from the selected optimization script for the plan.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 707
column will only show VOIs that are the same type as the VOIs from the
plan template.
• If AutoSegmentation is selected, match each structure name supported
by AutoSegmentation with the VOI from the plan template where the
automatically generated contours should be placed.
QuickPlan Tab
The QuickPlan (licensed option) step allows key planning parameters to be
set via a plan template prior to creating a new plan. QuickPlan automates
the treatment planning process by fusing image sets, generating VOIs (if
AutoSegmentation is selected), optimizing beams, and calculating dose.
The newly created plan can then be evaluated and adjusted.
708 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Skin Generation Generate Skin When selected, QuickPlan generates a skin VOI
Automatically check automatically. When cleared, the Skin VOI drop-down list
box is unavailable.
Maximum Contours Enter the number of contour sets for the selected Skin VOI
Per Slice text box (1 - 8).
Min Contour Size Enter a value to modify the minimum number of voxels that
(voxels) text box can be used to create a Skin structure.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 709
Area Item Description
Optimization Optimization Dose Set Dose Calculation Box Size button: Click to view the
Calculation Dose Calculation Box Size dialog box to define the size of
the dose calculation box for the Sequential or VOLO step.
This is based on which VOIs should be included and some
margin that is used to dilate the box isotropically.
Monte Carlo Dose Perform Monte Carlo Dose Calculation check box: When
Calculation selected, QuickPlan uses Monte Carlo for optimization
after it has optimized the plan using Ray-Tracing.
Resolution: Displays the current selection and a
drop-down list of resolution settings when Monte Carlo is
performed (Low, Medium, or High).
Uncertainty%: Displays the uncertainty used for
calculating the dose.
Time Reduction for Perform Time Reduction check box: Select to specify a
Sequential desired treatment time per fraction in the Treatment Time
Optimization per Fraction text box and perform a treatment time
reduction.
Treatment Time per Fraction text box: Enter the value for
the desired treatment time (in minutes) per fraction.
Beam Reduction for Perform Beam Reduction check box Select to reduce the
Sequential number of beams in the treatment plan. The Cutoff (MU)
Optimization text box and the Reduce and Reduce and Optimize
options become available,
Cutoff (MU) text box: Enter the minimum MU for beams to
be retained in the plan. All beams with dose below this
value are removed from the plan.
Reduce option: Accepts changes and removes the beams
whose MU are below the cutoff and recalculates the
remaining non-zero beams without re-optimization.
Reduce and Optimize option: Accepts changes, removes
beams whose MU is below the cutoff, and starts
re-optimization with the first step.
710 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 711
4. If Monte Carlo is used, select the Perform Monte Carlo Dose Calculation
check box. Then, select Low, Medium, or High from the Resolution
drop-down list and set the Uncertainty (%).
NOTE: Ray-Tracing will have been performed prior to performing Monte Carlo
during optimization.
5. If time reduction is desired, select the Perform Time Reduction check box.
6. If beam reduction is desired, select the Perform Beam Reduction check
box.
7. Select the Perform Dose Calculation check box in the Evaluation section to
calculate evaluation dose.
8. Click the Set Dose Calculation Box Size button in the Evaluation section.
The Dose Calculation Box Size dialog box appears.
712 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: This is only available for Ray-Tracing since Monte Carlo uses the entire CT
volume when calculating dose.
9. Select the algorithm from the Algorithm drop-down list in the Evaluation
section.
10. Select Low, Medium, or High from the Resolution drop-down list in the
Evaluation section.
11. Click Validation Summary to confirm that the plan template is sufficient for
creating a plan using QuickPlan.
If the QuickPlan template is incomplete, a information message will be
displayed.
1079097-ENG A C ha pt er 1 1: Se tt i ng s T as k 713
714 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 12
716 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Treatment Planning
This section presents features specific to the Synchrony Spine Tracking in
treatment planning.
Spine Tracking Volume Segmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Tracking Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
WARNING: The Spine Tracking Volume limits the portion of the DRR used for
tracking by the Synchrony Spine Tracking. If the Spine Tracking Volume does not
fully encompass the vertebral column, tracking errors may occur during treatment.
Examine the images to ensure that the vertebral column is fully within the Spine
Tracking Volume.
Spine-Tracking
The spine tracking defines a structure that includes the vertebral column
and the surrounding area. The surrounding area contains information that
helps generate higher quality DRR images.
NOTE: The spine tracking volume should not contain only the vertebral column, but
should also contain the surrounding area.
NOTE: For Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling, the spine tracking
volume should not include any part of the target VOI. The treatment plan cannot be
saved if any part of the target VOI is included in the spine tracking volume.
The following image illustrates the spine model. The spine model defines a
stack of virtual spine disks. Each virtual spine disk is defined as an elliptical
contour on one of the axial image slices. The position and the size of each
elliptical contour are determined by a center point and two radius vectors.
A spine model contains two or more virtual spine disks. A spine model
includes the following adjustable parameters:
• The number of virtual spine disks.
• The center point and radius of each disk.
718 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Adding a Virtual Spine Disk
In either the sagittal view or the coronal view, click on the spine axis line to
define the center position of the new virtual spine disk.
The radius of the new virtual spine disk is interpolated automatically from
the radii of the neighboring virtual spine disks.
NOTE: For Head First Prone (HFP) or Feet First Prone (FFP) cases, select Spine
Prone with Respiratory if the Synchrony Spine Tracking Prone feature is licensed.
NOTE: DRR quality in the treatment planning system differs from that in the
treatment delivery system.
2. Click Confirm to save the position of the imaging center and the ROI height.
The Plan task will become active and a new plan can be created.
NOTE: The ROI height set in this step is the default size used during treatment
delivery.
722 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
1079097-ENG A Ch ap t er 12 : S y nc hr on y® Sp ine Tr a cking ( Cy be r Knif e Op t io n) 723
724 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Chapter 13
1079097-ENG A 725
Introduction
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
About the Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling . . . . . 726
Overview
The CyberKnife System with the Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory
Modeling enables accurate patient positioning and radiation beam delivery
without the need for implanting fiducials.
The Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling is used in
combination with the Synchrony Spine Tracking to perform patient
alignment. During treatment delivery, it is used with the Synchrony System
to track movement of the tumor correlated with patient breathing patterns
translationally.
For more information about the Synchrony System, refer to the Synchrony
Respiratory Tracking (Option) chapter of the Treatment Delivery Manual.
For more information about the Synchrony Spine Tracking, refer to the
“Synchrony® Spine Tracking (CyberKnife Option)” (page 715) and the
Treatment Delivery Manual.
NOTE: The Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling is not intended to
track lung tumors smaller than 15 mm in any direction or lung tumors located in the
central region of the lung.
726 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Treatment Planning
In the treatment planning phase, identify the location of the tumor to be
treated and generate DRRs. During treatment delivery, the CyberKnife
System refers to rectangular regions that circumscribe the known tumor
contour in the DRRs to detect the tumor location within a region of interest
(ROI) in the live images.
The first step in creating a treatment plan is to load patient data and the
required medical images, including at least one CT series. This step is
described in “Overview” (page 23).
Tumor and Spine Tracking Volume Segmentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Tracking Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
WARNING: The Spine Tracking Volume limits the portion of the DRR used for
tracking by the Synchrony Spine Tracking. If the Spine Tracking Volume does not
fully encompass the vertebral column, tracking errors may occur during treatment.
Examine the images to ensure that the vertebral column is fully within the Spine
Tracking Volume.
NOTE: The Spine Tracking Volume should not contain only the vertebral column,
but should also contain the surrounding area.
NOTE: The Spine Tracking Volume should not include any part of the target VOI.
The treatment plan cannot be saved if any part of the target VOI is included in the
Spine Tracking Volume.
NOTE: The Spine Tracking Volume should only be used to define spine volume for
tracking purposes. It cannot be used to define any other structure.
728 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The following image illustrates the spine model. The spine model defines a
stack of virtual spine disks. Each virtual spine disk is defined as an elliptical
contour on one of the axial image slices. The position and the size of each
elliptical contour are determined by a center point and two radius vectors.
A spine model contains two or more virtual spine disks. A spine model
includes the following adjustable parameters:
• The number of virtual spine disks.
• The center point and radius of each disk.
730 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Alignment Center Selection
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
DRR Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Overview
For Synchrony Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling, the alignment
center is selected based on the requirements of the Synchrony Spine
Tracking. The alignment center is used to align the patient at the machine
center and allow the image tracking system to track the patient in 6D.
NOTE: For best results, position the alignment center on the same axial slice as the
tumor tracking volume and center the alignment center on the spinal cord.
If the alignment center is on the same axial slice as the tumor tracking
volume, the tumor tracking volume will be visible in the axial view. When
you select the alignment center, you should be able to see the spine
tracking model in all three cardinal views.
The following image shows the tumor in the axial view. The spine tracking
model is visible in all three cardinal views.
Default Mode
If only one tumor tracking volume is defined as a target in the Contour task,
that volume is automatically selected as the tumor tracking volume in the
DRR Review step of the Setup task.
The following image shows the DRR Review step. The default DRR type is
Full Content. The name of the tumor tracking volume and the centroid
position point in CT space are displayed on the left of the screen.
If multiple targets are defined in the Contour task, the DRR views will be
blank when you switch to DRR Review step. You must select one tumor
tracking volume as the target before DRR images can be generated.
The DRR images are generated based on the centroid of the tumor tracking
volume. As a result, the tumor tracking volume will always be shown at the
center of the DRR images.
NOTE: To identify the tumor tracking volume in the DRR images, look in the region
at the center of the DRR images.
732 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
Invert DRR Images Inverts DRR images black to white and white to
check box black.
DRR Type Full Content option Displays the full content DRR images.
Spine Removed option Displays the DRR images with the spine
removed.
Tumor Region option Displays the DRR images only of the region
around the tumor.
4. Select the Full Content option, and then click the Apply button if the tumor
is visible on the DRR images.
NOTE: Only click Apply if you are sure this patient can be treated with Synchrony
Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling.
The following image shows the tumor tracking volume contour overlaid on
Spine Removed DRR images.
734 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The following image shows the tumor tracking volume contour overlaid on
Tumor Region DRR images.
3. Select the Spine Removed or Tumor Region options to view other DRR
image types.
736 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Apply
The Apply button is available when the Full Content option is selected. If
you can see the tumor clearly in the DRR images, click the Apply button.
Once the Apply button has been clicked, the Plan task becomes available.
WARNING: If the tracking target is not visible in the DRR images, the Synchrony
Lung Tracking with Respiratory Modeling algorithm might not be able to track the
tracking target. Ensure the target is contoured correctly and is visible in the DRR
images.
WARNING: Treatment plans using Lung Optimized Treatment should only be used
for lung cases. Otherwise, patient mistreatment may result.
WARNING: Verify that for each DICOM image series selected, that all slices
are listed and meet the image acquisition guidelines. Refer to the
pretreatment scanning guidelines in the Treatment Delivery Manual for
specific image acquisition guidelines.
Spine Segmentation
Spine Segmentation is required. Use the model-based spine segmentation
tool in the Contour > Spine-Tracking step to segment the spine.
740 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
WARNING: The Spine Tracking Volume limits the portion of the DRR used
for tracking by Lung Optimized Treatment. If the Spine Tracking Volume
does not fully encompass the vertebral column, tracking errors may occur
during treatment. Examine the images to ensure that the vertebral column is
fully within the Spine Tracking Volume.
NOTE: The Spine Tracking Volume should not contain only the vertebral
column, but should also contain the surrounding area.
The following image illustrates the spine model. The spine model defines a
stack of virtual spine disks. Each virtual spine disk is defined as an elliptical
contour on one of the axial image slices. The position and the size of each
elliptical contour are determined by a center point and two radius vectors.
742 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Creating a New Dual CT Simulation Plan
1. Click the New Plan icon in the Patients and Plans area of the Accuray
Precision System Home Page.
2. Select a patient with two image sets from the Patient Name/Patient ID list
on the New Plan screen.
3. Click the Simulation icon in the Select Type area.
4. Click Next >>.
5. On the Select Exams screen, the Modality list displays CT if CT exams are
included.
Exams associated with the selected modality are displayed in the Exam ID
list.
NOTE: If CT exams are not included, another patient exam profile must be
selected.
6. Select an exam (exhale) in the Exam ID list and click Select Exam, or
double-click on the exam to move it to the Selected Exam list. This exam
becomes the primary CT exam.
7. Select a second exam (inhale) in the Exam ID list and click Select Exam, or
double-click on the exam to move it to the Selected Exam list. This exam
will be the secondary CT exam.
To remove an exam from the Selected Exam list, select the exam and click
Remove.
After removing an exam from the Selected Exam list, click CT in the
Modality list to refresh the Exam ID list.
(Optional) You can select any RT Structure Set VOI associated with a
primary CT exam.
Fuse > Setup step is displayed with the Already registered check box
selected unless the CT exams have a time separation of more than 30
minutes.
16. Click the image series label B showing the secondary CT, and select TTV
(secondary) from the Select VOI list.
17. Create secondary VOI corresponding to the visible mass of the treatment
target in the axial view.
Use the slider bar to scroll up or down through the slice display in order to
add VOI segments to further define the VOI in 3D.
18. On the Spine-Tracking step, select the spine VOI from the drop-down list.
Spine Tracking VOI edit mode is activated by clicking anywhere on the
midline column of the VOI in the Sagittal or Coronal view, or anywhere
within the Spine Tracking VOI in the Axial view.
NOTE: If the TTV(primary) VOI overlaps the Spine Tracking VOI, the resulting
Simulation Plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan. It will be necessary to
refine the boundaries of either or both VOIs to eliminate contact in order to
save as a deliverable plan.
19. Click ITTV Creation, and under Define ITTV Parameters confirm that TTV
(primary) and TTV(secondary) are selected as Source VOI, and that ITTV
is selected as Destination VOI.
744 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
NOTE: The Internal Target Tracking Volume (ITTV) is based on the Target
Tracking Volume (TTV) and is generally delineated by the user during
creation of a Simulation plan.
The ITTV represents the expected respiratory excursion of the TTV. The ITTV
is defined from the delineation of the TTV on the two respiratory phases
represented by the CT scans used to create a Simulation plan. The shape
and position of the ITTV is independent of the tracking mode subsequently
selected when creating a treatment plan.
During treatment of a case where 1-View tracking is selected and the
treatment plan was based on a Simulation plan, the projected overlay of the
ITTV is displayed in the untracked Live X-ray image.
6. Select an exam in the Exam ID list and click Select Exam, or double-click
the exam to move it to the Selected Exam list.
• To remove an exam from the Selected Exam list, select the exam and
click Remove.
• After removing an exam from the Selected Exam list, click CT in the
Modality list to refresh the Exam ID list.
• (Optional) You can select any RT Structure Set VOI associated with a
primary CT exam.
9. Click Use Template on the Use Plan Template screen. Contour > Manual
step appears.
10. Select TTV(primary) from the Select VOI list.
11. Create primary VOI corresponding to the visible mass of the treatment
target in the axial view using tools selected from the Drawing Tools area.
Use the slider bar to scroll up or down through the slice display in order to
add VOI segments to further define the VOI in 3D.
746 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
12. On the Spine-Tracking step, select the spine VOI from the drop-down list.
Spine Tracking VOI edit mode is activated by clicking anywhere on the
midline column of the VOI in the Sagittal or Coronal view, or anywhere
within the Spine Tracking VOI in the Axial view.
NOTE: If the TTV(primary) VOI overlaps the Spine Tracking VOI, the
resulting Simulation Plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan. It will be
necessary to refine the boundaries of either or both VOIs to eliminate contact
in order to save as a deliverable plan.
13. Click ITTV Creation and confirm that TTV(primary) is selected for Define
ITTV Parameters and that ITTV is selected as Destination VOI.
NOTE: The Internal Target Tracking Volume (ITTV) is based on the Target
Tracking Volume (TTV) and is generally delineated by the user during
creation of a Simulation plan.
The ITTV represents the expected respiratory excursion of the TTV. The
ITTV is defined from the delineation of the TTV on the two respiratory phases
represented by the CT scans used to create a Simulation plan. For a single
CT case, the ITTV is defined from the delineation of the TTV on the planning
CT and a range of motion entered by the user. The shape and position of the
ITTV is independent of the tracking mode subsequently selected when
creating a treatment plan.
During treatment of a case where 1-View tracking is selected and the
treatment plan was based on a Simulation plan, the projected overlay of the
ITTV is displayed in the untracked Live X-ray image.
14. Enter values in the 3 (R(-)/L(+), A(-)/P(+), I(-)/S(+)) Range of Motion (mm)
fields. The values should not exceed -50 to +50 to describe the 3 cardinal
components of expected respiratory motion of the target in mm from the
primary position.
NOTE: Range of Motion (mm) values between -50 and +50 must be entered
to activate the Apply button.
15. Click Apply. The ITTV VOI is generated using the TTV(primary) VOI and
Range of Motion (mm) values.
16. Click Setup. Align > Tools appears.
17. Use the crosshairs in the three 2D views to move the spine alignment center
to the desired position.
18. Click Confirm.
19. Click DRR Review.
748 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Lung Optimized Treatment
This section presents features specific to Lung Optimized Treatment in
treatment planning.
Accuracy of Spine Supine Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Creating a New Lung Optimized Treatment Plan Using 2 CTs . . . . . . 749
Creating a New Lung Optimized Treatment Plan Using 1 CT . . . . . . . 753
Synchrony Method Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
Creating an ITV (1-View and Spine Supine Tracking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
Creating a PTV (1-View and Spine Supine Tracking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
Align Center Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
DRR Review (Lung with Respiratory and 1-View Tracking) . . . . . . . . 762
ITV and PTV Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770
NOTE: When a Lung Optimized Treatment plan is created that is not based
on a Simulation Plan, the projected overlay of the ITTV will not be displayed
in the untracked Live X-ray image for 1-View tracking treatments.
1. Click the New Plan icon in the Patients and Plans area of the Accuray
Precision System Home Page.
2. Click a patient name from the Patient Name/Patient ID list on the New Plan
screen. The icons for plan type are activated.
3. Click the Lung Optimized icon from the Select Type area to create a new
Lung Optimized Treatment plan.
You may optionally select the Use an existing Simulation Plan check box.
When this check box is selected, select a desired Simulation Plan. Then,
The Select Exams screen appears with a list of studies associated with the
selected patient. The appropriate plan template for Lung Optimized
Treatment plans is selected automatically.
(Optional) You can select any RT Structure Set VOI associated with a
primary CT exam.
8. Click Use Template on the Use Plan Template screen. A warning appears.
9. Click OK in the Warning message.
If two CTs are selected, Fuse > Setup appears with the Already registered
check box selected, unless the CT exams have a time separation of more
than 30 minutes.
If the CTs are not acquired in the same coordinate space, verify that the
Already registered check box is not checked and proceed to the Register
step. It is recommended that a spine ROI region is used for registration. For
more information, see “Fuse Task” (page 267).
750 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
11. Click Contour. Contour > Manual appears.
12. Select TTV(primary) from the Select VOI list.
13. Delineate the TTV in the primary image using tools selected from the
Drawing Tools area.
Use the slider bar to scroll up or down through the slice display in order to
add VOI segments to further define the VOI in 3D.
16. Click the image series label select B showing the secondary CT, and select
TTV(secondary) from the Select VOI list.
17. Delineate TTV in secondary CT image using tools selected from the
Drawing Tools area.
Use the slider bar to scroll up or down through the slice display in order to
add VOI segments to further define the VOI in 3D.
NOTE: If the tracking target VOI overlaps the Spine Tracking VOI, the
resulting plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan. It will be necessary to
refine the boundaries of either or both VOIs to eliminate contact in order to
save as a deliverable plan.
21. Click the Setup task tab, Machine > Tools step appears.
22. Select a Treatment Machine. If there is only one treatment machine is
available at your site, it is selected by default
23. Enter Number of Fractions.
24. Select a desired collimator type.
25. Only body is available for Treatment Anatomy. Select correct Template
Path Set.
26. The following Synchrony Method are available: Spine Supine, Lung with
Respiratory, Lung 1 View A with Respiratory, and Lung1 View B with
Respiratory.
• Select Spine Supine if tumor is not visible in either X-Ray images or
DRRs.
• Select Lung with Respiratory if tumor is visible in both DRRs.
• Select Lung1 View A with Respiratory or Lung1 View B with Respiratory
if the tumor is visible in only one of the DRR images.
27. If Spine Supine or Lung1 View A with Respiratory/ Lung 1 View B with
Respiratory is selected, the ITV Creation and PTV Creation steps must be
completed before Align step is activated.
28. Click Align. The Align > Tools step appears.
29. Use the crosshairs in the three 2D views to move the spine alignment center
to the desired position.
30. Click Confirm.
31. Click DRR Review.
DRR Review step is not available for Spine Supine tracking.
752 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
32. Select TTV(primary) or GTV(primary) from the Tracking Tumor drop-down
list.
The DRR images are processed. To view DRRs generated from the
secondary CT, select Secondary from the DRR Image drop-down list.
To view other target structures on the DRR images, verify that the Display
Contour check box is selected and select the desired VOI from the Overlay
VOI drop-down list.
The Apply button is turned on if a Primary CT and full content DRR are
selected
The Select Exams screen appears with a list of studies associated with the
selected patient. The appropriate plan template for Lung Optimized
Treatment plans is selected automatically.
9. Click Use Template on the page. The Contour > Manual step appears.
10. Select TTV(primary) from the Select VOI list.
11. Create primary VOI corresponding to the visible mass of the treatment
target in the axial view using tools selected from the Drawing Tools area.
Use the slider bar to scroll the displayed slice up or down in order to add
VOI segments to further define the VOI in 3D.
15. Click the Setup task. The Machine > Tools step appears.
16. Select a Treatment Machine.
17. Select a desired fraction number.
18. Select a desired Collimator type.
19. Only body is available for Treatment Anatomy. Select correct Template
Path Set.
754 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
20. The following Synchrony Method are available: Spine Supine, Lung with
Respiratory, Lung 1 View A with Respiratory, and Lung 1 View B with
Respiratory.
• Select Spine Supine if tumor is not visible in either X-Ray images or
DRRs.
• Select Lung with Respiratory if tumor is visible in both DRRs.
• Select Lung 1 View A with Respiratory or Lung 1 View B with
Respiratory if the tumor is visible in only one of the DRR images.
21. If Spine Supine or Lung 1 View A with Respiratory/Lung 1 View B with
Respiratory is selected, the ITV Creation and PTV Creation steps must be
completed before Align step is activated.
22. Click Align.
23. Use the crosshairs in the three 2D views to move the spine alignment center
to the desired position.
24. Click Confirm.
25. Click DRR Review.
DRR Review is not available for Spine Supine tracking.
26. Select TTV(primary) from the Tracking Tumor drop-down list. The DRR
images are processed.
To view the TTV(secondary), ITV, or other VOI projected on the DRR
images, verify that the Display Contour check box is selected and select
TTV(secondary), ITV, or other VOI from the Overlay VOI drop-down list.
NOTE: If the TTV(primary) VOI overlaps the Spine Tracking VOI, the
resulting Lung Optimized Treatment Plan cannot be saved as a deliverable
plan. It will be necessary to refine the boundaries of either or both VOIs to
eliminate contact in order to save as a deliverable plan.
1-View ITV
In the situation that intra-fraction motion tracking is performed using one
imaging projection but not both (1-View tracking), the relevant ITV definition
is not the same as the ICRU 62 definition. In this case, the CTV motion
along two orthogonal axes is tracked within the Motion Tracking Plane (see
Figure 1 and Figure 2), and therefore the ITV should only be large enough
to encompass the motion of the CTV along the remaining non-tracked axis.
Figure 1 and Figure 2 illustrate the concept of tracked and untracked motion
for a case where 1-View tracking is selected. The orange circle is the CTV
at the two extremes of respiratory motion. The ITV for 1-View tracking is
different from that for Spine Supine tracking. As shown in Figure 1, the
Spine Supine ITV (shown in blue) encompasses the full range of CTV
motion. In the 1-View scenario, the untracked motion is perpendicular to the
plane of the image being used for tracking, represented in Figure 1 and
Figure 2 as the Motion Tracking Plane. For 1-View tracking, the orange
shapes shown in Figure 2, which include only the untracked component of
motion, represent the ITV at each extreme of the respiratory cycle.
1. ICRU Report 62 (1999) Prescribing, Recording and Reporting Photon Beam Therapy. International
Commission on Radiation Units and Measurements, Bethesda, MD. (Supplement to ICRU Report 50.)
756 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Fig. 1 - Tracked and Untracked Motion for 1-View Tracking
Item Description
Fig. 2 - ITV for 1-View Tracking. Use ITV to allow for all non-compensated tumor positions.
758 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. Evaluate the ITV.
760 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The intersection of the crosshairs in the 2D images represent the current
position of the align center. The DRRs are based on the current align
center.
NOTE: DRR quality in the treatment planning system differs from that in the
treatment delivery system.
2. Click Confirm to save the position of the align center and the ROI height.
NOTE: The ROI height set in this step is the default size used during
treatment delivery.
For more information about setting the ROI height, refer to “Synchrony®
Spine Tracking (CyberKnife Option)” (page 715).
Default Mode
To improve tumor tracking accuracy, only TTV(primary) and GTV(primary)
can be selected as the tumor tracking volume for Lung Optimized
Treatment. If only one target VOI is defined, that target VOI is automatically
selected as the tumor tracking volume in the DRR Review step of the Setup
task.
The following image shows the DRR Review step. The default DRR type is
Full Content. The name of the tumor tracking volume and the Treatment CT
Center position in CT space are displayed on the left of the screen.
For Lung 1 View A/B with Respiratory tracking, the DRR image
corresponding to the view to be used for tracking is highlighted in blue, and
centroid position of ITV will automatically selected as Treatment CT Center.
For Lung with Respiratory tracking, the centroid position of the selected
tumor tracking volume will automatically selected as Treatment CT Center.
If multiple targets are defined in the Contour task, the DRR views will be
blank when you switch to the DRR Review step of the Setup task. You must
select one target VOI as the tumor tracking volume before DRR images can
be generated.
The DRR images are generated based on the VOI Treatment CT Center as
center position. As a result, the Treatment CT Center position will always
be shown at the center of the DRR images.
762 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Area Item Description
DRR Type Full Content Displays the full content DRR images.
option
DRR Image drop-down list Selects which CT image is used to create the
displayed DRR for Accuray Precision tumor
motion review.
NOTE: Primary CT image is always used to
create DRRs used for treatment.
Overlay VOI drop-down list Overlays a target VOI (other than the tumor
tracking volume) on the DRR images.
3. (Optional) Click the Full Content, Spine Removed, or Tumor Region option
in the DRR Type area. The selected DRR type images is generated and
appears.
4. Click the Full Content option, and then click Apply if the tumor is visible on
the DRR images. Apply button becomes active when Full Content and
Primary are selected.
NOTE: Click Apply only if you are sure that this patient can be treated with
Lung with Respiratory tracking or 1-View tracking.
764 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
images are generated based on the tumor tracking volume. The Treatment
CT Center is indicated in the DRR images by a plus sign (+).
The following image shows the tumor tracking volume contour overlaid on
Full Content DRR images. The Treatment CT Center is indicated at the
center of the DRR images.
The following image shows the tumor tracking volume contour overlaid on
Spine Removed DRR images.
766 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Invert DRR Images
You can invert the DRR images to reverse the contrast to help visually
identify the tumor tracking volume. In some cases the tumor tracking
volume may be more visible in inverted DRR images. The inverted DRR
images are generated by mapping black to white and white to black in the
images.
1. Select the Invert DRR Images check box to invert the DRR images.
2. Deselect the Invert DRR Images check box to return to the default contrast
in the DRR images.
The default DRR type is Full Content.
3. Select the Spine Removed or Tumor Region option to view other DRR
image types.
The following image shows the DRR Review screen with Full Content
inverted DRR images.
The following image shows the DRR Review screen with Tumor Region
inverted DRR images.
768 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
The following image shows the DRR Review screen with the tumor tracking
volume contour overlaid on inverted DRR Tumor Region images.
WARNING: If the tracking target is not visible in the DRR images, the Lung
with Respiratory and 1-View tracking algorithms might not be able to track
the tracking target. Ensure the target is contoured correctly and is visible in
both of the DRR images (for Lung with Respiratory), or the DRR image being
used for tracking (for 1-View).
770 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
PTV for Spine Supine Tracking
After creating the PTV on the Setup > PTV Creation step, review the PTV
using the Measure tool.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 773
PreciseART® (Tomo® Only)
Use PreciseART® to schedule a treatment plan for dose monitoring and
select from a list of report generation workflows that let you review daily
treatment results and related statistics, monitor treatment status, review
each delivered fraction, and compare the planned dose with the projected
dose. Based on this information, you can choose to modify the plan if
necessary, either by acquiring a new CT image set and using the
PreciseRTX® feature, or, if desired, by reusing the original CT image set in
Compare and Sum Plans.
For more information on PreciseART®, see the Accuray® PreciseART® and
PreciseRTX® Offline Adaptive User Manual.
PreciseART® Replanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774
Accessing PreciseART®. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
Enrolling a Plan in PreciseART® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
PreciseART® Replanning
Use PreciseART® monitoring to generate a new plan to adapt to patient's
changing conditions.
For example, if a patient loses significant weight during a current treatment,
you can acquire a new CT image set, then use the accumulated dose,
original CT and original VOIs in the PreciseRTX® workflow and use MIM to
sum the original and new plan. For more information, see “PreciseRTX®
Workflow” (page 778).
For replanning cases that do not require a new CT image, such as
replanning to manage skin, you can use both PreciseRTX® workflow and
Compare and Sum Plans.
You cannot import accumulated dose in Compare and Sum Plans step, but
you can export isodose curves as VOIs from MIM to use as optimization
constraints for a new plan, and then you can scale the original plan's dose
to estimate the delivered dose when summing the original plan and the new
plan.
Use templates for the PreciseRTX® and Compare and Sum Plans
workflows to avoid re-entering plan parameters.
After creating a replan with the same number of fractions and total dose
while the original plan is still under treatment, the replan can be scaled
down to the remaining number of fractions to be delivered. Pause the
optimizer, change the prescription number of fractions and dose
774 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
(maintaining the same per-fraction dose), and click Calculate Final Dose.
The optimizer runs 1 iteration to scale the current plan to the new number
of fractions before proceeding with final dose calculation.
Accessing PreciseART®
From the Home Page, click PreciseART® to open MIM application.
NOTE: For plans using Synchrony method, the daily dose calculation performed by
PreciseART® does not take into account changes to the delivery due to the
tracking. The dose represents the original plan recalculated on the daily scan taken
prior to treatment.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 775
1. On the Evaluate > Review step, click Save Plan. The Save Plan dialog box
appears.
776 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. Select a workflow option from the Workflow menu.
Workflows define the content of the reports generated for each fraction and
are normally configured at each site to reflect site-specific conventions such
as VOI naming and expected dose limits.
6. Select a previous plan from the list Group with a previous plan (optional).
Plan groups contain an original plan and one or more PreciseART® plans
to track dose across a set of plans with the same treatment intent.
7. Select the check box to confirm the density model for the treatment
machine is appropriate, and then click OK.
For more information on grouping plans, refer to the Accuray®
PreciseART® and PreciseRTX ® Offline Adaptive User Manual.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 777
PreciseRTX®
Use PreciseRTX® to deform plan information (image, dose, VOIs) from a
prior treatment delivery to a new plan and account for the prior treatment
dose in a new plan. You can use a treatment plan or a treatment DICOM
series from a third-party system stored in the iDMS System. PreciseRTX®
is available for both Tomo and CyberKnife plans.
For more information on PreciseRTX®, see Accuray® PreciseART® and
PreciseRTX ® Offline Adaptive User Manual.
PreciseRTX® Workflow
1. Click PreciseRTX® from the Home Page. The Previous Treatment Data
window appears.
778 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
2. Do one of the following:
• If the patient was previously treated with an AccurayTreatment Delivery
System, select the Accuray option.
• If the patient was treated with a third party system, select the Third Party
option.
For Accuray
1. Select a patient from the patient list to display the patient’s available plans.
2. Select one or more plans to display the associated data. For how many
plans are supported, see the Accuray® PreciseART® and PreciseRTX ®
Offline Adaptive User Manual for more details.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 779
NOTE: To permanently delete third-party data. use the icon on the Previous
Treatment Data screen.
2. Select one or more plans or third-party DICOM data sets, and then click
Select.
The Select adds images and plans to the Selected Data list. You can select
one or more plans to be summed in MIM.
The Remove button deletes the currently selected item in the Selected Data
list.
4. Select a patient for the new plan, and then click Next. The New Treatment
Data window appears.
780 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
5. If you select Image, only a new planning image is used as input for
retreatment.
MIM automatically deforms the dose and contours from the previous plan to
the new image. Once this process is complete, the data can be viewed
through MIM. The deformed dose can then be sent back as contours
generated from isodose lines to the Accuray Precision System.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 781
Edit Rigid Fusion step
7. Click Finish.
782 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Follow the steps below to export the dose and VOIs of a currently loaded
plan to MIM in an existing PreciseRTX® session:
1. Start a New Plan using the same patient currently loaded in the
PreciseRTX® session.
2. When the new plan has dose, click the Export DICOM Data icon from
the Global Tools. The Export DICOM Data dialog box appears.
1079097-ENG A C h ap te r 15 : Pr e c i s eA RT ® a nd Pr ec i s e R TX ® ( O p t io n) 783
4. Click Export.
MIM automatically opens and sums the dose between the new plan and the
previous plan. The new summation can be sent back to the Accuray
Precision System, and this process can be repeated if necessary.
784 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Appendix A
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 785
Tables
The tables in this appendix display warning, error, and message text for the
Accuray Precision System. The following indicates a variable in the
message text, such as a number or current plan name: "%s","%.0f", or
"%d".
The tables also includes guidance to help resolve errors.
Table 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786
Table 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
Table 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 820
Table 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 821
Table 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
Table 1
0001 If you close this application, data might be lost. Do you No action required.
want to close this application?
0011 This VOI is not empty. If you change the contour plane, all Proceed to next task or return to
existing contours will be erased. Do you want to continue? previous task.
0012 %d plan(s) have been selected for deletion. All plan data Delete or return to previous
will be lost. Do you want to continue? task.
0013 Deleting the current slice might cause the current series to Delete or return to previous
become unloadable. Do you want to delete the current task.
slice anyway?
0019 Quit this application before logging off or switching to Log off if changing user.
another user.
001B The images have not been registered. 3D images will not Fuse the two loaded medical
be shown correctly. Go back to the Fuse task. images, if desired. Register the
images on the Fuse task.
0022 No VOI contour has been detected after erosion. The Choose to erode less of the VOI
system has canceled the operation and retained the less or delete the VOI.
original VOI. If you want to delete the VOI, use the [Delete
All] command instead.
0023 Do you want to export DICOM data %s? Continue or return to previous
task.
786 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
0026 The offset from the centroid of the target dose line to the Try to center the dose
centroid of the target VOI is %s, which is greater than the distribution again. If that fails
tolerance [%s]. Do you want to center the dose again? regenerate either the ball-cube
plan or the ball-cube VOI.
0027 The offset from the centroid of the target dose line to the Accept current offset or try to
centroid of the target VOI is %s, which meets the center the dose distribution
requirement [%s]. again.
Do you want to center the dose again?
002D The Patient ID (%s) from the central database differs from The primary CT cannot be used
the patient ID (%s) of CT image header. to generate a deliverable plan.
Re-load the CT so that it is
associated with the patient
medical ID.
002E The fiducial tracking plan needs at least one fiducial to be Identify a fiducial.
identified.
002F A deliverable plan must generate at least one treatment Check the plan to be sure that
path with dose. the plan has dose. Regenerate
the beam set if no dose is
present.
0030 The total MU between beam data and path files is Rescale the data so that
inconsistent. rounding errors are minimized.
Verify that all calibration data is
present. Recalculate in high
resolution in Evaluate step and
prescribe.
0034 Do you want to delete the beams generated on this step? Continue or return to previous
task.
0037 Latest change to the Alignment Center has not been Confirm or discard the new
confirmed. Do you want to confirm it? alignment center.
0038 The HU of the following fiducial(s) are below the defined No action required. Verify that
threshold, which may mean that the following fiducial(s) all fiducials are correctly
are not properly identified. Please check the location of the identified.
following fiducial(s) to ensure that they correctly identify
fiducial(s).
%s
0039 Select a fiducial type before defining fiducials. Select the type of fiducial.
003A The input value is out of range. Enter a valid value in [%s]. Change the input value.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 787
Code Text Recommended Action
003B Maximum fiducial number (eight) has been reached. Stop identifying fiducials or
delete a fiducial before
identifying a new fiducial.
003D Changing VOI set template will override all empty VOIs in If drawn VOI not needed,
the current plan. Do you want to continue? continue. If it is required, select
No.
003E Changing the density model will result in changing the Confirm or return to previous
mapping between the HU values and the densities task.
represented in the current plan.
This will also reset currently defined density overrides %s.
Do you want to continue?
003F Do you want to cancel the current process? Confirm or return to previous
task.
0043 Changing the collimator size will delete the current Confirm or return to previous
conformal plan. Do you want to continue? task.
0044 All beams have zero MU. Cannot generate beam data for Generate a plan before creating
report or display. a report for the plan.
0045 There are no beams generated (total beams = 0). Generate plan.
0046 The node coordinates of the beams are inconsistent with Delete all beams and restart
the treatment paths. plan generation process.
0047 The reference dose is inconsistent between the path and Delete all beams and restart
the beam set. plan generation process.
004B Do you want to delete all constraint points? Confirm to delete all constraint
points.
004C The image registration transformation has been changed. Confirm or return to previous
Do you want to save the change? task.
788 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
004F If you change the density model, the dose volumes will be To apply density model
deleted. Do you want to change the density model? changes, delete dose volumes,
and recalculate, click Yes. To
discard density model changes
and retain existing dose
volumes, click No.
0051 Do you want to delete the plan template? Confirm or return to previous
task.
0053 Do you want to create a new template based on the current Confirm to use current plan
plan settings? settings.
0058 The new position is very close to an existing landmark. The Confirm if desired.
system cannot add the new position as a new landmark.
However, you can choose to replace the existing landmark
with the new position. Do you want to replace the existing
landmark with the new position?
0060 The VOI selected for dose centering is outside the dose Follow prompts on the
box. Do you want to proceed? message.
0061 Template paths from current plan are inconsistent with To create deliverable plan,
template path files on database server. select a new path set and
replan. To review a previously
treated plan, no action required.
0062 The new anatomical region conflicts with the treatment Confirm if desired.
anatomy of this template. The treatment anatomy and
other planning parameters will be reset.
Do you want to apply the new anatomical region?
0063 If you switch to the Home Page, data might be lost. Do you Confirm if desired.
want to switch to the Home Page?
0066 The following issues have been detected: Confirm or return to previous
%s task.
0067 Select at least one fiducial for fine tuning. Perform requested action.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 789
Code Text Recommended Action
0068 You are about to change resolution, which will require Make selection as indicated in
recalculation of the dose volumes. message.
Click [OK] to continue.
Click [Cancel] to cancel the change.
0070 The MU entered is greater than %s MU. Do you want to Confirm or return to previous
keep this new MU value? task.
0071 The resulting beam will not intersect any Target VOIs. Do Confirm or return to previous
you want to keep the new target change? task.
0072 This patient cannot be treated using the Lung with Perform requested action or
Respiratory method. Save the current plan and try a return to DRR Review task and,
different Synchrony method if appropriate. if appropriate, confirm patient
for treatment.
0074 The difference between the timestamp of the primary CT Confirm that the images are
exam and one or more of the other selected 4D CT exams from the same 4D CT scan.
is greater than %s minutes. Do you want to continue?
[Yes]: Proceed.
[No]: Remain on the current step.
0075 A spine tracking volume must be identified for the Lung Identify missing VOI.
with Respiratory Tracking System.
0076 %s beams would have been re-weighted below the No action required.
minimum deliverable MU.
Those beams have been set to the minimum deliverable
MU (MU = %s).
0077 The Max. Depth allowed for extrapolation is %s. Perform requested action.
Try again.
790 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
0083 Beam set does not reflect isocenter changes. Select Apply to accept changes.
You must click Apply to accept changes before leaving
Isocentric planning.
0085 The extrapolation setting in the plan does not match the Make selection as indicated in
extrapolation setting on the server. message.
[Yes]: Use the extrapolation setting on the server.
[No]: Use the extrapolation setting in the plan.
Plan Settings: %s
Server Settings: %s
0088 VOI [%s] is not empty. All contours in this VOI will be Confirm or return to previous
removed. task.
Do you want to continue?
0089 The two VOIs for Lung with Respiratory Tracking, [%s] and Modify these VOIs to ensure
[%s] overlap each other. Modify these VOIs to ensure there there is no intersection.
is no intersection.
The current plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan.
008A VOI [%s] for Lung with Respiratory Tracking has no Draw VOI before attempting to
contour. save.
The current plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan.
008B Review of tables has not been completed. Invalid tables Follow prompts on the
are listed below. message.
Do you really want to exit?
[Yes]: Exit
[No]: Continue with review of tables
Invalid tables are :%s
008C All related 4D CT images will be selected automatically. Perform requested action.
This would exceed the total number of images and/or total
number of CT images allowed. Remove excess image(s) in
order to continue.
008D You are about to change the default density model. This Continue or return to previous
change might affect the calculated dose distribution of task.
future plans.
Do you want to continue?
008E You are about to reset the [%s] custom density model. Continue or return to previous
Do you want to continue? task.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 791
Code Text Recommended Action
008F The tumor tracking VOI is not target VOI. Reset the tumor tracking VOI as
The current plan cannot be saved as deliverable. a target VOI or choose a
different VOI as the tumor
tracking VOI.
0090 The spine tracking VOI is not critical VOI. Change the spine tracking VOI
The current plan cannot be saved as deliverable. to a critical VOI.
0091 The estimated %s MB of memory necessary to complete Review dose calculation box
the requested dose calculation exceeds the %s MB of size in all three dimensions and
RAM available on this computer. reduce size where possible
Dose calculation might take longer than normal to (particularly the number of axial
complete due to disk paging activity. slices).
Continue?
Click [Yes] to continue.
Click [No] to cancel.
0092 The target VOI already has an existing contour defined on Click No to keep the existing
a different image plane. Do you want to copy and replace contour. Click Yes to replace the
the existing contour? existing contour with a copy of
the specified source VOI.
0093 All selected remote host machines will be removed. Click Yes to remove all selected
remote hosts. Click No to
cancel.
0094 Invalid License. The current plan was created with the Follow prompts on the
Monte Carlo Dose Calculation method. This Accuray message.
Precision System does not have a valid license for Monte
Carlo Dose Calculation. This plan can be loaded in
read-only mode on this Accuray Precision System.
[Yes]: Load the plan in read-only mode
[No]: Exit.
0096 Failed to read dose volume and/or uncertainty volume for The RTDOSE and uncertainty
plan %s. volume DICOM files are missing
Do you want to load the plan without this information? for this plan. Perform action as
indicated in message.
[YES]: Load the plan.
[NO]: Exit
009A The current plan does not have a valid Skin structure. Do Click Yes to automatically
you want to select [ %s ] as the Skin structure and detect detect the skin VOI.
the contours automatically?
009B The selected VOI is a Target VOI. Please select a Critical Follow prompts on the
structure. message.
792 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
009D In the current plan, conformal weighting was applied to Click No to cancel any changes.
some isocenters but not to all. If you make any changes on Click Yes to apply the current
this step, the Conformal Weights setting will be applied to Conformal Weights setting to all
all isocenters. isocenters.
009F Collimators listed below have calculated TPR and OCR Follow prompts on the
tables. message.
%s
Do you want to redo calculations?
[Yes]: Redo calculations for collimators listed above
[No]: Retain previously calculated TPR and OCR tables.
00A1 %s table(s) have calculated data based on %s uncertainty. Click Yes to discard existing
If you apply uncertainty changes, all previously calculated TPR, OCR, and OF calculated
tables will be replaced. data. Click No to discard
[Yes]: Apply uncertainty changes. changes and retain existing
data.
[No]: Discard uncertainty changes.
00A2 The dose calculation has already been performed for the Click No to cancel the dose
current settings specified. Do you want to perform another calculation. Click Yes to perform
dose calculation? another dose calculation.
00A3 Collimators listed below have calculated TPR and OCR Follow prompts on the
tables. message.
%s
If you apply OCR depth changes, you will lose all
calculated OCR and TPR data.
[Yes]: Apply changes.
[No]: Do NOT apply changes.
00A4 The current beam set was generated on the Sequential No action required.
step. Isocentric conformally weighted beams can be added
to the current beam set. However, if you generate
isocentric non-conformally weighted beams, the current
beam set will be deleted.
00A5 Non-conformal beams generated on the Isocentric step Follow prompts on the
cannot be combined with beams generated on the message.
Sequential step. If you clear the Conformal Weights check
box, the beams generated on the Sequential step will be
deleted. Do you want to make this change?
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 793
Code Text Recommended Action
00A6 This plan contains isocentric non-conformal beams. Follow prompts on the
Isocentric non-conformal beams cannot be optimized on message.
the Sequential step. If you continue, the existing isocentric
non-conformal beams will be deleted.
Click Yes to delete the existing isocentric non-conformal
beams and remain on this step.
Click No to retain the beams and return to the previous
step.
00AD The current MU Cutoff value would remove all beams from Follow prompts on the
the plan. MU Cutoff value must be lower than Max MU for message.
the plan.
Enter a smaller number for MU Cutoff.
00AE The current MU Cutoff value would not remove any beams Follow prompts on the
from the plan. message.
To remove at least one beam from the plan, enter a larger
number for MU Cutoff.
794 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
00B2 Select VOI Name for step %s. Follow prompts on the
message.
00B4 Add at least one step in order to run Sequential Follow prompts on the
Optimization. message.
00B5 Enter a value between %.0f and %.0f for Total MU. Follow prompts on the
message.
00B6 Enter a value between %.0f and %.0f for Max MU per Follow prompts on the
Beam. message.
00B7 Enter a value between %.0f and %.0f for Max MU per Follow prompts on the
Node. message.
00BD The plan is based on sample beam data. Delivering this Follow prompts on the
plan to a patient could result in patient injury or death. message.
If this is a phantom plan, click [OK] to continue. If this is a
patient plan, click [Cancel].
00BF The maximum dose in this plan is <%s>.This is below No action required.
minimum allowed. The plan will be saved as
non-deliverable.
00C0 Failed to identify the inconsistent data files from the list of Open in read-only mode, or
files received from server. recalculate dose which may be
The plan will be loaded in read-only mode. different than what was saved.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 795
Code Text Recommended Action
00C3 Recalculating the source model will cause previously Follow prompts on the
calculated data in the OCR, TPR and OF steps to be message.
cleared.
[Yes] to proceed or [No] to cancel.
00C4 The current set of density overrides are not valid. You must Perform requested action.
correct any problems before the density overrides can be
used. The following problems were found:
%s
00C5 The newly selected density model does not contain the Perform requested action.
current density override values. The density model will
revert to the previously selected density model. You must
do one of the following:
(1) select a density model that contains the overridden
densities,
(2) alter the desired density model to contain the
overridden densities and select it again, or
(3) modify or disable the overrides that do not exist in the
desired density model and select it again.
The following problems were found: %s
00C6 Some VOIs with valid density overrides overlap other VOIs. Confirm that the VOI overrides
The following overlaps exist: are correctly used in
%s overlapping region.
00C7 The following problems exist with the current set of density Follow prompts on the
overrides : message.
%s
00CA The following conclusions were drawn during tracker Follow prompts on the
validation: message. Fiducials do not meet
% minimum requirements.
00CB Would you like to create a new session? Follow prompts on the
message.
796 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
00CD The plan is based on sample density model data. Follow prompts on the
Delivering this plan to a patient could result in patient injury message.
or death.
If this is a phantom plan, click [OK] to continue. If this is a
patient plan, click [Cancel].
00CF Enter a numeric goal value greater than or equal to %s Follow prompts on the
minutes and less than the current treatment time. message.
00D0 The following problems exist with the current set of density Change the density overrides.
overrides:
%s
00D1 The following problems exist with the density override : Change the density overrides.
%s
00D5 The desired number of nodes must be greater than 0. Follow prompts on the
message.
00D6 The current Desired Number of Nodes would remove all Follow prompts on the
nodes from the plan. The Desired Number of Nodes must message.
be lower than the total number of Non-zero nodes for the
plan.
Enter a smaller number for Desired Number of Nodes.
00D7 The current Desired Number of Node would not remove Follow prompts on the
any nodes from the plan. message.
To remove at least one node from the plan, enter a smaller
number for Desired Number of Nodes.
00D8 No planning nodes exists in the attempt to do the node Regenerate the beam set. If
reduction. problem persists, contact
Accuray Customer Support.
00D9 Accuray Precision could not create a planning robot for the Contact Accuray Customer
node reduction. Support.
00DA This density model does not contain a valid relative No action required.
electron density curve. The density model will revert to the
previously selected density model.
00DB Enabling Detect Padding Pixels will delete all the beams. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to continue? message.
[Yes]: Continue
[No]: Cancel.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 797
Code Text Recommended Action
00DC The relative electron density model of the current plan is Contact Accuray Customer
empty. Support.
If this is a new plan, the default density model or the
density model contained in the plan template might be
empty.
00DD The relative electron density model used for this plan does Confirm that the density model
not cover the full range of the HU values in the primary CT covers all HU values in the
image. The system uses the last available density value to primary CT dataset.
extend the density curve to the maximum HU value found
in the primary CT image.
00DE The mass density model used to calculate this plan does Confirm that the density model
not cover the full range of HU values in the primary CT covers all HU values in the
image. The system used the last available density value to primary CT dataset.
extend the density curve to the maximum HU value found
in the primary CT image.
00E0 Confirm that the density model selected for this plan is Perform requested action.
appropriate for the primary CT image set. If the density
model is not appropriate, the calculated dose may not be
accurate. The plot of the density model below shows the
maximum HU value of the image in relation to the points
defined in the density model.
Is the following density model appropriate?
%s
00E1 Reference Plan uses the VOIs, density overrides, beam Perform requested action.
data, density model, dose calculation box, and contour
correction settings from the Active Plan when displaying
and calculating dose for the Reference Plan.
The Reference Plan as displayed may not be the same as
the saved plan. Always review the Reference Plan loaded
as the Active Plan before approving for treatment.
00E3 The density model that will be used for dose calculation Follow prompts on the
may not be valid. The density for water, which has a HU message.
value of 0, should be within the range of [0.85, 1.15]. Would
you like to proceed?
[Yes]: Continue dose calculation with this density model.
[No]: Stop dose calculation.
00E4 The treatment center will be updated based on the No action required.
modified version tracking tumor VOI. All the existing beam
positions will be updated accordingly.
798 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
00E5 The system has detected that the current maximum dose Recalculate dose.
value of the plan being loaded is inconsistent with the
value previously saved. This might be due to loading an
older plan with a different calculation method or a
maximum dose outside its dose calculation box. Please
recalculate the plan to update its maximum dose value.
00E7 An ITV already exists. Changes to the ITV contours will Follow prompts on the
result in deletion of the PTV. Continue? message.
00E9 Changes to the selected VOI contours will result in deletion No action required.
of the ITTV.
00EA Changes to the selected VOI contours will result in deletion No action required.
of the ITV and/or PTV.
00EB Changes to the ITV contour will result in deletion of the No action required.
PTV.
00EC The time stamp difference between the primary and Follow prompts on the
secondary series is more than the 30 minute threshold. To message.
proceed, verify that the images are registered based on the
spine. If the registration is not completed based on the
spine, tracking will be compromised.
00ED Selected Synchrony method differs from that prescribed in Follow prompts on the
Simulation Plan. Continue? message.
00EE Changes to the Synchrony method will result in ITV and/or Follow prompts on the
PTV deletion. Continue? message.
00F0 To add a step, there must be at least one target VOI. Follow prompts on the
message.
00F1 The following VOIs are not entirely within the overlapping No action required.
region of the dose extents of the plans being compared.
%s
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 799
Code Text Recommended Action
00F3 A spine tracking volume must be defined for Lung No action required.
Optimized Treatment.
00F4 The dose extents of the plans being summed do not match. No action required.
The sum of the dose distributions will only be calculated
within the regions where they overlap.
00F5 The following %s have been deleted. These %s are no Follow prompts on the
longer valid positions for the selected treatment path. message.
Review the resulting Makeup Plan to determine if it is
clinically acceptable.
Deleted beams:
%s
00F6 The Makeup Plan cannot be created. Contact Accuray Follow prompts on the
support. message.
00F7 Evaluate the image fusion result. Use spine ROI for fusion Follow prompts on the
if change is needed. message.
00F8 New Treatment Time parameters are being imported. Follow prompts on the
Press OK to confirm? message.
00F9 New Isocurve Template parameters are being imported. Follow prompts on the
Press OK to confirm? message.
00FA Selected Synchrony method differs from what is prescribed Follow prompts on the
in Simulation Plan. Changes to the Synchrony method will message.
result in ITV and/or PTV deletion. Continue?
00FB New AutoSave parameters are being imported. Use the Follow prompts on the
newly imported values? message.
00FC New Rendering parameters are being imported. Use the Follow prompts on the
newly imported values? message.
00FD Moving this VOI Operation will invalidate one or more Follow prompts on the
source VOIs. Move this VOI Operation? message.
00FE Script [%s] already exists. Changes to this script will result Follow prompts on the
in deletion of the original script. Continue? message.
00FF Deleting this VOI Operation will invalidate one or more Follow prompts on the
source VOIs. Delete this VOI Operation? message.
800 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
0100 Inconsistent data files in the original plan have been Follow prompts on the
detected. message.
Data files listed below failed data validation and must be
reloaded.
Since a Makeup Plan is in the process of being created, it
will use the latest data files from the server. Hence, the
results of the dose calculation may differ from the original
plan. Compare the original plan to the sum of the delivered
dose and any makeup plans for this plan in order to
evaluate any dosimetric differences.
Inconsistent files: %s
0101 The following issues were found with the current set of VOI Follow prompts on the
Operations. message.
%s
Continue?
0102 The reference plan being loaded uses a different density A single density model should
model than the active plan. be used for a particular scanner.
Use of the wrong density model
will result in an incorrect dose
calculation.
0103 The reference plan being loaded uses different density Density overrides affect the
overrides than the active plan. dose calculation for both the
VOI and surrounding VOIs.
Confirm that the density
overrides are correct.
0105 An error occurred while saving DICOM RT data including Follow prompts on the
an RT Structure Set and RT Dose. The VOIs will be saved message.
as part of the plan; however, it may not be possible to
export the VOIs for this plan from Plan Administration.
Reloading this plan will require a dose recalculation.
Do you want to continue saving this plan to the database
server without the RT Structure Set and RT Dose?
[Yes]: Save the plan to the database server.
[No]: Cancel the save operation.
Contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 801
Code Text Recommended Action
0106 The extrapolation setting in the original plan does not No action required.
match the extrapolation setting on the server. The server's
extrapolation setting will be used because a Makeup Plan
is being created. Hence, the results of the dose calculation
may differ from the original plan. Compare the original plan
to the sum of the delivered dose and any makeup plans to
evaluate any dosimetric differences.
Plan Settings: Max. Depth = %d, OCR Method = %s, TPR
method = %s.
Server Settings: Max. Depth = %d, OCR Method = %s,
TPR method = %s.
0107 Current settings result in %d sample points. More than %d Follow prompts on the
sample points may result in long optimization times. message.
Continue?
0108 The density model used in the plan contains density No action required.
definition for HU higher than the maximum allowed value
(4095). The plan will be loaded in read-only mode.
The invalid density pair(s) in the electron density model
are:
%s
The invalid density pair(s) in the mass density model are:
%s.
0109 The plan may not include a dose calculation that covers the Confirm that the dose
entire patient volume. High radiation dose could exist in calculation box includes all
these uncalculated regions which could result in targets, critical anatomy, and
mistreatment of the patient. tissue.
%s
Proceed with saving the plan as deliverable?
[Yes]: Proceed with saving.
[No]: Cancel.
010B The measured OCR data for collimator (at depth in mm) Follow prompts on the
%s contains invalid data for doing radial extrapolation. message.
Check and fix the data in the tail region before continuing.
010C All beams will be repositioned to be delivered from the Follow prompts on the
Cyberknife's nominal position. This operation cannot be message.
undone. Do you want to reposition all of the beams?
010D Not all beams are used in the QA plan. No action required.
010E All the beams have been moved to the CyberKnife's No action required.
nominal position.
802 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
010F The MU entered results in beam weights less than %s MU Follow prompts on the
which is the minimum number of MU to be delivered in a message.
single fraction. Plans cannot be saved as deliverable when
they contain beams with weights less than the minimum
number of MU to be delivered.
Do you want to keep this new MU value?
0110 Enter the maximum number of nodes within the range of Follow prompts on the
(%s) using MLC Settings. message.
0111 This density model does not contain a valid mass density No action required.
curve. The density model will revert to the previously
selected density model.
0112 The measured OCR data for one or more of the MLC field Follow prompts on the
sizes contains invalid data for doing radial extrapolation. message.
Check and fix the data in the tail region before continuing.
Issues were detected for the following field size and depth
combinations: %s
0113 The identifier of the image series that was used to create Follow prompts on the
the structure set is not defined in the imported structure message.
set. Please review the imported contours on the image set
to ensure that the contours were segmented for the image
set.
0114 Density overrides for VOI %s will be deleted when Confirm that either the CT area
converted to boundary only. does not require density
overrides or another VOI that
covers the same CT area has
density overrides.
0115 The dose volume may be invalid. There is non-zero dose Contact Accuray Customer
but there are no beams that have MU. Support.
The plan cannot be saved.
0116 With the current lateral / vertical / longitudinal adjustments, Follow prompts on the
the patient may not fit on the couch or in the gantry bore. message.
Ensure that the patient setup position is correct.
Proceed with accepting the new patient position?
[Yes]: Proceed
[No]: Revert to the last accepted patient position.
0118 Unable to save the plan as deliverable. The plan does not Calculate final dose.
have final dose.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 803
Code Text Recommended Action
011A This plan will be loaded in evaluation mode since it No action required.
contains the following non-licensed feature(s):
%s
011C Only one GPU was found in the system, and it is not Contact Accuray Customer
properly configured for compute. Please contact Accuray Support.
Customer Support for assistance.
011D More than two GPUs were found in the system, but none of Contact Accuray Customer
them are suitable for calculation. Treatment planning Support.
cannot continue. Please contact Accuray Customer
Support for assistance.
011E No GPU was found with both TCC and ECC enabled. Contact Accuray Customer
Treatment planning cannot continue. Please contact Support.
Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
011F A GPU was found with TCC enabled, but not ECC. Contact Accuray Customer
Treatment planning cannot continue. Please contact Support.
Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
013B One or more plans being transferred are enrolled in Follow prompts on the
PreciseART®. message.
Confirm that the density models for all target treatment
machines are defined and appropriate. If the density model
is not appropriate, the calculated dose on treatment
images may not be accurate.
Are the treatment machine density models defined and
appropriate?
%s
0120 A GPU was found with ECC enabled, but not TCC. Contact Accuray Customer
Treatment planning cannot continue. Please contact Support.
Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
0121 A GPU was found with both ECC and TCC enabled, but it Contact Accuray Customer
does not have sufficient computational capability. Support.
Treatment planning cannot continue. Please contact
Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
0122 The mass density model of the current plan is empty. The Contact Accuray Customer
plan cannot be loaded. Support.
If this is a new plan, the default density model or the
density model contained in the plan template may be
empty.
804 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
0123 There is no density model for the current plan. The plan Contact Accuray Customer
cannot be loaded. Support.
If this is a new plan, the default density model or the
density model contained in the plan template may be
unspecified.
0124 This plan requires a density model with a valid electron Choose a density model with a
density curve. valid electron density curve.
0125 The machine setup for this plan requires a density model Choose a density model with a
with a valid mass density curve. valid mass density curve.
0127 The per beam dose is not available. Adding a dose point or Follow prompts on the
modifying an existing dose point requires a new dose message.
calculation. Do you want to continue?
0129 Not all the scripts values could be applied to the plan. No action required.
012A The %s file contains one or more invalid DICOM tags. Contact Accuray Customer
Would you like to continue? Support.
Invalid Tags:
%s
012B The Reference Point is not contained within the dose Move the reference point.
calculation box used for the recent dose calculation. The
plan cannot be saved as deliverable.
012C The plan has %s beam angles but treatment machine %s Remove some beam angles
only supports %s beam angles. Excess beam angles will until the maximum is not
need to be removed before the plan can be saved as exceeded.
deliverable.
012D Plan '%s' is currently locked by '%s' using '%s' on the Follow prompts on the
computer with the IP address '%s'. You may continue by message.
loading an unlocked copy of the last saved version of the
plan. Subsequent updates will not be reflected in the
display unless the plan is reloaded.
[OK]: Continue loading an unlocked copy of the plan.
[Cancel]: Cancel the Reference Plan load.
012E Proposed action will decommission the Monte Carlo MLC Follow prompts on the
calculated commissioning data. Recommissioning of the message.
Monte Carlo MLC will be required.
[Yes]: Decommission.
[No]: Cancel.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 805
Code Text Recommended Action
012F The Monte Carlo algorithm has been revised and will not Follow prompts on the
be available until it is recommissioned. Proceeding will message.
decommission the Monte Carlo algorithm and the
associated calculated commissioning data. Do you want to
continue?
[Yes]: Decommission.
[No]: Cancel.
0132 Changing the plane will delete the VOI's contours. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to continue? message.
0133 The patient will contact the gantry during treatment. Saving Change the position of isocenter
as deliverable cannot proceed. and regenerate the plan.
0134 The patient may contact the gantry after alignment Double-check the alignment and
adjustments are made for treatment. Do you want to the patient position. Perform
continue saving as deliverable? requested action.
0135 Field size(s) listed below have calculated OCR tables. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to recalculate? message.
0136 Field size(s) listed below have calculated TPR tables. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to recalculate? message.
0137 One or more isocentric beams refer to a nonexistent Contact Accuray Customer
isocenter. Support.
0138 The following previous treatment items do not match the Follow prompts on the
medical ID or patient name of the new treatment data:%s message.
Do you want to continue?
0139 PreciseART® enrollment failed, but the plan will still be Contact Accuray Customer
saved. Contact Accuray Customer Support. Support.
013A Modality '%s' will be added to the file name. Follow prompts on the
File '%s' already exists. message.
806 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
013B One or more plans being transferred are enrolled in Perform requested action.
PreciseART®.
Confirm that the density models for all target treatment
machines are defined and appropriate. If the density model
is not appropriate, the calculated dose on treatment
images may not be accurate.
Are the treatment machine density models defined and
appropriate?
%s
013C Template [%s] already exists. Changes to this template will Follow prompts on the
result in deletion of the original template. Continue? message.
013D Continuing will remove approvals and require a different Make selection as indicated in
extrapolation method. Taylor Series will be unavailable. message.
Yes to change method. No to keep current extrapolation.
013E Dose must be recalculated because the per beam dose Recalculate the dose.
volumes are not available.
0141 The Reference Point/Dose of the plan being loaded is Fix the problem and try again.
inconsistent with the values previously saved. The dose
must be re-calculated before this plan can be (re-)saved as
deliverable.
0145 The selected script is not compatible with the current plan. Choose a different script.
0146 The selected Template Path Set '%s' is not valid for VOLO Choose a different template
planning. path set.
0147 Remove invalid characters: "\", "^", or any not in the Perform requested action.
ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set.
0148 This plan cannot be enrolled in PreciseART®. There is no Define a valid density model for
valid density model defined for the treatment machine. the treatment machine.
0149 The new treatment scan date is before the date for the Confirm or return to previous
previous treatment item:%s Task.
Do you want to continue?
0153 The minimum must not be larger than the maximum. Follow prompts on the
message.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 807
Code Text Recommended Action
0154 The plan cannot be saved as deliverable until all image Follow prompts on the
series have been marked as reviewed. message.
0F9A This workstation is configured to run as a single Accuray Your workstation is incorrectly
Precision instance; however an MD Suite license is configured. Contact Accuray
enabled. Customer Support.
Table 2
2001 This plan is currently locked by Accuray Precision session Perform requested action.
%s. Do you want to load this plan in read-only mode?
2004 User ID is empty. Enter a valid User ID. Perform requested action.
2006 Old password is empty. Enter a valid password. Perform requested action.
2007 New password is empty. Enter a valid password. Perform requested action.
2008 Confirm password field is empty. Confirm new password. Perform requested action.
2009 Password has to be changed before you log in. Do you Perform requested action.
want to change it now?
200A New password and Confirm new password do not match. The passwords your enter must
match.
200C Enter a password using ASCII characters only Perform requested action.
200D The selected plan was created using a previous version of No action required.
Accuray Precision. The plan will be loaded in read-only
mode.
200E Do you want to delete the manufacture script? Perform requested action.
808 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
200F Time reduction cannot proceed since the plan has reached No action required.
the minimum number of beams (%s) or nodes (%s).
2010 Plan '%s' is currently locked by '%s' using '%s' on the No action required.
computer with the IP address '%s'.
2012 Total number of %s that failed the beam entry check from No action required.
the patient plan [%s] is %d out of total %d beams.
2013 The number of beams whose MUs have been raised to the When creating a QA plan and
lowest allowed MU (%s) is scaling dose, QA plan attempts
%s to keep as many beams as
possible. In cases where the
beam’s MU would be scaled
below the minimal deliverable
MU per beam, the system raises
the MU of that beam to the
minimum MU for a beam.
2014 The machine used in the loaded plan is incompatible with No action required.
the current machine.
The plan will be loaded in read-only mode.
2015 Overwriting the plan will delete all QA plans (%d) Perform requested action.
associated with it. Do you want to overwrite the plan and
delete all of its QA plans?
2016 VOIs with duplicate names were found. New unique names VOI names must be unique.
were automatically generated for these VOIs. The changes When importing an RTSS, the
are listed below. system checks to see if there
%s are any duplicate VOI names. If
duplicate names exist, the
system automatically appends a
unique identifier to the VOI
names to make them unique.
2017 This prescription operation will modify the weights of %d Follow prompts on the
beams so that each has a minimum of %.1f MU (%.1f MU / message.
fraction). This will require the dose distribution to be
recalculated. Do you want to continue?
[Yes]: Change the number of fractions and delete the dose
distribution.
[No]: Revert to the original number of fractions.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 809
Code Text Recommended Action
2018 Changing the number of fractions will cause %d beams to Follow prompts on the
be set to %.1f MU (%.1f MU/fraction). The dose distribution message.
will be deleted and will need to be recalculated in the
Evaluate task. Do you want to continue?
[Yes]: Change the number of fractions and delete the dose
distribution.
[No]: Revert to the original number of fractions.
2019 The requested density override value cannot be achieved Density override values must be
using the current density model. The closest density value achievable values as defined by
is listed below. the currently selected density
Requested relative electron density override value: %s model, such that a CT
number/density value pair must
g/cm3
be in the density model where
Closest electron density value: %s g/cm3 the user desired density
override is within 0.01 of the
density value.
201A The requested density override value cannot be achieved Density override values must be
using the current density model. The closest density value achievable values as defined by
is listed below. the currently selected density
model such that a CT
Requested mass density override value: %s g/cm3
number/density value pair must
Closest mass density value: %s g/cm3 be in the density model where
the user desired density
override is within 0.01 of the
density value.
201B QuickPlan currently in progress has been cancelled. If an error occurs during
The following messages were generated while QuickPlan QuickPlan, QuickPlan will be
was running. aborted allowing the user to
correct the error and you must
%s manually complete planning.
Review the messages displayed
while QuickPlan was running to
ensure that you are aware of the
information that they provide.
201C QuickPlan requires that the VOIs listed below be contoured Perform requested action.
manually.
%s
201E The current template is not satisfactory for use with Perform requested action.
QuickPlan. Resolve the following issues in order to
continue.
%s
810 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
2021 Results that were automatically generated must be Perform requested action.
reviewed prior to saving a plan as deliverable. Review the
results of each item listed in the Save Plan dialog box and
acknowledge that a review has been completed by
checking the box next to each item.
2022 VOIs from the plan template are mapped to VOIs in an Perform requested action.
RTSS that do not have the same type (target/critical). The
VOI type from the plan template will be used when creating
this plan. Review the following list of mismatched types
and confirm that using the VOI type is acceptable.
%s
2024 The current QuickPlan template must fuse multiple image Perform requested action.
volumes. Some of the image volumes that need to be
fused do not have seed points. Enter seed points for any
volumes that must be fused.
2026 The current plan contains Sequential Optimization Follow prompts on the
parameters that can be saved as a Sequential message.
Optimization script. Plan templates reference scripts so
that multiple plan templates can use the same script.
Do you want to create a new Sequential Optimization script
from the current Sequential Optimization parameters?
[Yes]: Create a new script.
[No]: Use an existing script selected from the Sequential
Parameters tab.
2028 Placing initialization points for the %s on MR images is not No action required.
supported.
2029 The current template is invalid. Resolve the following Follow prompts on the
issues to continue. message.
%s
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 811
Code Text Recommended Action
202A The current set of operations are invalid. Resolve the Follow prompts on the
following issues to continue. message.
%s
202B Seed points have been defined on one image set but not No action required.
on the other. Seed points will not be used for the
registration process.
202C Plan Templates have already been converted to the latest Follow prompts on the
version. Convert existing Plan Templates again? message.
202D Sequential Optimization scripts have already been Follow prompts on the
converted to the latest version. Convert existing Sequential message.
Optimization scripts again?
202E Creating Makeup Plans is not supported for treatment No action required.
plans created in earlier versions of Accuray Precision.
202F The secondary MR voxel size is larger than recommended Follow prompts on the
(1.25 x 1.5 x 1.25 mm IECp). Evaluate the message.
Autosegmentation results.
2030 The primary CT voxel size is larger than recommended Follow prompts on the
(1.0 x 1.5 x 1.0 mm IECp). Evaluate the Autosegmentation message.
results.
2031 The current Plan Template is not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2032 The Isocurve Template is not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2033 The current Density Model is not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2034 The current VOI Set template is not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
812 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
2035 The Treatment Time Parameters are not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2036 AutoSave Parameters are not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2037 The Color and Rendering Parameters are not editable. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2038 The following problems were encountered while resetting No action required.
the factory supplied plan templates.
%s
Not all factory supplied plan templates may have been
reset.
2039 %d beams failed the beam entry check. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to load the original plan? message.
203A The primary dataset is incompatible with CyberKnife. Select a compatible dataset as
Select a compatible dataset as primary. primary.
2041 The following destination VOI(s) have not been contoured: Follow prompts on the
%s. Would you like to proceed with the current VOI name message.
matching selection?
[Yes]: Proceed with the current VOI name matching
selection.
[No]: Return to the Match VOI Names dialog.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 813
Code Text Recommended Action
2042 The following problems were encountered while deleting Retry your request. If the
the script. problem persists, contact
%s Accuray Customer Support.
2043 The script can not be changed. The record is locked by another
%s user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
2044 A Makeup Plan cannot be created because the required Commission the required beam
beam data type (%s) has not been commissioned. data type.
2045 Complete all of the Setup steps to proceed. Follow prompts on the
message.
2046 Taylor Series method cannot be used for OCR/TPR. No action required.
2047 At least one beam must be used in the QA plan. No action required.
2048 The MLC beam data has not been approved for patient Review and approve beam data
plans. The current plan cannot be saved as deliverable prior to creating patient
with the MLC selected as the collimator. treatment plans.
2049 The number of nodes available to perform isocentric Use at least the specified
conformal targeting for the following target VOI(s) is less number of nodes.
than the maximum number of nodes (%s):
%s
2050 %s segments would have been re-weighted below the Review the dose distribution.
minimum deliverable MU.
Those segments have been set to the minimum deliverable
MU (MU = %s).
2051 A plan template with this name already exists. Plan Select a different name for the
template names must be unique. plan template. No action
required.
2052 %d of %d %s from the patient plan [%s] do not intersect Realign the QA Plan.
with the CT volume. No %s have been transferred.
2054 The plan %s will be loaded in read-only mode since the No action required.
plan was created for a different MLC.
814 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
2055 If the treatment machine selection is changed from "%s" to Follow prompts on the
"%s", planning inputs, including density overrides, and message.
outputs, such as dose and statistics will be discarded. Do
you want to continue?
[Yes]: Switch the treatment machine and discard planning
inputs and outputs.
[No]: Keep the current treatment machine selection for the
plan.
2057 Accept or cancel the couch replacement before leaving this Accept or cancel the couch.
step.
2058 This will cause the new couch image to be discarded. %s Follow prompts on the
Would you like to proceed? message.
[Yes]: Discard the new couch image.
[No]: Keep the new couch image.
2059 Leaving this step will cause the red laser changes to be Follow prompts on the
discarded. Would you like to proceed? message.
[Yes]: Discard the red laser changes and leave this step.
[No]: Keep the red laser changes and remain on this step.
2060 Leaving this step will cause the patient position changes to Follow prompts on the
be discarded. Would you like to proceed? message.
[Yes]: Discard the patient position changes and leave this
step.
[No]: Keep the patient position changes and remain on this
step.
2061 The red laser position has been modified. Click Accept or Follow prompts on the
Revert to leave the Move Red Laser mode. message.
2062 The patient position has been modified. Click Accept or Follow prompts on the
Revert to leave the Move Patient mode. message.
2064 The planned couch travel exceeds %s mm. Verify that the Verify that the planned couch
planned couch travel can be achieved at the desired couch travel can be achieved at the
height to ensure that the plan can be delivered. desired couch height to ensure
Continue with the final dose calculation? that the plan can be delivered.
2065 Red lasers may no longer align with the patient due to the Verify that the red laser
patient position change. Verify that the red laser positions positions are correct.
are correct.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 815
Code Text Recommended Action
2066 Red laser position has not been confirmed. Accept or move Follow prompts on the
red lasers to exit machine setup. message.
2067 Registration has moved stored red lasers out of range. Red No action required.
lasers have been aligned to machine isocenter.
2068 This plan contains final dose results. Accepting this change Follow prompts on the
will delete the final dose. message.
Click Yes to accept this change and delete the final dose.
Click No to discard this change and retain the final dose.
2069 This plan contains optimization results. Accepting this Follow prompts on the
change will delete the optimization. message.
Click Yes to accept this change and delete the
optimization.
Click No to discard this change and retain the optimization.
2070 This plan contains calculation results. Accepting this Follow prompts on the
change will delete the calculation. message.
Click Yes to accept this change and delete the calculation.
Click No to discard this change and retain the calculation.
2071 This plan has not been optimized. Follow prompts on the
Do you wish to continue with the final dose? message.
2072 Replace the couch before exiting this step. Replace the couch.
2075 The following VOIs are too complex for representation:%s No action required.
Contour stacks with the smallest volume have been
discarded.
2076 Proceeding with this operation will invalidate this plan's Follow prompts on the
final dose results. message.
[Yes]: Continue this operation and delete the final dose.
[No]: Abort this operation and retain the final dose.
2077 Proceeding with this operation will invalidate this plan's Follow prompts on the
optimization results. message.
[Yes]: Continue this operation and delete the optimization.
[No]: Abort this operation and retain the optimization.
816 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
2078 Proceeding with this operation will invalidate this plan's Follow prompts on the
calculation results. message.
[Yes]: Continue this operation and delete the calculation.
[No]: Abort this operation and retain the calculation.
2080 Approval failed for the following reason(s): Follow prompts on the
%s message. Detailed instructions
to correct the situation may vary
by case.
2081 If the treatment machine selection is changed from "%s" to Follow prompts on the
"%s", planning outputs, such as dose and statistics will be message.
discarded. Do you want to continue?
[Yes]: Switch the treatment machine and discard planning
outputs.
[No]: Keep the current treatment machine selection for the
plan.
2084 The following VOIs had variable spacing between No action required.
slices:%s
The VOIs have been moved or copied to match the slices
of the resampled image with fixed spacing.
2085 Deformable fusion cannot start because of insufficient Reduce the registration ROI box
GPU memory. Reduce the registration ROI box and try and try again.
again.
2087 Forward Planning information will be lost if this change is Follow prompts on the
made. Do you want to continue? message.
2088 You will lose any planning settings if you make this Follow prompts on the
change. Continue? message.
2089 Free disk space is low. Would you like to switch to the Clear the local patient cache to
Maintenance tab to clear the local patient cache? free disk space.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 817
Code Text Recommended Action
2090 The current displayed dose is out of date for the current Recalculate or clear dose.
beam configuration. Recalculate or clear dose.
2091 The selected exam was resampled during import. The No action required.
resampled data will be used rather than the original data.
2092 Creating delivered dose plans is not supported for No action can enable creating
treatment plans created in earlier versions of MultiPlan. delivered dose plans for earlier
versions of MultiPlan data.
2093 Deformable registration failed because all voxels in the Check that registration ROI box
secondary image are zero. Check that registration ROI box overlaps with the secondary
overlaps with the secondary image. image.
2095 The current plan contains optimization parameters that can Follow prompts on the
be saved as a script. Plan templates reference scripts so message.
that multiple plan templates can use the same script.
Do you want to create a new Script from the current
parameters?
[Yes]: Create a new script.
[No]: Use an existing script.
2096 Angles with zero weight must be deleted to make Delete angles with zero weight.
deliverable.
2097 Dose Point %s is used by Dose Group %s and cannot be Remove the dose point from the
deleted. dose group.
2098 There are auto-shells associated with this VOI. Accepting Follow prompts on the
this change will delete the auto shells. message.
[Yes]: Delete the auto-shells.
[No]: Cancel.
2099 Validation of the current template produced warnings: Review the warnings and follow
%s prompts on the message.
209A Accepting this change will delete one or more dose groups. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to continue? message.
[Yes]: Delete the dose groups.
[No]: Discard this change and retain the dose groups.
209B Proceeding with this operation will invalidate one or more Follow prompts on the
of this plan's dose groups. message.
[Yes]: Continue this operation and delete the dose groups.
[No]: Abort this operation and retain the dose groups.
818 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
209D A VOI change resulted in calculation results being deleted. No action required.
209E A VOI change resulted in final dose results being deleted. No action required.
209F A VOI change resulted in one or more dose groups being No action required.
deleted.
20A0 The following VOI were unchanged by their specified Perform requested action.
density overrides and should be changed: %s
20A1 Plan '%s' is currently locked. The plan will be recovered as No action required.
a new unnamed plan.
20A2 Plan '%s' has been modified on the server since the last No action required.
local auto-save. The plan will be recovered as a new
unnamed plan.
20A3 Found and fixed %s VOI(s) with unsupported characters in No action required.
their names.
20A6 The dose calculation box cannot be set to cover the skin Define a skin VOI in the "Skin"
VOI because the skin VOI has not been defined. step if you would like to use it to
specify a dose calculation box.
20A7 The dose calculation box cannot be set to cover all VOIs Draw some VOIs in the
because no VOIs have been defined. "Contour" task if you would like
to use it to specify a dose
calculation box.
20A8 VOI [%s] is used in sequential optimization. All constraints Follow prompts on the
and steps involving this VOI will be removed. message.
Do you want to continue?
20A9 Dose calculation completed without error but did not The beams generated likely do
produce any nonzero dose values. The resulting dose not intersect the patient. Correct
volume will be ignored. the problem, or contact Accuray
Customer Support.
20AA Angles with zero weight must be deleted, or modified to Delete the angles with non-zero
have nonzero weight, before computing final dose. weights.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 819
Code Text Recommended Action
20AB New password is too long. (0 - 100) Fix the problem and try again.
20AC The selected alignment change will remove %d of %d %s Proceed with planning.
from the patient plan [%s] due to treatment robot
workspace violations.
Would you like to continue? Once the %s are removed,
you will need to return to the register step to restore the
original set.
20AE Do you want to overwrite plan “%s”? The existing plan is in Follow prompts on the
the Approved state and may have been sent to the OIS. message.
When this plan is Approved, it may also be sent to the OIS.
If a prior version of this plan is already in the OIS, it may
need to be manually removed. To continue and overwrite
anyway, press Yes; else press No to cancel.
20AF The current plan contains optimization parameters that can Follow prompts on the
be saved as a script. Plan templates reference scripts so message.
that multiple plan templates can use the same script.
Do you want to create a new Script from the current
parameters?
[Yes]: Create a new script.
[No]: Use an existing script.
20B0 The maximum number of secondary datasets has already No action required.
been imported for this plan.
20B1 The MultiPlan plan '%s' was saved with auto-shells No action required.
surrounding the following non-Target VOIs:
%s
These auto-shells are being removed from the plan as they
are incompatible with Precision.
Table 3
4003 Do you want to delete the current conformal beam set? Follow prompts on the
message.
820 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
4009 This plan contains isocentric conformal beams. They will No action required.
be included in the optimization. If you select additional
collimators on this step, new beams will be generated in
addition to the isocentric beams previously created.
400A Creating a plan with neither Max MU per Beam nor Max Follow prompts on the
MU per Node constraint can increase the likelihood of hot message.
spots outside the dose calculation region. Do you want to
optimize without these constraints?
Click Yes to proceed with optimization.
Click No to cancel optimization.
400B Perform a dose calculation prior to setting the number of Follow prompts on the
fractions to %s. message.
400E The Spine Tracking VOI must be Axial. Redefine the Spine Tracking
VOI in Axial view.
Table 4
8001 The memory address space is fragmented. The Close all non-Accuray
application could not allocate a contiguous memory block. Precision System related
Restart the application. applications. Close and restart
the application.
If this fails, reboot the system.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 821
Code Text Recommended Action
8002 The current operating system does not support this Contact Accuray Customer
application. Run this application on Windows XP Pro or a Support to arrange a Windows
higher version of the Windows Operating System. operating system upgrade.
8003 Set your display resolution to 1920 x 1200 and 32 color Select the Control Panel from
bits. the Start Menu. Select
Appearance and Themes.
Select Display. Open the
Settings task.
Set the screen resolution to
1920 x 1200 and the color
quality to Highest (32 bit).
8005 Failed to save file [%s]. Ensure disk has enough space If saving data to a floppy disk,
and is not write protected. verify that the disk is writable.
8006 Graphics system failed. Error found in OpenGL [%s]. Reboot the computer.
800B The seed points you have defined are collinear. Redefine Redefine one or more seed
one or more seed points. points so that all three are not
collinear.
800C The seed points you have defined are too close to each Redefine one or more seed
other. Redefine one or more seed points. points and separate them
further.
800E This version of Accuray Precision cannot support Lung No action required.
with Respiratory method.
800F CyberKnife datafile contains unsupported XST algorithm If the Iris collimator is licensed
version. Please exit Accuray Precision, and reconfigure on your Accuray Precision
the CyberKnife datafile. Treatment Planning System,
commission Iris beam data.
MultiPlan System 3.0 and
above support the Iris
collimator. To use the Iris
collimator, upgrade your
CyberKnife System.
8010 Iris collimator is not supported because: Commission the Iris beam
1. Iris beam data is not commissioned. data. If you are unable to
commission the data, contact
2. Iris collimator feature is not enabled. Accuray Customer Support to
check your license.
822 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8011 The MergeCom-3 DICOM license is invalid. Contact Contact Accuray Customer
Accuray Customer Support. Support.
8012 An internal error has occurred. Please see the log file for Based on information from the
details. datafiles, correct the datafile
format. Contact Accuray
Customer Support.
8013 Set your system locale to one that supports the display of Follow prompts on the
numbers in the North American English format. The message.
decimal symbol must be '.' the digit grouping symbol must
be ',' and the negative sign symbol must be '-'.
8102 No NFS connection to database server [%s] via NFS Ensure database server is up
Client [Windows Services for UNIX 3.5]. and running. Exit application
and restart Accuray Precision
System. If the problem
persists, restart the server and
try again.
8105 Data files are missing on database server. If the space and protection are
%s okay, check the network
connection. Reboot the
Accuray Precision System.
8106 Failed to initialize local datafiles for planning. Check network connection and
reboot the system.
810D Failed to acquire lock for [%s] CT image for %s from Open a different patient or wait
database server. until that particular patient is
unlocked.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 823
Code Text Recommended Action
8113 Invalid TPR table found in data file. Read log file for Based on information from the
details. datafiles, correct datafile
format. Contact Accuray
Customer Support for
assistance.
8114 Invalid OF table found on database server. Read log file Based on information from the
for details. datafiles, correct datafile
format. Contact Accuray
Customer Support for
assistance.
8115 Invalid OCR table found on database server. Read log file Based on information from the
for details. datafiles, correct datafile
format. Contact Accuray
Customer Support for
assistance.
8117 Failed to remove patient <%s> from local database. Check system permissions to
see if you are allowed to delete
data from the local database.
Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8123 Failed to copy beam data files to Accuray Precision local Permission error. Contact
drive. Accuray Customer Support.
You will not be able to review beam tables.
See log file in <c:/accuray/log> for detail.
Contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
8124 Failed to read extrapolation data from the server. Revalidate and approve the
You must go through commissioning process and approve OCR and TPR data tables. Go
OCR and TPR tables. to Commissioning Tools >
Review Tables > MC TPR &
OCR.
8125 None of the selected % will be modified due to the No action required.
following reason(s):
%s
8126 Invalid data or format in Dose profile data file. Refer to the Physics Essentials
Review content of this file. Guide. Ensure file format
meets requirements.
Refer to user manual for expected format and data for this
file.
824 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8127 Invalid data or file format in Central PDD data file. Refer to the Physics Essentials
Review content of this file. Guide. Ensure file format
meets requirements.
Refer to user manual for expected format and data for this
file.
8128 Invalid data or file format in In Air OF (MC output factor) Refer to the Physics Essentials
data file Guide. Ensure file format
Review content of this file. meets requirements.
Refer to user manual for expected format and data for this
file.
8129 Failed to update mc_seccollim_geo.xml with changes Send the log file and contact
made to upper and lower limits. Accuray Customer Support.
Read log file for details.
Contact Accuray Customer Support.
8133 Invalid data or file format in data file(s) listed below: Refer to the Physics Essentials
%s Guide for information on data
file requirements for Monte
Review content of this file. Carlo dose calculation
Refer to user manual for expected format and data for this commissioning.
file.
8135 Saving a discontinued plan with the same name is not Follow prompts on the
allowed. Use a different name and try again. message.
8136 Invalid Iris OF table found on database server. Read log Follow prompts on the
file for details. message.
8137 Invalid Iris TPR table found in data file. Read log file for Follow prompts on the
details. message.
8138 Invalid Iris OCR table found on database server. Read log Follow prompts on the
file for details. message.
8139 The plan cannot be saved as a deliverable plan because it No action required.
was based on sample beam data.
8140 Failed to update the commissioning status in the database Contact Accuray Customer
server. Support.
Exit all Accuray Precision applications on other
workstations before proceeding.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 825
Code Text Recommended Action
8141 Failed data integrity check. Read the log file for detail. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8142 The plan cannot be saved as a Deliverable plan because it No action required.
was based on sample density model data.
8143 The plan cannot be saved as Deliverable because the Approve the beam data for
beam data has not been approved for phantom plans. phantom plans prior to saving
the plan as deliverable.
8144 The plan cannot be saved as Deliverable because the Approve the beam data for
beam data has not been approved for patient plans. patient plans prior to saving the
plan as deliverable.
8145 All of the MLC FSPB beam data (OCR, TPR, OF, Open Review and approve beam
Beam Profile, PB Modeling) must be reviewed and data.
approved before final approval is given.
8146 Beam data for the MLC is not valid. Check the log file for Contact Accuray Customer
details. Support.
8147 All of the MLC Monte Carlo beam data (MC Source, MC Review the data.
OCR, MC TPR, and MC OF) must be reviewed and
approved before final approval is given.
8203 The image does not contain valid slice spacing. Delete slices that create
erroneous slice spacing.
8206 The pixel format of the image is not supported by this Rescan image or contact
application. Accuray Customer Support.
820C Failed to read image data. The image data might be Rescan or resend image. If that
incomplete or invalid. fails, contact Accuray
Customer Support.
8212 Failed to load image. Image is blank. Try to load a different image.
8216 There are corrupted images. Contact Accuray Customer Contact Accuray Customer
Support. The images sets are: Support.
%s
826 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8281 Failed to read plan data. The plan might include invalid or Try to load a different plan.
incomplete data.
828C Failed to download %s plan data to local drive.[%s] Check network connection. Try
to download a different plan.
Reboot the system.
828D The 4D plan will not be loaded because you do not have Load the plan on a different
the license for this feature. MultiPlan 2.0 or later
workstation that has a 4D
Planning license.
8300 Failed to load RTDose dose distribution. Recalculate after loading and
save the plan.
8301 Failed to load RTSS volumes of interest. Resend RTSS Volumes to the
data server.
8302 Invalid RTSS data or RTSS structure does not contain any Resend RTSS Volumes to the
VOI. data server.
8304 Failed to export the fused image file. Check the following:
• IP address
• AE title
• port of the target machine
• connection of the data
server
Then resend the fused image.
8305 Failed to export the mixed image file. Check the following:
• IP address
• AE title
• port of the target machine
• connection of the data
server
Then resend the mixed image.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 827
Code Text Recommended Action
8309 Failed to export the original image [%s]. Read log file for Follow prompts on the
details. message.
830B Failed to export the fused moving image. Read log file for Follow prompts on the
details. message.
8310 The fused volume data is invalid for export. Verify the moving image is
properly registered. Go to Plan
> Fuse.
8312 Failed to export the dose volume. Read log file for details. Follow prompts on the
message.
8313 Failed to export the original image [%s] in N1k Format. Follow prompts on the
Read log file for details. message.
828 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8318 Failed to acquire CyberKnife read lock for CK ID <%s>. Selected record is in use by
Please see log file for detail. another user. If the lock is not
released by the application,
contact your system
administrator. Follow prompts
on the message.
8319 Error loading images, Failed to acquire %s lock on <%s>. Retry loading images after the
other Quick Review session
has finished loading.
8320 Error deleting <%s> patient as the patient is open in No action required.
session <%s>.
8321 Failed to load non-HFS RTSS volumes of interest. These Contour VOI on a non-HFS
volumes of interest are not DICOM Reference Coordinate images.
System compliant data.
8322 The connection to the server has been lost. Check network connections
and retry.
8323 Failed to push the new couch image to computer %s. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8324 Failed to export the new couch image file. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8326 The treatment machine <%s> cannot be opened for Import the correct beam data.
commissioning because beam data for the fixed collimator
set has not been imported.
8380 Failed to connect to DICOM server. The server could be Verify that the recipient DICOM
dead or there might not be a network connection to %s. server is running. Resend
DICOM data. If that fails,
contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8381 Interrupted DICOM network connection to %s. Verify that the recipient DICOM
server is running. Resend
DICOM data. If that fails,
contact Accuray Customer
Support.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 829
Code Text Recommended Action
8382 DICOM server aborted this Association request to %s. Verify that the recipient DICOM
server is running. Resend
DICOM data. If that fails,
contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8383 Request for this Association rejected by the DICOM Modify the calling AE title for
Server because the calling AE title for %s is incorrect. the remote machine. Resend
DICOM data. If that fails,
contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8384 Timeout (%s secs) for pushing DICOM files: SCU Verify that the recipient DICOM
application is hanging because of an AEs error or the server is running. Resend
network might be too slow to %s. DICOM data. If that fails,
contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8385 Failed to run C_STORE application as SCU. The Contact Accuray Customer
send_image.exe might be missing. %s Support.
8386 Failed to either verify AEs or write to DICOM database %s. Verify AE title and that the
recipient DICOM server is
running. Resend DICOM data.
If that fails, contact Accuray
Customer Support.
8387 Request for this Association rejected by the DICOM Correct the AE title for the
Server because of an illegal calling AE title for %s. The DICOM Server.
maximum string length of AE title is 16 characters.
8401 Failed to delete the plan. %s. Check the connection, data
server, and the permissions of
the current user.
8406 Failed to write the treatment path for a deliverable plan. Verify that the node data is
non-zero. Check the network
connection.
8407 Failed to write the check file for a deliverable plan. Check the network connection
and permissions on the data
server. Contact Accuray
Customer Support.
830 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8409 Failed to write the fiducial file for a deliverable plan. Check the network connection
and permissions on the data
server. Contact Accuray
Customer Support.
8410 The plan was saved. However, the dose per beam Contact Accuray Customer
information used by third-party OIS for tracking dose Support.
points were not written out. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
840C Failed to save the plan due to the following reason: Follow prompts on the
%s message and resolve the
issue.
840D An error occurred while saving DICOM RT data and the Contact Accuray Customer
delivered dose cannot be saved. Contact Accuray Support.
Customer Support.
840E Failed to save the plan due to the following invalid Fix the invalid segments and
segment(s): save.
%s
840F The current leaf configuration is invalid. Correct the leaf configuration.
%s
This must be corrected in order to continue.
8500 The plan is invalid because it has no dose volume or the Generate a plan.
dose volume is empty. Go to the Plan task and create a
valid plan.
8501 The plan is invalid because it has zero beams. Go to the Generate a plan.
Plan task and create a plan with beams.
8600 Failed to create a new contour set. The VOI already has Reformat contour set.
the maximum number [%s] of contour sets.
8707 Failed to load template path sets for treatment planning. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8775 Plan reports cannot be generated for an unsaved plan. Save the plan prior to creating
a report.
8776 Treatment Machine was changed. Please save plan again Follow prompts on the
before generating report. message.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 831
Code Text Recommended Action
8900 MU cannot be modified because the beam is shut down. Return to previous task.
8901 The value to the left of the MU operator must be less than Return to previous task.
the value to the right of the MU operator.
8902 Target change was not accepted because a potential Return to previous task.
manipulator error or VCP error was detected.
8903 Target change was not accepted because the beam Return to previous task.
appears to enter the patient outside the bounds of the CT
series.
8904 The Modify Selected Beams input value(s) are invalid. Enter valid values.
Details:
%s
8905 No modification will be performed because all of the Enter valid values.
Modify Selected Beams fields are empty.
8A00 The current pagefile size (%s MB) is insufficient for The Microsoft Windows XP
Accuray Precision to run effectively. pagefile has been configured at
System reconfiguration is needed before this operation too small a size. The size
can be performed. should have been set correctly
at system configuration /
Contact Accuray Customer Support. software installation time, and
the problem should be referred
to Service.
8A01 The estimated %s MB of memory necessary to complete Review dose calculation box
the requested dose calculation exceeds the total VM size in all 3 dimensions and
space (RAM + pagefile) of %s MB available on this reduce size where possible
computer. (particularly the number of axial
The operation has been canceled. slices).
8A02 Calculation was canceled because there are no beams No action required.
with dose defined.
8A03 Enter an uncertainty value within the range of %s to %s. No action required.
8B00 Failed to read protocol data of MC Commissioning. Read the log file in the
Read log file for details. c:\accuray\log folder. Contact
Accuray Customer Support.
832 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8B01 Failed to transfer protocol data of MC Commissioning. Restart the application. If that
Read log file for details. fails, check the network
connection and the required
datafiles on the data server.
Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8B02 Failed to load protocol data of MC Commissioning due to Read the log file in the
unknown error. c:\accuray\log folder. Contact
Read log file for details. Accuray Customer Support.
8B03 Failed to perform the Monte Carlo dose calculation. Check settings and try again.
8B04 Failed to generate source model data. Check settings and try again.
8B05 Failed to generate Monte Carlo calculated OCR data. Check settings and try again.
8B06 Failed to generate Monte Carlo calculated TPR data. Check settings and try again.
8B07 Failed to generate Monte Carlo calculated OF data and Check settings and try again.
Fnormal.
8B08 Failed to save MC protocol data. Check settings and try again.
8B09 Enter FWHM value within the range of %s to %s. Check settings and try again.
8B0C All treatment parameters must be filled in before you can Fill in the treatment parameters
move on to another task. prior to exiting the step.
8C00 All fields must be filled in. Check settings and try again.
8C02 %s The Number of Fractions cannot be modified at this Check settings and try again.
time.
8C03 %s The Prescription fields cannot be modified at this time. Check settings and try again.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 833
Code Text Recommended Action
8C04 Failed to retrieve the minimum deliverable MU per fraction Check settings and try again.
from iDMS .
8C06 The plan cannot be saved as deliverable. The total MU for Reduce the MU of 5 mm.
the 5 mm Iris collimator exceeds the maximum tolerance beams in the Finetune menu
allowed. Lower the total MU for the 5 mm Iris collimator. and recalculate dose.
8C07 The 5 mm Iris collimator cannot be used for Sequential Follow prompts on the
Optimization. Sequential Optimization will be canceled. message.
8C08 When using the 5 mm Iris collimator, include at least one Follow prompts on the
other collimator size. Sequential Optimization will be message.
canceled.
8D01 There are fewer target VOIs in the plan than in the script. No action required.
8D02 There are fewer critical VOIs in the plan than in the script. No action required.
8D03 Sequential Optimization has failed due to invalid script Follow prompts on the
data. Ensure that the required data is present and that message.
each step is valid. If steps failed validation, they are shown
in orange.
8D04 Sequential Optimization failed because the initial Follow prompts on the
conformal beam set data was not defined. You must either message.
make collimator selections on the Collimators dialog box
or create an initial conformal beam set on the Isocentric
step.
8D06 Sequential Optimization was canceled due to invalid Check settings and try again.
and/or incomplete VOI limits.
8D07 In the Dose Constraints section, a Max Dose must be set Follow prompts on the
for auto-shell [%s]. message.
8D08 In the Dose Constraints section, set the Max Dose for VOI Follow prompts on the
[%s]. message.
8D0B You must first select OMI, OCO, OHI, or DVL for the first Follow prompts on the
step. message.
834 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8D0C Assign an auto-shell structure for step [%s] on the Steps Follow prompts on the
dialog box. message.
8D0D Assign a VOI for step [%s] under the Dose Objectives Follow prompts on the
section of the Constraints and Steps dialog box. message.
8D0E The VOI [%s] associated with step [%s] has no contour. Follow prompts on the
message.
8D11 In the Dose Constraints section, a Max Dose must be set Follow prompts on the
for VOI [%s]. message.
8D12 In the Dose Constraints section, set a Goal for step [%s]. Follow prompts on the
message.
8D13 The script has no steps. Add at least one step on the Follow prompts on the
Steps dialog box. message.
8D14 In the Dose Constraints section, a Max Dose must be set Follow prompts on the
for auto-shell [%s]. message.
8D15 A manufacturer-provided script with the same name Follow prompts on the
already exists. Please choose a different script name. message
8D17 The VOI associated with step [%s] is invalid. Select a VOI Follow prompts on the
with one of the following types: %s. message.
8D18 Cannot have a DV objective for the Boundary Only VOI Follow prompts on the
[%s]. Delete the DV constraint or change the VOI to a message.
non-Boundary Only VOI.
8D19 Cannot have a DV objective for VOI [%s] since it is not Follow prompts on the
completely within the dose calculation grid. Delete the DV message.
objective or resize the dose calculation grid.
8D20 Two constraint volumes, goal volumes, or relaxed Follow prompts on the
volumes applied to the same VOI cannot be closer than message.
0.5% of the total VOI volume. This occurs for VOI: %s
8D21 Step [%s] relaxation value must be greater than 0 or less Follow prompts on the
than its total volume value. message.
8D22 Cannot have a DV constraint for the Boundary Only VOI Follow prompts on the
[%s]. Delete the DV constraint or change the VOI to a message.
non-Boundary Only VOI.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 835
Code Text Recommended Action
8D23 Cannot have a DV constraint for VOI [%s] since it is not Follow prompts on the
completely within the dose calculation grid. Delete the DV message.
constraint or resize the dose calculation grid.
8D24 The Sequential Optimization script must have at least one Follow prompts on the
of the following target objectives present: OHI, OCO, OMI, message.
or DVL.
8D25 Step [%s]'s volume value must be greater than or equal to Follow prompts on the
0.1%% of its total volume value and less than or equal to message.
99.9%% of its total volume value.
8D26 VOI [%s] volume value must be greater than 0 or less than Follow prompts on the
its total volume value. message.
8D27 Step [%s] is an OMU step and should not have a VOI or Follow prompts on the
shell assigned to it. message.
8D28 The following VOI(s) are used in the Sequential Follow prompts on the
Optimization script but are not contoured: %s. Please message.
contour these VOI(s) or remove them from the script
before proceeding.
8D29 Step [%s]'s Relaxation Volume value must be greater than Follow prompts on the
or equal to 1% of its total volume value. message.
NOTE: DVL Relaxation Volume value = Volume -
Relaxation Value
8D30 Step [%s]'s Relaxation Volume value must be less than or Follow prompts on the
equal to 99% of its total volume value. message.
NOTE: DVU Relaxation Volume value = Volume +
Relaxation Value
8D31 Enter a Leaf Margin value within the range of %s to %s Follow prompts on the
mm. message.
8D32 There are currently no Target VOIs being targeted. Update Follow prompts on the
the targeting settings using MLC Settings. message.
8D33 DV constraints and sampling on VOI[%s] has removed all Follow prompts on the
maximum dose constraints. Redo optimization at a higher message.
resolution, reduce skip factor, or reduce number of DV
constraints for this VOI before proceeding.
8E01 Sequential Optimization cannot proceed due to a CPLEX Contact Accuray Customer
license issue. Support.
836 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8E04 CPLEX could not allocate enough memory to set up the Follow prompts on the
problem. Sequential Optimization will be canceled. Make message.
the dose box smaller, go to Ray-Tracing Low resolution, or
use fewer collimators before retrying the script.
8E05 The optimization problem has numerical convergence Follow prompts on the
conflicts. Sequential Optimization will be canceled. To message.
minimize conflicts, relax constraints on the VOI Limits
dialog box, remove redundant structures on the
Auto-shells dialog box, and increase relaxation values
and/or change the order of the steps on the Steps dialog
box.
8E07 Skip sampling failed. Sequential Optimization will be Follow prompts on the
canceled. Try entering a lower skip factor. message.
8E08 %s Reduction left no usable %s. Sequential Optimization Follow prompts on the
will be canceled. Run the script from the beginning and message.
ensure that the number of %s is not zero after the first
optimization.
8E09 A VOI being used by Sequential Optimization is entirely Follow prompts on the
outside the dose calculation box. Either resize the box to message.
include some portion of the VOI or remove any constraints
and objectives associated with the VOI.
8E0B There is a VOI that occupies no voxels. Sequential Fix the problem and try again.
Optimization will be canceled.
8E0C The server's file system is full. This application will exit and Archive some patients.
run Patient Record Archive and Restore. Consider
archiving some patients.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 837
Code Text Recommended Action
8F01 User ID or Password does not match. Enter valid User ID Fix the problem and try again.
and Password.
8F02 Login failed. Accuray Precision will exit. Contact your system
administrator.
8F03 The number of failed logins exceeded the maximum Contact your system
number allowed. Contact system administrator to administrator.
reactivate your account.
8F05 Invalid user ID or password. Fix the problem and try again.
8F06 User ID or password does not match. Fix the problem and try again.
8F08 The new password must be different than the old Fix the problem and try again.
password.
8F09 Old password is incorrect. Fix the problem and try again.
8F0A No password change is allowed for system users. Contact your system
administrator.
8F0C You have reached the maximum number of allowed Only four sessions of the
sessions [%s]. Accuray Precision System or
one session of MD Suite is
allowed.
8F0D Secondary sessions are not allowed when commissioned Contact your system
treatment machines are unavailable. administrator.
8F0E You do not have privilege to run Accuray Precision. Contact your system
Accuray Precision will exit. administrator.
8F0F Cannot launch secondary session without logging in to Log in to the primary session.
Accuray Precision. Please log in through the primary
session.
8F11 Autosegmentation failed. See the log file for details. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
838 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8F12 Autosegmentation cannot proceed because of the Fix the problem and try again.
following problems:
%s
Correct the initialization points prior to attempting
Autosegmentation again.
8F13 Autosegmentation cannot proceed because of the Fix the problem and try again.
following issues:
%s
Create the correct number of initialization points prior to
attempting Autosegmentation again.
8F14 Autosegmentation cannot proceed because of the Fix the problem and try again.
following issues:
%s
Create the correct number of initialization points prior to
attempting Autosegmentation again.
8F15 Autosegmentation requires that certain structures be Fix the problem and try again.
segmented prior to others. The following structures must
be selected since the structures that are being segmented
require their presence.
%s
8F16 Head and Neck Autosegmentation only supports Head Contour the VOIs manually.
First Supine (HFS) images. This feature is unavailable for
the current plan.
8F18 The %s cannot be modified with the Autosegmentation Fix the problem and try again.
editing tools because it has not been automatically
segmented yet.
8F1A Autosegmentation cannot proceed because of the Fix the problem and try again.
following problems:
%s
Correct the initialization points prior to attempting to
Autosegmentation again.
8F1B Autosegmentation cannot proceed because of the Fix the problem and try again.
following problems:
%s
Correct the initialization points prior to attempting to
Autosegmentation again.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 839
Code Text Recommended Action
8F1C Autosegmentation cannot proceed. The following VOIs Fix the problem and try again.
have a plane other than axial selected for contouring:
%s
8F1D One of the contour modifications for the %s extended Fix the problem and try again.
beyond the allowed range of slices.
8F1E Autosegmentation failed due to invalid input for the %s. Fix the problem and try again.
8F1F Autosegmentation cannot proceed due to invalid Fix the problem and try again.
initialization points for the %s.
8F21 Either select a VOI from patient plan and template plan or Perform requested action.
select another initialization method.
8F22 Enter a valid scaling factor. Fix the problem and try again.
It can either be a positive fractional number less than 1 or
an integer between 1 and 100.
8F23 The Synchrony method of the patient plan (%s) differs Fix the problem and try again.
from the template plan (%s).
Therefore the QA plan cannot be created.
Either the Synchrony methods must be the same or the
Synchrony method of the template plan must be Fiducial.
8F24 The VOI name %s is already in use or is restricted. Enter a Fix the problem and try again.
unique name.
8F25 Failed to compute SUV for the PET image series (index = No action required.
%d).
8F2A Select either Series Date and Time or Acquisition Date Perform requested action.
and Time.
8F2B Enter a valid value for Half Life. Perform requested action.
8F2C Enter a valid value for Total Dose. Perform requested action.
8F2D Enter a valid value for Radiopharmaceutical Start Perform requested action.
Date/Time.
840 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8F2E QuickPlan has attempted to proceed to a task or step that Contact Accuray Customer
is not ready. Support.
Task = %s
Step = %s
8F2F One of the input parameters for dose calculation is invalid. Contact Accuray Customer
The Accuray Precision System will terminate. Support.
Contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance.
See the log file for details.
8F30 The contours of the VOI [%s] extend beyond the boundary Perform requested action.
of the primary CT image. The density override of this VOI
will not be applied to the dose calculation correctly. Refine
the contours of the VOI and make sure all contours are
within the boundary of the primary CT image.
8F31 Exit the following applications prior to exiting Accuray Follow prompts on the
Precision. message.
%s
8F32 This VOI Operation cannot be performed because there Some VOI Operations require
are not enough empty VOIs to use as temporary temporary VOIs. If all VOIs are
placeholders. being used, VOI operations
Delete unwanted VOIs and try the VOI Operation again. cannot be performed.
8F35 A Makeup Plan cannot be created because a machine file Contact Accuray Customer
has changed since the original plan was created that Support.
requires replanning.
8F36 Enter the dose constraint for %s in Dose Constraints table. Follow prompts on the
message.
8F37 Enter the volume constraint for the VOI %s in Dose Follow prompts on the
Constraints table. message.
8F38 %s has more than one maximum dose constraints. A VOI Follow prompts on the
or shell can have at most one maximum dose constraint. message.
8F3E Select at least one structure before starting Follow prompts on the
Autosegmentation. message.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 841
Code Text Recommended Action
8F41 Register the primary and secondary images to proceed. Follow prompts on the
message.
8F42 The following VOIs may not be mapped when creating a Follow prompts on the
Lung Optimized Treatment plan: message.
%s
%s
8F4C The OHI dose goal value for step %d must be less than or Follow prompts on the
equal to the maximum dose constraint value of its message.
corresponding VOI.
8F4D For VOI [%s], make sure that as the dose value increases Follow prompts on the
the volume value decreases. message.
8F4E A density model with this name already exists. Density Follow prompts on the
model names must be unique. message.
8F4F To log in to the Accuray Precision, the user profile must Follow prompts on the
include either Plan Administration privileges or at least message.
one treatment planning privilege.
842 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8F50 The defined skin VOI (%s) is not valid because %s. Follow prompts on the
message.
8F52 A different Accuray Precision workstation has this shared The record is locked by another
data file locked. user. Wait for the user to
%s release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
8F53 Accuray Precision was unable to acquire a lock on a The record is locked by another
shared data file. user. Wait for the user to
%s release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
8F55 Accuray Precision was unable to update a shared data file Retry your request. If the
on the server. problem persists, contact your
%s System Administrator for
technical support.
8F57 An error occurred while Accuray Precision was releasing Confirm that changes were
the lock on a shared data file. saved.
8F58 Accuray Precision was unable to delete a shared file. The record is locked by another
user. Wait for the user to
release the lock or contact your
System Administrator for
technical support.
8F59 Accuray Precision was unable to get the current list of Contact Accuray Customer
shared files. Support.
%s
8F5A The DCE map data is not for prostate anatomy. The data No action required.
will not be loaded into the system.
8F5B The plan cannot be used to create a Lung Optimized Follow prompts on the
Treatment Plan at this time. Click OK to return to the message.
Home Page. Detailed error %s
8F5D Prostate Autosegmentation failed to generate contours Modify the initialization points
using the current set of initialization points. as necessary and retry your
request.
8F5E Select at least one uncalculated field size before starting Follow prompts on the
MC TPR and OCR calculation. message.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 843
Code Text Recommended Action
8F5F The isodoses, DVH, and dose statistics are currently Follow prompts on the
based on the raw Monte Carlo dose distribution. Switch to message.
Smoothed distribution to enable Save and Print
operations.
8F60 The position is invalid because it would cause the modified Follow prompts on the
leaf to overlap the opposing leaf. message.
8F61 Autosegmentation could not proceed because of the Follow prompts on the
following issues: message.
%s
8F62 Isocentric Conformal targeting cannot be used for the Use conformal avoidance
following target VOI(s) since there are no available nodes targeting.
which can be shaped around the target:
%s
8F63 The following VOIs were not created during brain Manually segment VOIs if
autosegmentation: desired.
%s
8F64 Failed to apply the plan template since the assigned Fix the problem and try again.
sequential script does not match the template's collimator
type. Use Planning Settings to assign an appropriate
sequential script to the plan template.
8F66 Accuray Precision has gotten into a state where VOI [%s] Follow prompts on the
has DV constraints defined. To make sure all DV message.
constraints are removed, delete all constraints defined for
this VOI and redefine them again.
8F69 An error occurred during calculation of final dose. Contact Accuray Customer
%s Support.
844 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8F72 Male Pelvis Autosegmentation only supports Head First Use supported images.
Supine (HFS) and Feet First Supine (FFS) images. This
feature is unavailable for the current plan.
8F74 There must be at least two beam angles. Add beam angles until you
have two or more.
8F75 An error occurred while calculating field dose. Contact Accuray Customer
%s Support.
8F76 An error occurred while calculating beam dose. Contact Accuray Customer
%s Support.
8F77 A secondary T1-weighted MR image is required. Create a new plan with one MR
image.
8F79 The following VOI are targeted by too few angles: %s Target each VOI with at least
two beam angles.
8F80 The following beam angles have no VOI targeted: %s Target each VOI with at least
two beam angles.
8F81 Too few beam angles requested for some VOI Target each VOI with at least
two beam angles.
8F82 No beam angle has a target VOI Target each VOI with at least
two beam angles.
8F83 Too many beam angles are blocked for a VOI Target each VOI with at least
two beam angles.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 845
Code Text Recommended Action
8F86 Treatment Machine "%s" is not compatible with the current Follow prompts on the
plan settings. If this treatment machine is applied, message.
planning inputs such as the machine setup, and outputs,
such as dose and statistics will be discarded. Do you want
to continue?
[Yes]: Apply treatment machine and discard planning
outputs
[No]: Keep the current treatment machine selection for the
plan.
8F87 The plan cannot be saved since the selected treatment No action can enable saving
machine has been retired. the plan on a retired treatment
machine.
8F88 The plan cannot be saved since the density model Choose a new density model.
contains a HU higher than the maximum allowed value
(4095).
The invalid density pair(s) in the electron density model
are:
%s
The invalid density pair(s) in the mass density model are:
%s
8F93 Dose curve too complex for VOI representation. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8F95 Failed to initialize iDMS license. See log file for details. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8F96 Failed to retrieve data associated with this workstation on Contact Accuray Customer
server: %s. Contact Accuray Customer Support to ensure Support.
this workstation is registered to the server. The application
will exit.
8F97 This license entry is missing. Ensure the license is Contact Accuray Customer
regenerated after this workstation was registered, updated Support.
in the license editor, and that the resulting license file is
reimported using the Server Administration.
8F98 This workstation requires a license. Contact Accuray Contact Accuray Customer
Customer Support to enable the license for this Support.
workstation. The application will exit.
846 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8F99 This workstation is not configured properly. Contact Contact Accuray Customer
Accuray Customer Support. Support.
8F9B This workstation is configured to run as a single Accuray Contact Accuray Customer
Precision instance; however, a multiple session license is Support.
enabled.
8F9D This workstation is configured to run Accuray Precision Contact Accuray Customer
with multiple sessions; however, the MD Suite license is Support.
enabled.
8F9E This workstation is configured to run Accuray Precision Contact Accuray Customer
with multiple sessions; however, the Multi-Session license Support.
is disabled.
8F9F Failed to open main log file for writing: %s Contact Accuray Customer
Contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance. The Support.
application will exit.
8FA2 There were errors uploading sinogram and/or DRR Contact Accuray Customer
images for the report. Some sinograms and/or DRRs may Support.
be missing from the report. Do you wish to continue
printing the report?
8FA3 The VOI name must have between 1 and 64 characters. Fix the VOI name.
The specified name has %s characters.
8FA4 Updating the plan failed because treatment machine %s is Contact Accuray Customer
not properly configured. Contact Accuray Customer Support.
Support. The plan will be loaded as is.
8FA5 Treatment machine %s is not properly configured. Contact Contact Accuray Customer
Accuray Customer Support. Support.
8FA6 Unable to save the plan as deliverable. The plan has %s Change the number of beam
beam angles but treatment machine %s only supports %s angles to comply.
beam angles.
8FA7 The selected exam was resampled during import and No action required.
cannot be used for CyberKnife plans.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 847
Code Text Recommended Action
8FA8 The density-corrected images are not valid for dose Perform requested action.
calculation. Review the density model and density
overrides, then try again.
8FA9 Define a consistent prescription VOI before saving. Perform requested action.
8FAA The following VOI were unchanged by their specified Perform requested action.
density overrides and must be changed: %s
8FAC Invalid contour edits on complex structure. Edits would No action required.
lead to disconnected structure.
8FAE At least one group must be used for normalization. Choose a dose group for
normalization.
8FB2 Authentication failed: invalid user ID/password Supply the correct credentials.
8FB4 Failed to approve plan '%s' for treatment machine %s. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
8FB5 PreciseART® enrollment failed for plan '%s'. PreciseART® Contact Accuray Customer
enrollment can be changed later in Plan Administration. Support.
8FC3 Cannot compute dose because the Rx Dose Group dose Adjust the prescription dose
objective cannot be reached. group and recompute dose.
848 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
8FC4 The following previous treatment items do not match the Perform requested action.
patient position of the new treatment data:%s
Select retreatment data with matching patient positions to
continue.
8FC5 Cannot include the same CT series in both the previous No action required.
and new treatment data or multiple times in previous
treatment data.
8FC8 The RTSS and/or RTDose files selected are not valid for Perform requested action.
use in PreciseRTX® planning. Select different RTSS and
RTDose files to proceed.
8FC9 Cannot sum plans because there is no overlap between Make sure the plans being
dose calculation boxes. summed have some overlap
between the dose calculation
boxes.
8FCA iDMS administration workstation is not properly installed, Contact Accuray Customer
contact Accuray Customer Support for assistance. Support.
8FCC Treatment machine [%s] is an invalid CK Record. Needs Recommission the CyberKnife
to be recommissioned. machine.
8FCD Autosegmentation failed due to empty secondary image. Make sure the secondary
image contains valid image
data.
8FCE Cannot generate Tracking Tumor contour projections: The Contact Accuray Customer
selected Tracking Tumor structure is not visible in both A Support.
& B Xsight cameras.
8FCF Cannot generate ITTV contour projections: The ITTV Contact Accuray Customer
structure is not visible in both A & B Xsight cameras. Support.
8FD0 The Synchrony method of the template plan (%s) is not Choose a different tracking
supported for QA plans. method.
The QA plan cannot be created.
8FD1 The plan cannot be saved as deliverable. A 1 View plan Contact Accuray Customer
based on a Simulation plan must have an ITTV contour. Support.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 849
Code Text Recommended Action
8FD2 An error occurred while loading the script. Would you like Contact Accuray Customer
to delete the script? Support.
8FD3 An unexpected VOLO optimizer error has occurred. Contact Accuray Customer
Please re-try the operation, or contact customer support Support.
for assistance.
8FD4 There is not enough GPU memory to perform the VOLO Lower the sampling resolution
optimization. especially on large VOIs, or
reduce the number of nodes in
order to decrease the amount
of memory.
8FD6 An error was detected in the plan setup. Details are as Change the plan settings
follows: based on the details provided,
%s and try again.
8FD9 Installation integrity has been compromised. Please Contact Accuray Customer
contact Accuray for support. Support.
8FDA Unable to approve the plan because it is no longer Recalculate final dose and try
consistent with the current treatment machine data. again.
Table 5
A001 The following VOIs have valid density overrides. Confirm or return to previous
%s task.
A002 There have been changes made to the density overrides. Confirm or return to previous
This will require that the dose volumes be deleted. Do you task.
want to keep these density overrides and delete the current
dose volumes?
A003 The plan was generated based on a sample sequential Confirm or return to previous
optimization script. Do you want to save this plan as task.
deliverable?
850 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
A006 Inconsistent files in the plan '%s' for a patient '%s'. Please No action required.
go back to a patient plan to resolve it before this QA plan
creation.
A007 No Computed SUV is loaded for the PET image series (ID No action required.
= %s).
A008 The following VOI(s) have contours. Autosegmentation will Follow prompts on the
replace the existing contours with automatically generated message.
contours. Do you want to continue?
%s
A00A Do you want to overwrite the SUV parameters? Follow prompts on the
message.
A00C ‘Outside All VOIs’ has a valid density override. Modifying Follow prompts on the
any VOI will cause existing does volumes to be deleted. message.
A00D The selected density model does not contain the currently The system requires that the
defined density override values. The current set of density user defined density value is
overrides are being reset. included in the current density
model. When changing density
models, this relationship is
confirmed and if it is not valid,
the density overrides will be
removed, and will have to be
manually added again.
A00E VOI [%s] does not allow beams to pass through it. Follow prompts on the
Modifying this VOI will remove the current dose calculation message.
and turn off beams that pass through it.
A00F There are pending edits to the %s that will be discarded. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to continue? message.
A010 This RT Structure Set was not created from this CT image. Follow prompts on the
An RT Structure Set for the primary CT has not been message.
loaded.
A014 The selected MRI image has associated DCE map data. Follow prompts on the
Load the associated DCE map data? message.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 851
Code Text Recommended Action
A015 The selected VOI (%s) has been identified as the Skin VOI. Follow prompts on the
If changes to the Skin VOI are made, existing dose message.
volumes will be deleted and may cause beams to be turned
off.
A017 The PERM Cap value was not found in the DCE map data. Follow prompts on the
Is this DCE map data for prostate anatomy? message.
[Yes]: Load the DCE map data.
[No]: The data is for a different anatomy and will not be
loaded.
A018 Changing the dose calculation algorithm from Monte Carlo Follow prompts on the
to Ray-Tracing will result in deleting the Monte Carlo dose message.
volume and displaying the Ray-Tracing dose grid. Would
you like to proceed?
[Yes]: Delete the dose volume and display the dose grid.
[No]: Keep the current dose volume and change the
algorithm selection back to Monte Carlo.
A019 Changing the registration will undo the nominal position Follow prompts on the
operation previously performed. Do you want to continue? message.
A01C Do you want to restore the isocentric conformal beams that Follow prompts on the
were deleted during beam reduction? message.
A01D Do you want to delete the beams generated on this step Follow prompts on the
and restore the previous isocentric conformal beam set? message.
A01E Changing the dose calculation algorithm from Monte Carlo Follow prompts on the
to FSPB will result in deleting the Monte Carlo dose volume message.
and displaying the FSPB dose grid. Would you like to
proceed?
[Yes]: Delete the dose volume and display the dose grid.
[No]: Keep the current dose volume and change the
algorithm selection back to Monte Carlo.
A01F The selected script will change one of the following fields: Follow prompts on the
%s message.
Do you want to continue?
A020 The following template settings were not applied because No action required.
they are not compatible with the selected treatment
machine <%s>:
%s
852 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
A021 The inconsistent plan being loaded uses an out-of-date No action required.
treatment machine revision.
[%s]: The plan will not be deliverable for treatment unless it
is later updated and recalculated.
[%s]: The plan will be updated to use the latest treatment
machine revision. All dose information will be discarded
and must be recalculated.
Alternatively, if the plan is Approved or Under Treatment,
you can cancel this operation and Self Transfer the plan
instead.
A022 Deleting the plan will delete all QA plans (%s) associated Perform requested action.
with it. Do you want to delete the plan and all of its QA
plans?
A023 Deleting this plan will delete all transferred plans (%s) Perform requested action.
associated with it. Do you want to delete this plan?
A026 The VOIs listed below are partially or completely outside of Perform requested action.
the CT volume. Dose to the VOI volume outside of the CT
is not included within the VOI's DVH.
%s
Do you want to save this plan as deliverable?
A027 Inspect the secondary image when performing Brain Perform requested action.
Autosegmentation on a deformed secondary image.
A028 The script named '%s' referenced by this template has No action required.
been deleted and cannot be applied.
A029 VOI '%s' is not a valid Skin VOI because %s. This VOI is No action required.
now classified as an ordinary critical structure.
A02A Setting a skin VOI will delete dose volumes and cause Perform requested action.
beams to be turned off. Do you want to continue?
A02B Changing the skin VOI designation may delete dose Follow prompts on the
volumes and cause beams to be turned off. Do you want to message.
continue?
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 853
Code Text Recommended Action
A02C The selected secondary dataset appears to use a Create a new plan with the
T2-weighted MR sequence. Brain Autosegmentation only appropriate MR image.
supports T1-weighted MR sequences.
A02D A new auto-shell cannot be created as no empty critical Delete a critical VOI.
VOI is available.
A02E The inconsistent QA Plan being loaded uses an out-of-date Follow prompts on the
treatment machine revision. Consider re-creating the QA message.
Plan.
[OK]: Load the plan as-is in read-only mode.
[Cancel]: Cancel the load.
A02F Changing the dose calculation box will delete all current Perform requested action.
calculated dose volumes. Do you want to continue?
A030 A Helical Delivery Mode cannot be used for Forward Perform requested action.
Planning. Consider changing the Delivery Mode to Direct
first.
A031 A Helical Delivery Mode cannot be used for Forward Perform requested action.
Planning. Consider changing the Plan Mode first.
A032 The dose extents of the Active and Reference plans do not No action required.
match. The dose difference will only be calculated within
the regions where they overlap.
A033 Deleting this plan will delete the associated transferred Follow prompts on the
plans (%s) and their associated QA plans (%s). Do you message.
want to delete this plan?
A035 At least 95% of potential beams are targeted at a VOI that Follow prompts on the
is a significant distance from the Align Center causing message.
some beams to be unavailable for optimization. If it is
possible to change the Align Center to reduce this
separation, more potential beams will be available.
Do you want to proceed with the calculation?
A036 Changing the dose algorithm will cause the existing dose to Follow prompts on the
be deleted. Do you want to continue? message.
A037 The current density model contains density override No action required.
values, and if you change the density model now they will
be discarded.
Do you wish to continue?
854 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
A038 The following VOIs have valid density overrides. Follow prompts on the
%s message.
A039 Edit could not be performed because of VOI complexity. Use the “Prune Contours”
Consider using the Prune Contours option and then trying option to simplify the VOI. Then
your edit again. try your edit again.
A043 VOI '%s' is not a valid Skin VOI because %s. Follow prompts on the
Do you want to reclassify as a regular critical structure? message.
A03A Any changes to the MVCT density model will not take effect No action required.
until the Treatment Delivery Console is restarted.
A03B There have been changes made to the density overrides. Follow prompts on the
This will delete the dose volumes and require the plan to be message.
reoptimized. Do you wish to continue?
A03D The structure %s will no longer be the designated Skin. No action required.
A03E The VOI '%s' contains cavities and is designated as Skin. Make selection as indicated in
Cavities are undesirable in Skin because they may message.
suppress the display of isodose lines when clipping to skin
is set.
[Yes] Change to Critical (recommended)
[No] Leave as Skin (isodoses may clipped in some
slices/regions).
BFD7 Optimization cannot proceed. No valid beams or segments Check the settings that may
were found. Please verify the inputs and try again. affect targeting, such as
blocking settings on VOIs.
C000 Enter a patient setup time in minutes that is greater than 0. Fix the problem and try again.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 855
Code Text Recommended Action
C001 Enter an image time interval in seconds that is greater than Fix the problem and try again.
0.
C002 The estimated time [%s] of the current plan is less than the No action required.
minimum allowed time [%s] for a treatment plan.
C006 Changes to the leaf position will result in beams Follow prompts on the
intersecting VOIs which disallow intersection. Select OK to message.
reset the leaf to the previous position.
C007 Collimators listed below have calculated TPR and OCR Follow prompts on the
tables. message.
%s
Do you want to undo calculations?
[Yes]: Delete previously calculated TPR and OCR tables
for collimators listed above
[No]: Retain previously calculated TPR and OCR tables.
C008 The leaf transmission value has changed. Existing TPR, Perform requested action.
OCR and OF calculations will be invalidated. Would you
like to proceed?
C011 Password complexity insufficient. Fix the problem and try again.
%s
C018 A QA plan cannot be created for the selected patient plan Choose a different template
because the patient plan and treatment machine are not plan with a compatible
compatible. treatment machine.
C019 The highlighted solution is already the current node and No action required.
beam set for the plan.
C021 VOI with contours will be deleted. No action required. This action
will delete the VOIs.
C024 Plan Name in use - must be unique. Choose another plan name.
C025 Add Fraction Plan Failed. See Summary for results. Contact Accuray Customer
Support.
856 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
C026 The selected VOI is required for planning and cannot be No action required.
deleted.
C027 One or more plans being transferred is an add fraction Take note that the transferred
plan. When an add fraction plan is transferred to a machine plans may have different
not initially included with the add fraction plan, the machine delivery instructions.
transferred plan for this particular machine will not have the
same per fraction delivery instructions as the add fraction's
original plan. The transferred plan for this particular
machine may require QA testing. Proceed to transfer
plan(s)?%s
C030 Confirm that the motion compensation image angles Carefully review the selected
selected for final dose calculation for this plan are imaging angles, and follow
appropriate. If the image angles selected are not prompts on the message.
appropriate, motion compensation may not be
accurate.Are the selected imaging angles appropriate?
C031 A GPU hardware failure (Uncorrected ECC error) has been Reboot the workstations and try
detected. Please reboot the workstations and try again. If again. If this error persists
this error persists contact Accuray Support. The contact Accuray Customer
application will exit. Support.
C032 The system's automatically selected imaging angles do not Manually select imaging angles
pass validation. The following errors were found: for treatment.
%s
C033 The system was unable to automatically select the Try the following:
specified number of valid angles.Try moving the isocenter, • Move the isocenter.
using fewer imaging angles, and ensuring that
• Use Fewer imaging angles.
fiducials/VOI are visible on the DRR.
• Make sure that
fiducials/VOIs are visible on
each DRR.
If the automatic selection of
imaging angles continues to
fail, manually select imaging
angles.
C037 The plan contains an invalid PET image and will be loaded No action required.
read only.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 857
Code Text Recommended Action
C038 Must select at least two imaging angles. Select at least two imaging
angles.
C039 Each pair of imaging angles must be at least %s apart from Follow prompts on the
its neighbor. The rule is violated by angles %s and %s. message.
C041 If you change the planning method and move to another Confirm or return to the
step, all existing dose and optimization parameters are previous Task.
deleted. Do you wish to continue?
C042 The designated primary series may not produce reliable Follow prompts on the
density values for dose calculation. message.
Click "OK" to continue with the currently-selected primary
series, or "Cancel" to designate another primary series for
the plan.
C00A The VOI capture operation resulted in no new shapes. This No action required.
could be because the selected VOI is completed occluded
by VOIs with higher display priorities.
C00B Enter summation notes using only ASCII characters. Perform requested action.
C00D The following template(s) are referencing the following Perform requested action.
script:
%s
Do you want to delete the script?
C00E The PreciseART® client software is not configured Contact Accuray Customer
correctly. Please contact Accuray Customer Support. Support.
C00F This action will cause the dose volumes to be deleted. Do Follow prompts on the
you want to proceed? message.
858 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Code Text Recommended Action
C01A A Simulation Plan cannot be created since the default Correct the density model.
density model contains a HU higher than the maximum
allowed value (4095).
The invalid density pair(s) in the electron density model
are:
%s
The invalid density pair(s) in the mass density model are:
%s
C01B A Simulation Plan cannot be created since the default Correct the density model.
density model has no relative electron densities defined.
C02A The following errors occurred when validating tracking Review the list of errors
parameters.%s reported, and correct them to
continue.
C02D Current machine is not licensed for Synchrony method %s Obtain a license from Accuray
used in the script. Incorporated for that tracking
method or modify this script to
exclude that tracking method.
C02E Not all the scripts values could be applied to the plan:%s Review the list of script values
and decide if the plan is
acceptable.
C03A The plan contained invalid auto-shell VOIs, which have Follow prompts on the
been deleted. Please reevaluate auto-shells and message.
associated optimization parameters.
C03B None of the selected previous treatment data contains a Follow prompts on the
dose. Do you want to continue? message.
C03D The selected script cannot be loaded because it has no Select a script with Synchrony
Synchrony Method. The current plan is a Tomo Simulation Method or go back to Setup >
Plan and requires a Synchrony Method. Machine step and uncheck the
Simulation Plan check box.
C03E %s Version %s is currently installed. Please install the Contact Accuray Customer
correct driver version before running Precision. Support.
C03F CT image cannot be used for optimization. Image extends Choose an alignment point
beyond SAD. where the image does not
extend beyond SAD.
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x A : W a r ni n g s , E r r or s , a n d M es s a g e s 859
860 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Appendix B
Glossary
Acronyms and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 862
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x B : G l o s s ar y 861
Acronyms and Definitions
This section provides definitions of acronyms and terms used throughout the
manual.
Table
Term Definitions
AC Anterior commissure
CF Correction Factor
cGy Centigray
CI Conformality Index
COLLIM Collimator
CT Computed Tomography
862 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Term Definitions
deg Degree
GI Gradient Index
Gy Gray
HU Hounsfield unit
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x B : G l o s s ar y 863
Term Definitions
kV Kilovolt
LVL Level
MC Monte Carlo
MC Midpoint-between-Commissaries
MU Monitor Unit
MV Megavoltage
864 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
Term Definitions
OF Output Factor
P. Probability
PC Posterior commissure
PHM Phantom
POS/ANT Posterior/Anterior
QA Quality Assurance
1079097-ENG A A pp en di x B : G l o s s ar y 865
Term Definitions
RGT/LFT Right/Left
RT Radiation Therapy
SUP/INF Superior/Inferior
XA X-ray Angiography
866 T r ea t me nt Pl an ni n g M an ua l 1079097-ENG A
ACCURAY.COM